'•/ y ' y % v y ;> yyy'f / * y? v ••>■ v * ■•
PRESENTED TO THE LIBRARY
BY
Estate of the Late
Sir Herbert 8. Holt.
McGill university library
*Ni4S t NAT
ACC. NO. 345 1 43 REC’D 1942
MCGILL
UNIVERSITY
LIBRARY
"TY'Zfyy '/T'^'V'7 ■ , • *? v j'/vyy ' ctyjfyy.yyyy vl y_yy y ? ■> "* '> ^ > ' ¥ 7 ¥ "* v
T r~2P <r ^ r
¥? * S /
A. Ma-
>_ h > ' ■? y w i . •- •/ - ; ■ ■
e
.Painted, by SydZ.Ednards London Pub hfited Auy* HSo6 by &. JPm rs/t-v Flffl' Sits?/
i pn/pt’P'twi nt irar/t rwubu m
( of> wt/i /fo/ort'/of.
Eru/niyed bv E Srtifom
,, t\(rr///ztft /{(’(// /nr
if/// ffti fttlfY// r fflYtit-ZHJ .
THE NEW
jFlora lii ititniiird,
ILLUSTRATED WITH
ONE HUNDRED AND THIRTY-THREE
PLANTS,
ENGRAVED BY SANSOM,
FROM THE
ORIGINAL PICTURES,
AND
COLOURED WITH THE GREATEST EXACTNESS
FROM
DRAWINGS BY SYDENHAM EDWARDS.
IN TWO VOLUMES.
VOL. II.
LONDON :
PRINTED FOR JOHN STOCKDALE, PICCADILLY,
BY T. BENSLEY, BOLT-COURT, FLEET-STREET.
y"^'/ T y V 7 > r? y y y > 'y / *3 , V V -
U /
PLATE XXX.
1. IRIS GERMANIC A
GERMAN IRIS.
2. IRIS VERSICOLOR.
VARIOUS-COLOURED IRIS.
3. IRIS VARIEGATA.
VARIEGATED IRIS.
This genus contains plants of the fibrous, tuberous, and bulbous-
rooted flowery herbaceous perennial kinds.
It belongs to the class and order Triandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Ensatce.
The characters are: that the calyx has bivalve spathes, separating
the flowers, permanent: the corolla six-parted: petals oblong, ob-
tuse; the three exterior ones reflex, the three interior upright and
sharper; all connected at the claws into a tube, of different lengths
in the different species: the stamina have three awl-shaped filaments,
incumbent on the reflex petals: anthers oblong, straight, depressed:
the pistillum is an inferior oblong germ: style simple, very shoit:
stigmas three, petal-form, oblong, carinated within, furrowed with-
out, incumbent on the stamens, two-lipped: outer lip smaller, emai-
ginate: inner larger, bifid, subinflected: the pericarpium is an ob-
long, cornered capsule, three-celled, three-valved : the seeds several
and large.
The species cultivated are: 1 . I. pumila , Dwarf Iris; 2. I. su -
siana, Chalcedonian Iris; 3. I. Florentia , Florentine Iris; 4. /. biflora ,
Twice-flowering Iris; 5. I . aphylla , Leafless, Iris; 6 . I.variegata ,
>143
236
\ ariegaled Iris; 7- 1 Germanica, German Iris; 8. I. sambucina , El-
der-scented Iris; 9» /• squalens , Brown-flowered Iris; 10. I. cristata.
Crested Iris; 11. I. tricuspis, Trifid-petalled Iris; 12 . I. Xiphium,
Bulbous-rooted Iris; 15. I. Pseudacorus, Common Yellow or Water
Iris; 14. I.foeticlissma , Slinking Iris; 15. /. Virginica, Virginian Iris;
16. /. versicolor. Various-coloured Iris; 17. I. ochroleuca, Pale-yellow
Iris; 18. I. verna, Spring Iris; 19- I- Per sica, Persian Iris; 20. I. gra-
minea. Grass-leaved Iris; 21. I. spuria, Spurious Iris; 22. /. Sibirica ,
Siberian Iris ; 23. I. Martinicensis, Martinico Iris; 24 . I. Pavonia,
Peacock Iris; 25. I. tuberosa, Snake’s-head Iris.
The first has the root brownish on the outside, while within,
knobbed, with pale fibrils: the leaves acute, sometimes shorter, some-
times longer than the flower: the stem or scape very short, often
scarcely an inch in length: germ oblong, bluntly and obscurely three-
cornered, an inch long, enclosed within two spathes, ending in the
tube of the corolla, which is slender, and from two to three inches
in length: all the petals are almost entire, blue or purple, varying
much in colour, insomuch that the same flower changes, and from
blue becomes more and more red: outer beards blue, inner white,
with yellow tips. It is a native of Austria, flowering in April.
There are varieties with white flowers, with straw-coloured flow-
ers, with pale blue flowers, with blush-coloured flowers, with yellow
variable flowers, with blue variable flowers.
I he second species has the scape simple, round, grooved, a span
high : the leaves alternate, sheathing, upright, very finely striated
obscurely waved: the corolla the largest of all the species, very thin*
the claws of the larger petals purple on the outside, doited and
streaked with purple within; border suborbiculate, waved, bent in at
top, upright: border of the smaller petals ovate, bent down, with
the edge frequently bent back, blunt, of the same colour with the
laiger ones, but shorter and narrower; the claws bearded within
from the flexure to the base with brownish-yellow cilias. It flowers
at the end of May or beginning of June, and is a native of the
Levant.
I he third has the scape round, striated, simple, upright, afoot
I
237
high and more, bearing two or three flowers: the leaves nerved, sub-
falcated, obscurely curved on the outer edge: the lower petals con-
nate at the base: the claws of the larger ones thickish, with a thin
winged edge, an inch long, green on the outside, bearded within,
with white cilias, yellow at the top: border blunt, emarginate, an
inch wide, a little more in length, hanging down, white, striated near
the flexure: smaller petals oblong, from upright bent in with a reflex
margin, blunt, emarginate, white: claws thickish, attenuated, green-
ish. It is a native of the South of Europe, flowering in May and
June.
The fourth species has the scape simple, striated, longer than the
leaves, a span in height, sustaining two or three flowers, sometimes
four: the leaves subfalcated, acute, striated, from erect patulous :
the petals violet-coloured, entire: capsule cvlindric, with three
streaks. It is a native of Portugal, flowering in April and May, and
again in autumn, whence the name.
The fifth has three or four large bright purple flowers, which
stand above each other, and have purplish sheaths : the three bend-
ing petals or falls are striped with white from the base to the end of
the beard: the capsules are large, blunt, and triangular. It flowers
at the end of May. Its native place is unknown.
The sixth species has the scape striated, scarcely longer than the
leaves, a foot and more in height: leaves acute, striated, upright; the
lower ones the length of the scape, but the upper ones gradually
shorter: the flowers at the top of the scape divided, alternate, com-
ing out successively, handsome, yellow', netted with black: the up-
per part of the stem is naked, and divides into three branches, each
of which has two or three flowers one above another: the three up-
right petals or standards arc yellow, and the bending petals or falls
are variegated with purple stripes. It flowers in June, and is a na-
tive of Hungary.
The seventh has the scape divided at top, larger than the leaves:
the leaves reflex-falcated, nerved, an inch wide : the flowers blue,
with the smaller petals quite entire, having an agreeable scent: the
stalks rise near four feet high, and divide into several branches, each
?yyy %
238
supporting three or four flowers, which are covered with a thin
sheath ; the three bending petals or falls are of a faint purple in-
clining to blue, with purple veins running lengthwise: the beard is
yellow, and three erect petals or standards are of a bright blue, with
some faint purple stripes. It is a native of Germany, flowering in
May and June.
The eighth species has the scape divided at top, longer than the
leaves, two (or three) feet high: the leaves inflex-falcaled at top,
striated, the upper ones gradually shorter. It resembles the seventh,
from which it differs in having the larger petals of a deeper violet
colour, and sub-emarginale; the smaller petals enjarginate, and of a
deeper blue colour: the stigmas acute and serrate, with a blueisli
keel. It derives the trivial name from the smell of the flowers, which
is very like that of Elder in bloom. It flowers at the end of May,
and in June, and is a native of the South of Europe.
In the ninth, the roots are very thick, fleshy, and divided into
joints, spreading just under the surface of the ground: they are of a
brownish colour on their outside, but white within: the leaves rise in
clusters, embracing each other at their base, but spread asunder up
wards in form of wings: they are a foot and a half long, and two
inches broad, having sharp edges, ending in points like swords: the
stalks between these, which are a little longer than the leaves, having
at each joint one leaf without a foot-stalk; these diminish in their
size upwards: the stalks divide into three branches, each of which
produces two or three flowers one above another at distances, each
enclosed in a sheath: they have three large violet-coloured petals
which turn backward, and are called falls: these have beards near
an inch long on their midrib towards their base, and have a short
arched petal which covers the beard, with three broad erect petals of
the same colour, called standards: the stamina lie upon the reflexed
petals. It flowers in June. It is a native of the South of Europe.
There are varieties with blue standards and purple falls, with
pale purple standards, with white standards, and with a smaller
flower.
The tenth species has a tuberous, creeping root: the stems seve-
1
239
ral, short, inclining upwards, compressed, leafy: the leaves scarcely
six inches long, sharpish, a little curved like a sickle at the lips, en-
tire, with a pale membranaceous margin: the flower generally soli-
tary, a little shorter than the leaves, erect, of a pale purplish blue:
outer petals drooping, obtuse, blue, with deeper blue spots, crested
in the place of the beard with three longitudinal, elevated, waved
ribs, variegated with orange and yellow ; inner petals narrower,
pointed, uniform in colour. It is a native of North America; flow-
ering in May.
In the eleventh species, the bulb is the size of a hazel nut: the
scape simple, round, jointed, upright, bearing one or two flowers, a
foot and half in height : the leaf single, nerved, upright, with the
tip hanging down, two feet long : the border of the larger petals
white, suborbiculate, with a point; claws green on the outside, 3 r el-
low within, dotted with black : the smaller petals several limes
shorter and less: claws convex on the outside, green, concave within,
dotted with brown, the length of the larger ones, but narrower; seg-
ments lanceolate, divaricating, a line in length, the middle one of the
three a little longer, white dotted with brown. It is a native of the
Cape.
It varies in the shape of the larger petals, and much in the co-
lours, as blue, purple, yellow, white, and spotted.
The twelfth has the leaves channelled and convoluted, not only
at the base, as in the other species, but the whole length of them ;
they are awl-shaped at the tip, and shorter than the scape: the flow-
ers are blue, with emarginate petals. It is a native of the South of
Europe.
There are varieties with blue flowers, with violet-coloured flowers,
with white flowers, with purple flowers, with yellow flowers, with blue
standard petals and white falls, with blue standards and yellow falls,
with striped flowers, the broad-leaved with blue flowers, the broad-
leaved purple-flowered, the sweet-scented blue-flowered, the sweet-
scented purple flowered, with variegated sweet-scented flowers, and
the double-flowered.
The thirteenth has a fleshy root, the thickness of the thumb.
l
'240
spreading horizontally near the surface, blackish on the outside, red-
dish, and spongy within, the upper part covered with numerous
ridged fibres, the lower part sending down many long, whitish, wiink-
led, stringy roots: the leaves from the root two or three feet long,
upright, an inch or more in breadth, striated, having a prominent
longitudinal midrib, equal to the scape, deep green, smooth: stem-
leaves shorter, forming a sheath at the bottom : scapes from one to
three feet in height, upright, alternately inclined from joint to joint,
round or flatted a little, smooth and spongy: the peduncles axillary,
flat on one side, and smooth; each sustaining two or three flowers,
the two outer (when there are three) having one sheath, and middle
flower two. It is common in most parts of Europe; flowering at the
end of June, or the beginning of July.
The fourteenth species has a thick, tufted, fibrous root: the leaves
grass-green, when broken emitting a strong odour, not much unlike
that of hot roast beef at the first scent. They are acute and nerved,
rather shorter than the scape; which is single, cylindrical, but angu-
lar on one side, jointed, sheathed with alternate spathaceous leaves,
two feet high, bearing several flowers. It is a native of France, &c.
The fifteenth has the root white within, black without, the thick-
ness of the thumb, having white fibres, and bristly at top, with the
remains of leaves: the scape compressed, upright, jointed, sheathed
with alternate leaves, many-flowered, the length of the leaves, or a
little higher, a foot in length: the leaves narrow, sharp, curved-in at
the tip, nerved and smooth, as is the whole plant: the spathes mem-
branaceous, acute, brownish, shorter than the peduncles, very thin
at the edge and tip: the peduncles two or three inches long, round,
slender, upright, one-flowered : the flowers elegant, but without
scent: claws of the outer petals channelled, green on the outside,
yellow on the inside, streaked with dark purple: border flat, rounded-
ovate, blunt, quite entire, pale at the base, then blue with deep-blue
streaks: inner petals spatulale, blunt, upright, shorter, bluer and
streaked. It is a native of Virginia, flowering here in June and
July.
The sixteenth species has the scape jointed, bifid at the top, or
/
I
/
241
simple, many-flowered, higher than the leaves, two feet in length:
the leaves alternate, sheathing; the upper ones gradually shorter:
the flowers blue, large. Mr. Curtis remarks, that it has, lor the most
part, a stalk unusually crooked or elbowed. It is a native of North
America, flowering in May and June.
The seventeenth has the scape round or roundish, covered with
the sheaths of leaves, many-flowered, longer than the leaves, a foot
high: the leaves falcated, acute, striated, nerved: spathes membra-
naceous at the edge: the larger petals dilated at the base with dusky
veins; lesser snowy-white, with yellowish veins at the base: stigmas
snowy-white. From its being the highest of the species of Iris culti-
vated in gardens, Mr. Curtis has named it Tall Iris. It is a native
of the Levant, flowering in July.
The eighteenth species has tufted fibrous roots, from which arise
many grass-like leaves about nine inches long; from between them
come out the stalks, which are shorter than the leaves, and support
one purple flower with blue standards. It flowers in May, and is a.
native of North America.
The nineteenth has an oval bulbous root, from which come out
five or six pale-green leaves, hollowed like the keel of a boat, about
six inches long, and one inch broad at the base, ending in points:
between these the flower-stalk arises, which is seldom above three
inches high, supporting one or two flowers, enclosed in spathes: these
have erect petals or standards, of a pale sky-blue colour, and three
reflexed petals or falls, which on their outside are of the same colour,
but the lip has a yellow streak running through the middle, and on
each side are many dark spots, with one large deep-purple spot at
the bottom: the leaves are striated and nerved, unequal, and a span
in length. It is a native of Persia.
This is greatly esteemed for the beauty and extreme sweetness of
its flowers, as also for its early appearance in the spring, being gene-
rally in perfection in February or the beginning of March, according
to the season.
Martyn observes, that “ like the Hyacinth and Narcissus, it will
blow within doors in a water-glass, but stronger in a small pot of
2 i
/ 1
1
sand or sandy loam, and a few flowers will scent a whole apart-
nt.”
The twentieth species has narrow, flat, glass-like leaves, about a
loot lon<r, of a light-green colour; between these arise the stalks
about six inches high, having two narrow leaves much longer than
the stalks: the flowers two or three, small: the petals have a broad
yellow line with purple stripes; the three falls are of a light purple
colour striped with blue, and have a convex ridge running along
them: the others are of a reddish purple variegated with violet; they
have a scent like fresh plums. It is a native of Austria, flowering
in June.
The twenty-first has a knobbed root, blackish on the outside,
whitish within, with long pale fibres: the stem round, very slightly
compressed, straight or a little flexuose, from two to three feet in
height, taller than the leaves: the flowers commonly two, on short
peduncles, each involved in its spathe; sometimes there are three;
they have no scent: the colour blue- purple; but under the stigmas
the reflex petals are more inclined to red: upright petals flat, and
usually quite entire. According to Miller, the flowers have light
blue standards, and purple variegated falls, having a broad white
line in the middle instead of the beard. It is a native of Germany,
See. flowering in July.
The twenty-second species has a higher stem, the scape a foot
high or more, dividing at top, three-flowered or many-flowered,
longer than the leaves; which are nerved and flat: the flowers blue,
in brown scariose spathes: the inner petals are upright: the germ
trigonal, not grooved at the angles. It is a native of Siberia, &c.
flowering in May and June.
The twenty-third has a solid sub-bulbose root, surrounded by
whitish fibres, and throwing out other tubers : the stem upright,
roundish, two feet high, simple: the root-leaves acuminate, quite
entire, somewhat rigid, distich, flat, keeled at the base, above simple,
from upright spreading, few: the flowers few, coming out succes-
sively from the same spathe, yellow, without scent, peduncled : the
petals have a black shining glandular hole or pit, like that which is
243
common to several species of Ranunculus. It is a native of Matti-
nico; flowering in November and December.
The twenty-fourth species has the scape round, jointed, villose,
simple, a foot high, sustaining one or two flowers: the leaf some-
what channelled, striated, villose, the length of the scape: the spathes
acute, striated, smooth, two inches long: the peduncles subancipi-
tal, one-flowered, smooth: all the petals united at the base, the
three outer several times bigger than the others, ovate, obtuse en-
tire; the three inner much narrower and shorter by half, lanceolate,
acute. This beautiful flower is orangey-coloured, with black spots
and dots at the base, and a heart-shaped blue spot above the base,
which at bottom is tomentose and black. It is a native of the
Cape.
The twenty-fifth has a tuberous root; there arise from it five or
six long narrow four-cornered leaves, and from between these the
stalk, supporting one small flower, of a dark purple coloui. It flou -
ers in April, but does not produce seeds in this climate. It is a na-
tive of the Levant.
Culture . — Most of the sorts may be readily increased, by parting
the roots or separating the off-sets from the bulbs, and planting them
out in the situations where they are to flower; the first sort in the
autumn, or very early in the spring, and the latter in the close of
summer, when the leaves decay, managing them in the same mannei
as other bulbs. As they increase and spread rapidly in their roots,
they should be divided and taken oft every two or three years.
New varieties of the different sorts may be raised from seed, by
sowing it in the autumn in a bed of light sandy mould. The plants
come up in the following spring, and in the autumn may be trans-
planted where they are to grow. They flower a year or two after-
wards.
The bulbous-rooted sorts succeed best in such soils as are of the
light, sandy, loamy kind.
The last sort answers most perfectly in such aspects as are towards
the east, the roots being prevented from going too deep.
As the second sort is liable to be injured by severe winters, a
244
few should be planted in pots to have protection. This sort is well
suited for forcing.
When planted in the open ground, it requires a rather dry soil
and situation.
The Cape sorts should be retained in the dry stove, and be pro-
pagated and managed in the same manner as other bulbous-rooted
plants of the same kind.
All the sorts are proper for affording variety in the borders, clumps,
and other parts of pleasure-grounds; and some of the more tender
sorts among potted plants of similar growths.
'■ " *
Tainted hjr Sjd Edwards Z enibn JTublt/ked Ja n 1 1#06 by C-J&a rs/e\ 17e<* Sbe*l
j ICalntia </ feruca , L 7 77 7/ 7/7 ^ i7 / '//(> r< 7/ 777
(jlcluccus Kahnui 2 Tree Flruv
E n a raved by EiQut/em
•• ’ '• *'* ' • t ' ‘ 4 A " ' ** 4- ' 4" "■ /■ / tr. r ? / <• * • - *
"/Yjpw "M3 "Wyyyyyyyy y ? > yv t *•
—
j
PLATE XXXI.
1. KALMIA GLAUCA.
GLAUCOUS KALMIA.
This genus contains plants of the hardy evergreen shrubby
kind.
It belongs to the class and order Decandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Biconies.
The characters are: that the calyx is a five-parted perianthium,
small, permanent: segments subovate, acute, rather columnar: the
corolla one-petalled, salver-funnel- form : tube cylindric, longer than
the calyx: border with a flat disk; the margin upright, half-five-cleft:
ten nectariferous hornlets projecting outwardly from the corolla, and
surrounding it where the border of it is upright: the stamina have
ten awl-shaped filaments, upright-spreading, rather shorter than the
corolla, inserted into the base of the corolla: anthers simple: the
pistillum is a roundish germ: style- thread -form, longer than the co-
rolla: bent down: stigma obtuse: the pericarpium a capsule, sub-
globose, depressed, five-celled, five-valved, five-partite: the seed
numerous.
The species cultivated are: 1 . K.latifolia, Broad-leaved Kalmia;
2. K. angustifolia. Narrow-leaved Kalmia; 3. K. glauca , Glaucous
Kalmia; 4. K. hirsuta , Hairy Kalmia.
The first rises with a branching stalk to the height of ten or twelve
feet, with very stiff leaves, which are two inches long and one broad’,
of a lucid green on their upper side, but of a pale green on their
under: they have short foot-stalks, and stand without order round
the branches: between these the buds are formed for the next year’s
flowers, at the extremity of the branches; these buds swell during
'>?"/ 7'>^ ■■'y'yy-yyy v yyy it yy yl v- ¥ v v v ■■■
j
246
the autumn and spring months, till the beginning of June, when the
flowers burst out from their empalements, forming a round bunch, or
corymbus, sitting very close to the branch : they are of a pale blush
colour, the outside of the petal a peach colour. In its native soil it
continues flowering a great part of the summer, and is highly orna-
mental. It is a native of Carolina.
The noxious qualities of this elegant shrub lessen its value.
The second species rises from three to six feet high, dividing into
small woody branches, which are very close, and covered with a dark-
gray bark: the leaves are stiff, about two inches long, and half an
inch broad, of a lucid green, placed without order upon the branches,
on slender foot-stalks: the flowers are in loose bunches on the side
of the branches, upon slender peduncles: they are bright red when
they first open, but afterwards fade to a blush or peach-bloom
colour.
There are varieties, with pale and deep-red flowers, differing in
their habit: the latter, the most humble of the two, not only produces
the most brilliant flowers, but in greater abundance. It is reputed
poisonous to sheep and cattle in North America, where it is a native.
The third is much inferior in size to the first, rarely exceeding
two feet in height. It is a native of Newfoundland, flowering in
April and May.
The fourth species is usually in height from two to three feet,
growing upright: the flowers are about the same size with those of
the preceding, are of a purple colour, and grow in racemes: the
stalk, leaves, and calyx are covered with strong hairs. It is a native
of Carolina.
Culture. — These plants are increased by seeds, layers, and
suckers.
The first sort is mostly raised from seeds procured from America,
which should be sown in pots or boxes of light sandy mould, in the
spring, plunging them in an easterly border, or in beds of light
mould in the same aspect. When placed on a gentle hot-bed they
succeed better. They must, however, be inured to the full air in
summer, being sheltered during the winter from frost. When the
; /■ ^ /» jr- '■ /• r- /r» 5 / >
A v ." x
247
plants have had two years’ growth, they may be removed into sepa-
rate pots, to be continued two or more years, when they may be
planted out in the open ground in warm situations.
The second sort is mostly increased by layers, which should be
made from the young shoots, and laid down in the early autumn.
When they are well rooted, in a year or two, they may be taken off,
and planted in pots separately filled with bog earth, or in a warm
border of the same sort of earth. This is more hardy than the
former.
The third sort is increased in the same way as the first, and re-
quires similar management.
The fourth is preserved with difficulty in this climate, but may
be raised by layers.
The most of the plants may likewise be increased by suckers,
which should be taken off and planted in the spring, in nursery rows,
for two or three years, when they may be removed to the places
where they ai'e to grow.
These plants, in the more hardy sorts, afford ornament and variety
in the fronts of shrubbery borders and clumps; and in the more
tender sorts, among other potted green-house plants.
2 . L1NUM ARBOREUM.
TREE FLAX.
This genus contains plants of the herbaceous, annual, and peren-
nial shrubby kinds.
It belongs to the class and order Pentandria Pentagynia , and ranks
in the natural order of Gruinales.
The characters are: that the calyx is a five-leaved lanceolate
perianthium, upright, small, permanent: the corolla funnel-form:
petals five, oblong, gradually wider above, obtuse, more spreading,
large: the stamina have five awl-shaped filaments, upright, length of
the calyx (also five rudiments, alternating): anthers simple, arrowed:
the pistillum is an ovate germ : styles five, filiform, upright, length
of the stamens: stigmas simple, reflex: the pericarpium a globose
capsule, rudely pentagonal, ten-valved, gaping at the tip: partitions
membranaceous, very thin, connecting the valves: the seeds solitary
ovate-flatlish, acuminated, smooth.
The species are: 1. L. usitatissimum. Common Flax; 2 . L. pe-
renne, Perennial Flax; 3. L. suffruticosum, Shrubby Flax; 4. L. arbo-
rewn , Tree Flax; 5. L. Africanum , African Flax.
The first has an annual, simple, fibrous, pale brow r n root : the stem
upright, eighteen inches, two feet, and even more in height, round,
smooth, leafy, branched only at top : the leaves are sessile, growing
elose together, almost upright, perfectly entire: the flowers large,
growing in a panicle, on round smooth peduncles; the calycine leaf-
lets ovate-keeled, with a membranous edge, when magnified appear-
ing to be fringed with hairs: the petals wedge-shaped, deciduous,
sky-blue, streaked with deeper-coloured lines; white at the claws,
and somewhat gnawed at the tip. It is a native of Egypt, flowering
in June and July.
It may be said to be one of the most valuable plants in the whole
vegetable kingdom; as from the bark of its stalks is manufactured
flax or lint, for making all sorts of linen cloth; from the cloth, when
worn to rags, is made paper: and from the seeds of the plant linseed
oil is expressed, which is much used by painters, and in other arts;
and the refuse, after expression, forms the oil-cakes so valuable in the
fattening of cattle and sheep.
In the second species, from its perennial root rise three or four
inclining stalks, having short narrow leaves towards their base, but
scarcely any about the top: the flowers are produced at the ends of
the stalks, sitting very close ; they are blue, and about the size of the
cultivated sort, being succeeded by pretty large round seed vessels,
ending in acute points. Its flowers appear from June to August,
and are of a delicate texture and very elegant blue colour, and the
roots continue four or five years.
249
There is a variety which is procumbent, with smaller flowers.
The third has a shrubby stalk a foot high, sending out. sevcuil
branches: the leaves very narrow, coming out in clusters, but on the
flowering branches broader and longer: the flowers at the ends of
the branches, erect, on long slender peduncles: the calyxes acute-
pointed: the petals large, entire, white, but before the flowers open
pale yellow: they appear in July, but the seeds seldom ripen in this
climate: the flowering stalks decay in the autumn, but the lowet
shrubby part continues with the other branches all the year. It is a
native of Spain, &c.
The fourth species forms, if not a tree, as its name implies,
a shrub of the height of several feet: it begins to flower in March,
and continues flowering to the close of summer; but lias not yet
produced seeds in this climate. It is a native of the island of
Candia.
The fifth has a suffruticose stiff stem, a foot high, round, with
simple branches: the leaves are sessile, upright, even, generally
shorter than the internodes: the flowers in a terminating umbel,
which is four or five cleft, with dichotomous rays: the petals are yel-
low with villose claws, and turning tawny: the calyx acuminate and
rugged at the edge. It is a native of Africa, flowering in June
and July.
Culture . — These plants may be increased by seeds and layers, or
cuttings.
The two first sorts are raised by sowing the seeds in the early
spring months, as March or the following month, the former in fields
or plantation-grounds, where the soil is fresh, good, and well 1 educed
into order by frequent digging over, or ploughing and harrowing, in
narrow drills, or broadcast, and raked or harrowed in with a light
harrow ; the plants being afterwards kept perfectly clean from weeds
by repeated hoeiugs.
Towards the end of August, when the plants have attained their
full growth, and begin to turn yellow at bottom, and brown at lop,
and their seeds to ripen, it is proper time to pull them ; though, if it
2 K
7 •> 7 w y y- '^yy_ Z. ^ "■* ? "■*■ * y * ; ^ > »• ■ •**' •
|B I
250
were not for the sake of the seed, they might be pulled a little before
the seeds ripen, by which the flax is generally better coloured and
finer ; but if suffered to stand till the seeds are fully ripe, it is
commonly stronger, somewhat coarser, and more in quantity. It
should be pulled up bv handfuls, roots and all, shaking off all
the mould; then either spreading them on the ground by hand-
fuls, or binding them in small bunches, and setting them upright
against one another, for ten days or a fortnight, till they are per-
fectly dry, and the seed fully hardened, then housed, and the seed
thrashed out, cleaned, and placed in a dry airy situation, being
afterwards put up for use. The flax, after being rippled and
sorted, should be carried to a pond of nearly stagnant water, being
placed in it with the bundles crossing each other in different di-
rections, so as to keep the whole in a close compact state, being
kept just below the surface of the water, by proper weights ap-
plied upon it. It should remain in this steep till the stems become
brittle and the bark readily separates, when it must be taken out
and spread thinly on a short pasture, being occasionally turned
until it becomes perfectly bleached and dry, when it is in a proper
slate for the purpose of being converted into flax.
The latter, or perennial sort, should be sown in a bed or border
of good earth, in shallow drills at the distance of six inches; and
when the plants are two or three inches in height they should be
thinned to the same distances, and in autumn be planted out in the
places where they are to grow. But it is probably a better practice
to sow them at once in the places where they are to grow, thinning
them out properly afterwards.
'J he three other sorts may be best increased by planting cut-
tings of the branches in |X)ls of light fresh earth, plunging them in
the tan hot- bed, or by layers laid down in the later summer months.
When the plants in either mode have stricken good root, they
may be removed into separate pots, and be managed as other
tender exotic plants that require the protection of the green-
house.
. , / ' - /• * /f '■ ■ Jfc '>,■ -
*X //” f ' **
7
They may likewise be raised from seeds when they can be pro-
cured, which should be sown in pots and placed in a hot-bed in the
spring season.
A few plants of the two first sorts may be introduced in the
clumps and borders of the pleasure-ground; and the three other
sorts afford variety in green-house collections among other potted
plants.
? 7T iT^yyyjy
*2 \>/ if.
y
"
/ ?
V y "i y ¥ y % ■ 1 ■“/ - ■ -'- y
PLATE XXXII.
1. HELIANTHUS MULTIFLORUS.
PERENNIAL SUN-FLOWER.
This genus contains plants of the hardy herbaceous flowery
kinds.
It belongs to the class and order Syngenesia Polygamia Frustranea,
and ranks in the natural order of Composite Oppositifolia.
The characters are: that the calyx is common imbricate, some-
what squarrose, expanded; scales oblong, broadish at the base,
gaping every where at the lips: the corolla compound radiate: co-
rollets hermaphrodite, very numerous in the disk: females fewer,
much longer in the ray: proper of the hermaphrodites cylindric,
shorter than the common calyx, bellying at the base, orbicular, de-
pressed : border five-toothed, sharp, spreading: of the females ligular,
lanceolate, quite entire, very long: the stamina in the hermaphro-
dites consist of five filaments, curved, inserted below the belly of
the coroilet, the length of the tube: anther cylindric, tubular: the
pistillum in the hermaphrodites is an oblong germ: style filiform,
length of the coroilet: stigma two-parted, reflex: in the females,
germ very small: style and stigma none: there is no pericarpium:
unchanged calyx: seeds in the hermaphrodites solitary, oblong,
blunt, four-cornered, compressed at the opposite angles; the inner
ones narrower, crowned with two lanceolate, acute deciduous chaffs;
in the females none: the receptacle chaffy, large, flat: chaffs lanceo-
late, acute, two separating each seed, deciduous.
The species cultivated are: 1 . H. nnnuus , Annual Sun-flower;
2. H. indicus. Dwarf Annual Sun-flower ; 3. H. multifiorus, Perennial
Sun-flower; 4. U. tuberosus, Tuberous-rooted Sun-flower, or Jeru-
salem Artichoke.
253
There are several other species of the perennial sort that may be
cultivated.
The first has an annual root: the stem single or branched, from
five or six to ten or fourteen feet in height, and in hot climates
twenty or more; when vigorous, the size of a man’s arm : the leaves
are alternate, a span or a span and a half in length, and almost as
much in breadth, rough, serrate, acuminate, hanging down at the
end, on long petioles: the flower single (sometimes several), nodding,
a foot or more in diameter. It is a native of Mexico, flowering from
June to October. Martyn observes, that as to its turning with the
sun, it is a vulgar error; Gerarde could never observe it; and lie has
seen four flowers on the same stem pointing to the lour cardinal
points. .
There are varieties with double flowers, deep yellow, and sulphur-
coloured. , ,
The second species is perhaps only a variety of the urst, though
constant; but the leaves are convex above in the disk, and of a
darker green. The peduncles are less thickened at top, or rather of
an equal thickness every where, whence the flowers nod less. The
scales of the calyx, except the inmost row, grow out into petioled
pendulous leaflets. It grows only from eighteen inches to three feet
in height. It probably comes from Mexico or Peru.
The third has the stem and peduncles scabrous: the leaves cor-
date-ovate: the calyxes loosely imbricate, neither squarrose nor
drooping, consisting of forty to fifty scales: the stems many, upright,
from five or six feet to eight or nine in height, branching, the stem
and each branch terminated by a flower, the principal one sometimes
nine or ten inches in diameter, the lateral ones gradually smaller :
the leaves some opposite, others alternate. There is a constant
succession of flowers from July to November. It is a native ot
Virginia.
In the fourth species the stems are several, rough, hairy, streaked,
from eight, ten, or twelve to sixteen feet in height, the size ot a
child’s arm: the leaves alternate, light green, rough, pointed, eight
I
1
I
254
inches broad, and ten or eleven inches long, deeply serrate, smaller
towards the top: the branches many, long, from bottom to top: the
flowers terminating, small; florets in the ray twelve or thirteen.
These seldom blow before October, and in some seasons they do not
expand at all. The seeds never ripen here: the roots creeping, with
many tubers clustered together, thirty, forty, or fifty from one plant,
measuring a peck, or in good soils half a bushel; they are, like the
common potatoe, red on the outside, and very irregular in their
shape, the size of a man's fist in the largest. It is a native of Brazil.
Culture . — All these flowery plants are easily increased, the two
first sorts by seeds, and the others by dividing their roots.
The seeds should be sown in the early spring months, in the
places where the plants are to grow and flower, in patches of three
or four seeds together. When the plants are up they may be thinned
out to one or two of the best.
They may be had more forward by sowing them on a moderate
hot-bed, under glasses, and afterwards transplanting them to the
situations where they are to grow.
The divided roots may be planted out in the places where they
are to remain, either in the autumn or the early spring months.
These plants produce a fine ornamental effect in the back parts
of the borders, clumps, and other parts of pleasure-grounds, and by
sowing at different times may be kept in flower for a considerable
length of lime.
In the perennial sorts the decayed stems should be cleared away
when they begin to decline. They continue long.
The last, or tuberous- rooted sort, is increased by planting the
smaller roots, or the larger ones cut in pieces, a bud being preserved
to each, either in the spring or autumn, allowing a good distance, as
ihe roots multiply greatly. In the autumn following, when the stems
decay, the roots may be taken up for use.
’When cultivated for a crop, the sets should be planted in an
open part of the kitchen-garden, in rows three feet or more asunder,
and at least eighteen inches distant from each other, to the depth of
4 * ■■■ ■■ > /•
255
four or five inches. The best lime is the later end of March, in a light
soil. The roots may be taken up for use in September, and the
whole crop housed in October. When kept in sand in a dry place,
they continue the whole winter very good.
2. HEDYSARUM OBSCURUM.
CREEPING-ROOTED HEDYSARUM.
This genus contains plants of the herbaceous flowering kind.
It belongs to the class and order Diadelpliia Decandria , and ranks
in the natural order of V apilionacece .
The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed perianthium,
half-five-cleft: clefts subulate, upright, permanent: the corolla is
papilionaceous, streaked : banner reflex-compressed, ovate-oblong,
emarginate, long : wings oblong, narrower than the other petals,
straight: keel straight, compressed, broader outwardly, transversely
blunt, from the base to the swelling part bifid : the stamina have dia-
delphous filaments, (simple and nine-cleft,) bent in at a right angle:
anthers roundish, compressed: the pistillum is a slender germ, com-
pressed, linear: style subulate, bent in w ith the stamens: stigma very
simple: the pericarpium is a legume with roundish, compressed
joints, two-valved, and containing one seed: the seed kidney-shaped
and solitary.
The species chiefly cultivated are: 1. II. Alhagi , Prickly IJedy-
sarum; 2. II. Canadense , Canadian Iledysarum; 3. II. gyrans. Sen-
sitive Hcdysarum ; 4. II. coronarium , Common Iledysarum, or
French Honeysuckle: 5. H. Jiexuosum, Waved-podded Iledysarum;
6. //. hum He, Dwarf Iledysarum ; 7* H- spinosissimum, Prickly Iledy-
sarum.
The first has the stems shrubby, about three feet high, branching
out on every s id : the leaves are shaped like those of broad-leaved
Knot-grass, very smooth, of a pale green colour, on short foot-stalks.
Under these come out thorns, near an inch long, of a reddish brown
colour. The flowers come out from the side of the branches in small
clusters, are of a purple colour in the middle, and reddish about the
rims. It is a native of the Levant.
The second species is an upright plant, and mostly smooth: the
stem streaked and angular: the leaflets are lanceolate: the stipules
awl-shaped. It is perennial, and a native of Virginia, &c. flowering
in July and August.
The third has a branching perennial root (biennial, annual): the
stem shrubby, three feet high, wand-like, upright, very smooth,
round, without knots: the leaves are alternate, petioled, hanging
down or spreading, often vertical, sometimes simple, but usually
ternate, especially in adult plants: the middle leaflet lanceolate, long,
flat, quite entire, very smooth, veined; the side ones very small, and
seeming rather to be appendicles than leaflets; they are on short
petioles, which are remarkable for a motion peculiar to them. The
flowers many and nodding. It is a native of Bengal.
The fourth species has a biennial root: the stems from two to
three feet high, hollow, smooth, and branching: the leaves are com-
posed of five or six pairs of oval leaflets, terminated by an odd one :
they are alternate, and from the angles which they form with the
stem and branches, peduncles come out five or six inches in length,
sustaining spikes of beautiful red flowers, which open in June and
July, and perfect seeds in September. It is a native of Spain, See.
There is a variety with white flowers.
The fiflh species is annual, and has some resemblance to the
foregoing, but is much smaller: the stalks rise near a foot high, and
the leaves are composed of two or three pairs of ovale leaflets, ter-
minated by an odd one: the flowers come out in spikes at the top
of the stalks, and are of a pale red, intermixed with a little blue.
They appear in July, and are succeeded by jointed pods. It is a
native of the Levant.
The sixth has a perennial root: the stems half a foot in length,
usually with one branch and leaf only: the leaflets obovate-oblong,
!'T
"" '• .
/; Hi / T' '
257
villose underneath: the spike ovate. It is a native of the South of
France, See. flowering in July and August.
The seventh is an annual plant: the leaflets four or five pairs,
with an odd one, narrow and oblong: the stem terminated by small
spikes of purple flowers, which are succeeded by small rough le-
gumes. It is a native of Spain, &c.
Culture . — All these plants are capable of being raised by sowing
the seeds in the early spring.
In the first sort they should be sown in pots of light earth, and
plunged in a moderate hot-bed. When the plants are of some
growth they should be removed into separate pots, and be replunged
into a very moderate hot-bed, being properly shaded till they are
well rooted. They should afterwards be gradually inured to the
open air, being protected in winter as there may be occasion.
The seeds are often long in coming up.
In the second sort the seed may be sown in the early spring, as
April, on a bed of light fresh earth, or where they are to remain. In
the first case they should be removed where they are to grow in the
autumn. These plants should not be often removed afterwards.
The third sort is raised in the same manner as the first, and
should have free air in the summer, and be protected occasionally
in the winter.
The other sorts are all increased in the same manner as the
second, being pricked out while young, and in the autumn removed
to the places where they are to grow and flower.
As the biennial sorts either decay or dwindle after flowering, they
should be raised in fresh supplies every year from seed.
These plants are very ornamental in the beds, borders, clumps,
and other parts of pleasure-grounds, and some of them among other
potted plants.
2 l
> w / x? ■y- y y yy y y > ;> ? / ¥ / ? ; ¥ > »
PLATE XXXIII.
1. LAVATERA TRIMESTRI 8.
ANNUAL LAVATERA.
This genus contains plants of the herbaceous shrubby perennial
kinds.
It belongs to the class and order Monadelphia Polgandria, and
ranks in the natural order of Columnifera.
The characters are: that the calyx is a double perianthium: exte-
rior one-leafed, trifid, obtuse, short, permanent: interior one-leafed,
half five-cleft, more acute, more erect, permanent : the corolla has
five obcordate flat petals, spreading, affixed below to the tube of the
stamens: the stamina have numerous filaments, coalescing below into
a tube; loose above (gaping at the tip and surface of the tube): an-
thers reniform: the pislillum is an orbicular germ: style cylindric,
short : stigmas several (seven to fourteen), bristly, length of the style:
the pericarpium is an orbicular capsule, composed of as many cells
as there are stigmas, bivalve, and articulated in a whorl round
the columnar receptacle, at length falling off: the seeds solitary and
reniform.
The species cultivated are: 1 . L. Cretica , Cretan Lavatera;
2. L. trimestris, Common Annual Lavatera; 3. L. Thuritigiaca, Great-
flowered Lavatera; 4. L. arborea, Tree Lavatera, or Mallow; 5. L.
Olbia, Downy-leaved Lavatera; 6. L. triloba, Three-lobed Lavatera;
7. L. Lusitanica , Portuguese Lavatera.
The first has an annual fibrous root of thick fibres, a foot in
length, with innumerable other capillary fibres: the stem round,
rugged, five feet high, branched: the leaves on long petioles, very
soft, tomentose, toothed, seven-angled, the angles of the upper ones
Fatntedly Syd E< /-wards London TuM/hsd S<pX*MV Tv. (rKsars/ev Hr/ Shvef Engraved byF San/ben
La ra tern TrLmertrur t Lathy rus S adivus \
* din /n/a / JLaratera Sine fir we red L a tnyru. r
on short petioles: the stipules lanceolate: -the flowers axillary, soli-
tary, peduncled; peduncles longer than the leaf: the calyxes sub-
tomentose: the segments of the outer heart-shaped, with a very
sharp point; of the inner oblong acute: the corolla large, spreading,
pale violet or purplish, shaped like those of the Marsh-mallow, but
larger: petals emarginate: the capsules about twenty (fourteen) in a
wing of a papery substance, somewhat sugged, about a columnar
receptacle, which has many wings from the permanent sides of the
capsules, like the cogs of a mill-wheel, ending in a conical awl-
shaped point: the seeds flatted a little, smooth, subcmereous or
brown. It is a native of Sweden, flowering from July to September.
The fourth species rises with a strong thick stalk the height of
eight or ten feet (in gardens), dividing into many branches at the
top: in its wild state, when largest, from four to six feet high, and as
much as four inches in diameter: the leaves are alternate, numerous,
cordate, roundish-seven-angled (some five, and others three-angled),
the angles blunt, soft as velvet, shorter than the petioles: the stipules
short, smooth, acuminate at the tip, broad at the base: the flowers
mostly in pairs, sometimes three together, on upright peduncles an
inch and a half in length: the outer calyx ovate at the base, divided
halfway into three broad blunt segments; inner only half the size,
divided half way into five sharp segments: the corolla purplish red,
rith dark blotches at the base, spreading bell-shaped (like that of
the common Mallow), an inch or more in diameter: the petals
broader at top, narrow at the base, so that the calyx appears between
the claws: the cylinder of filaments purple, woolly, at the base: the
gei m veiy smooth: the style usually eight cleft at top : the stigmas
levolute, 1 eddish: the ring or whorl of fruits is seven or eight cap-
suled: the common receptacle awl-shaped, with a conoid globule at
top, and small crescent shaped lamellae at the base and the inter-
stices of the capsules: the capsules are reniformed-rounded, sharply
three-cornered, membranaceous, wrinkled, closed on all sides, pale
bay-coloured, not opening: the seeds kidney-shaped, and ash-
coloured. It is a native of Italy, &c. flowering from June or July to
September or October.
The fifth has around branched stem, five feet high, villose at top,
reddish: the leaves soft, whitish, tomenlose, unequally serrate; the
lower subcord ate-hastate, five-angled; the upper ovate, three-cusped,
the middle lobe narrowed, acute, oblong: the stipules ovate-lanceo-
late, villose: the flowers on short peduncles, axillary, solitary, very
seldom two together; terminating ones in a spike: the outer calyx
ovate, with roundish-acute segments; inner larger, with lanceolate-
acute segments: the corolla large, spreading very much, reddish-
purple: the petals with narrowed claws, covered with white hairs,
inserted into a flesh-coloured tube: the stamens purple: the germ
roundish-compressed, with twenty grooves: the style divided into
about twenty parts: the stigmas long, recurved: the capsules about
twenty, black, smooth, fixed in a ring about a thick striated cone:
when the seeds are ripe, that part which is next to the axis appears
naked, on account of the pellicle which forms the internal part of
the capsule adhering to the axis. According to Linnaeus, the leav es
of the first year are very large, and those ot the following much
smaller, which is a circumstance common to this with other plants of
the same natural order. It is a native of the south of France,
flowering from June to October.
The sixth species has a round branched stem, from three to four
feet in height: the leaves are alternate, petioled, shorter than the
petioles, roundish, but with the border so rolled back as to appear
triangular: the stipules cordate, broad, acuminate, serrate: the
flowers axillary : three peduncles, mostly one-flowered, in each axil,
upright, shorter than the petiole: the segments ot the outer calyx
broad-cordate, acuminate : the inner calyx twice as large, five-
cornered, acuminate, with the corners prominent: corolla large,
spreading, pale purple, with the claws white, hairy: the capsules
about fifteen, in a ring about a column ending in a point. According
to Linnaeus, the whole plant is tomentose, being covered with very
small glutinous hairs, with other larger ones stellate at top mixed
among them. It is a native of France and Spain, flowering from
June to September.
262
The seventh is a native of Portugal, flowering in August and
September.
Culture . — The first two, or annual sorts, are readily increased, by
sowing the seeds in a light soil in the places where the plants are to
remain, or in pots, in the spring season, as about the latter end of
March, in patches of four or five in each, giving them water occa-
sionally when the weather is drj\ When the plants have attained a
little growth, they should be thinned out to one or two of the
strongest plants. When any are to be removed to other places, it
should be done at this period, and with a little earth about the roots,
due water and shade being given; but they seldom succeed well by
transplanting.
All the other shrubby perennial sorts may likewise be increased
by sowing the seeds, and managing the plants in the same manner.
Most of these sorts will not last more than two years in this
climate, unless the soil be dry, when they continue three or four.
They in general require a warm dry situation, or to have their
roots covered by old tan, or the protection of the green-house during
the severity of the winter season.
They are all highly ornamental in different parts of pleasure-
grounds. The annual sorts have great beauty, in their flowers being-
large, numerous, and conspicuous, and are proper where large
showy-flowering plants are required. The perennial kinds are also
suitable for large borders and shrubbery compartments, having large,
straight, upright, durable stems, terminated by branchy bushy heads,
and very large soft foliage, that form a fine variety in assemblage
with other plants, though their flowers are often hidden by their
large leaves.
N
2. LATH YR US SAT IV US.
BLUE-FLOWERED LATHYRUS.
This genus contains plants of the herbaceous climbing flowery
kinds.
It belongs to the class and order Diadelphia Decandria, and ranks
in the natural order of Papilionacea or Leguminosce.
The characters are : that the calyx is a one-leafed perianthium,
half five-cleft, bell-shaped : divisions lanceolate, sharp : the two
upper ones shorter ; the lowest longer: the corolla papilionaceous:
standard obcordate, very large, reflex on the sides and tip: wings
oblong, lunulate, short, obtuse : keel half-orbiculate, size of the
wings, and wider than the wings, gaping inwards in the middle : the
stamina have diadelphous filaments, (single and nine-cleft) rising
upwards: anthers, roundish: the pistillum is a compressed germ,
oblong, linear : style erected upwards, flat, wider above, with sharp
tip: stigma, from the middle of the style to the tip villose in front:
the pericarpium is a legume, very long, cylindric or compressed,
acuminate, one-celled, bivalve: the seeds several, cylindric, globose,
or but little cornered.
The species cultivated are: 1. L. odoratus , Sweet Lathyrus, or
Pea; 2. L. Tingitanus , Tangier Lathyrus, or Pea; 3. L. latifolius ,
Broad-leaved Lathyrus, or Everlasting Pea.
Several other species may be cultivated where variety is wanted.
The first is an annual plant, which rises from three to four feet
high by means of its long claspers or tendrils: the flower-stalks come
out at the joints, are about six inches long, and sustain two large
flowers, which have a strong odour, and are succeeded by oblong
hairy pods, having four five or roundish seeds in each. It is a native
of Sicily.
There are several varieties; as the purple-flowered, the white-
flowered, the variegated or painted lady, sweet-scented, and the
scarlet.
The second species has the stem four or five feet high: the leaf-
lets veined: the peduncles short, sustaining two large floweis with
purple standards, the wings and keel bright red: the legumes long,
jointed, containing several seeds.
Marty n observes, that the whole plant is very smooth: the stem
branched, running out on each side into a slender sharp wing: the
petioles angular, ending in bifid, trifid, or simple tendrils: the stipules
lanceolate, acuminate, produced downwards into an earlet, similar
but much smaller: the peduncles sometimes one-flowered. It is a
native of Barbary, flowering in June and July; and although it has
not the agreeable scent, or variety of colours, or continuance in blow
of the Sweet Pea, it is usually sown in gardens with other annual
seeds.
The third has a perennial root: the stalks several, thick, climbing
by means of tendrils to the height of six or eight feet, or even higher
in woods: these die to the ground in autumn, and new ones rise in
the spring from the same root: the leaves stiff, marked with three or
five strong ribs, rolled in at the edge, blunt at the end, but termina-
ting in a little point or bristle; they are always in pairs, and on a
winged petiole; at the base of this are large stipules, shaped some-
what like the head of a halbert: the tendrils multifid or branched :
the peduncles eight or nine inches long. Each flower has an awl-
shaped bracte at the base of the pedicel: the corolla pale purplish
rose-colour: the legumes an inch and half long, and half an inch in
breadth. It is a native of many parts of Europe, flowering at the
end of June and beginning of July.
It is a showy plant for shrubberies, wilderness quarters, arbours,
and trellis-work; but too large and rampant for borders of the com-
mon flower-garden.
There are many varieties; as the red-flowered, the purple-
flowered, the scarlet-flowered, and the large-flowered.
Culture . — These plants may be readily raised, by sowing the seeds
265
of the different sorts in the autumn or spring seasons at different
times, in patches of six or eight together, in the places where they
are to grow. Where the soil is light and dry, the autumn is the best
season, as the plants appear more early, but in other cases the spring
should be preferred. The plants afterwards only require to be kept
clean from weeds, and be properly supported by branchy sticks.
The last sort may likewise be increased by transplanting the
roots in the autumn; but the plants in this way are seldom so good
as by seeds.
The two first sorts must be sown annually, but the last will
remain many years.
It is the practice with the gardeners who raise the first sorts for
the London markets, to sow them in the autumn, in pots, and secure
them from severe weather, by placing them in hot- bed frames; by
which means they can bring them much more early to market.
They may be continued in flower the whole summer by repeated
sowings in the spring. When sown in pots they should be watered
frequently.
They are all highly ornamental in the borders, clumps, and other
parts of pleasure-grounds, when properly intermixed in their species
and different varieties.
I * VI
'*3 \
■
2 M
PLATE XXXIV.
LYCHNIS CHALCEDONICA,
SCARLET LYCHNIS.
This genus contains plants of the hardy, herbaceous, flowery,
perennial kind.
It belongs to the class and order Decanclria Pentagynia , and ranks
in the natural order of Caryophyllei.
The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed perianthium,
oblong, membranaceous, five-toothed, permanent: the corolla, has
five petals: claws the length of the calyx, flat, margined: border
often cloven, flat: the stamina have ten filaments, longer than the
calyx, alternately shorter, each of these fixed to a claw of each
petal: anthers incumbent: the pistillum is a suhovate germ: styles
five, awl-shaped, longer than the stamens: stigmas reflex against the
sun, pubescent: the pericarpium is a capsule approaching to an
ovate form, covered, one, three, or five celled, five-valved: the
seeds very many, and roundish.
The species cultivated are: 1. L. chalcedonica, Scarlet Lychnis;
2. L. Flos cuculi , Red- flowered Lychnis, Meadow Pink, or Ragged
Robin; 3. L. coronata , Chinese Lychnis; 4. L. viscaria, Viscous
Lichnis, or Catchfly; 5. L. diurna , Rose-flowered Lychnis, Wild
Red Campion, or Red Bachelor’s Buttons ; 6. L. vespertina, White-
flowered Lychnis, Wild White Campion, or White Bachelor’s
Buttons.
The first has a perennial root: the stems three feet high, upright,
stiff, round, jointed, hairy : at every joint are two large leaves of a
brownish green colour: the flowers terminating in a large flat-topped
tuft, consisting of several bundles: the corolla is of a scarlet or bright
Y\l t Y.i tkf. f\ii dir /}\,
2t>7
red orange colour, varying to while, blush, and variable, that is, pale
red, growing paler till it becomes almost white. It is a native of
Russia, See.
Besides its varying as above, there is a variety with very double
dowers of a beautiful scarlet colour: it has a perennial root, from
which arise two, three, or four stalks, according to the strength of
the roots, which in rich moist land grow upwards of four feet high ;
the stalks are strong, erect, and hairy, being garnished the whole
length with spear-shaped leaves sitting close to the stalks, placed
opposite; and just above each pair of leaves there are four smaller
leaves standing round the stalk: the dowers are produced in close
clusters sitting upon the top of the stalk: when the roots are strong,
the clusters of dowers are very large, and make a fine appearance,
coming out the latter end of June, and in moderate seasons continue
near a month in beauty. The stalks decay in autumn, and new ones
arise in the following spring.
The second has also a perennial root, bromvish white, subacrid :
the stems from one to three feet high, upright, somewhat angular
and grooved, sw'elled at the joints, purplish: the} r are procumbent,
and become upright at the time of dowering: the stem-leaves oppo-
site, connate, lanceolate, keeled, upright, smooth: the peduncles
opposite, with one generally between them: the calyx ten-angled,
of a deep purple colour: the corolla pink or purplish led, varying
sometimes to white: the border of the petals dividing into four seg-
ments, of which the two outer are shorter and narrower: the claws
have two small spear-shaped teeth at the top: the capsule one-
celled, the mouth having five teeth which turn back: the seeds
flatfish, rugged, of a brown ash-colour. It is a native of most parts
of Europe, flowering in May and June.
In the third the whole plant is smooth: the stem simple, round,
upright, a foot high: the leaves opposite, embracing, oblong-ovate,
acute, entire, an inch or a little more in length : the flowers aggre-
gate, about three, sessile: the calyx is ten-angled: the petals are
gashed, crenate rnultifid: the filaments the length of the tube of the
corolla, filiform: the germ superior: styles five, much shorter than the
2b 8
/ I
tube of the corolla. It is a native of China and Japan, flowering in
June and July.
The fourth species has long, narrow, grass-like leaves, which
come out from the root without order, sitting close to the ground ;
between these come up straight single stalks, which in good ground
rise a foot and half high; at each joint of the stalk come out two
leaves opposite, of the same form as the lower, but decreasing in
their size upwards; under each pair of leaves, for an inch in length,
there sweats out of the stalk a glutinous liquor, which is almost as
clammy as birdlime, so that ants and other insects which happen to
light upon these places, or attempt to creep up to the flowers, are
fastened to the stalk; whence the title of Catclifly: the root is
perennial, yellowish on the outside, white within: the stem round,
not grooved, smooth, being terminated by a cluster of purple flowers,
and from the two upper joints come out on each side of the stalk a
cluster of the same flowers, so that the whole forms a sort of loose
spike: these appear in the beginning of May, and the single flowers
arc succeeded by roundish seed-vessels, which are full of small
angular seeds, ripening in July. It is a native of most parts of
Europe.
The fifth has likewise a perennial root, the thickness of the little
finger, while, of a slightly acrid and bitter taste, furnished with
numerous fibres: the stalks are several, upright, from one to three
feet high, round, hirsute, jointed, purple, the joints swelled : the
uppermost branches forked : the leaves opposite, connate, ovate-
acuminate, hirsute, slightly nerved: the calyx is hairy, striated, pur-
ple, five-toothed; in the female more turgid: the petals purple
obcordale: at the bottom of the lamina or broad spreading part are
two or four small upright white blunt appendicles: the germ is ovate,
surrounded by a nectary at the base: the capsule one-celled, with
ten teeth at the mouth: seeds gray, somewhat rugged. It is a native
of many parts of Europe.
1 here is a variety with double flowers, cultivated in gardens by
the name ot Red Bachelor’s Buttons, which is an ornamental plant,
and continues long in flower.
269
The sixth species has the stalks branched out much more than in
the fifth sort, being weaker and more flaccid : the leaves are longer
and more veined : the flowers stand singly upon pretty long pedun-
cles, and are not produced in clusters as in that; it is very hairy, the
calyx is more swollen, and it flowers a month after it. And Dr.
Withering remarks, that the petals on the male plant have the laminae
divided down to the claws, but in the female they are only cloven
half way down. Dr. John Sibthorp also states, that the capsules
in the fifth are roundish, and that its scentless flowers stand open
through the day; while this has conical capsules, and its odoriferous
flowers open only towards evening. This also prefers a dry soil,
while that spreads in a moist one. It is common in Siberia.
There are varieties with purple or blush-coloured flowers; with
quadrifid petals; with hermaphrodite flowers; with double florvers,
cultivated in gardens by the name ot Double White Bachelors
Buttons.
Culture . — They may be increased with facility in the single sorts
by seed, and parting the roots; and in the doubles by dividing or
slipping the roots, and sometimes by cuttings of their stalks.
The seed should be sown in the early spring, as in March, in a
bed or border of light earth, in an eastern aspect, each sort separate,
raking them in lightly, or they may be sown in small drills. The
plants come up in two or three weeks, when they should have occa-
sional waterings and hand weedings: and when the plants are two
or three inches high, be planted out in beds or borders, in rows six
inches asunder, watering them till fresh rooted, letting them remain
till the autumn or following spring, when they should be transplanted
where they are to remain.
Both the single and double may be increased by slipping the roots;
but it is more particularly applicable to the double sort, as they can-
not with certainty be obtained from seed: the season for performing
this work is the autumn, after the stalks decay, when the whole root
may either be taken up, and divided into as many slips as are fur-
nished with proper root-fibres, or the main root stand, and as many
of the outer offsets as seem convenient be slipped oft : these slips,
/
270
when strong, should be planted at once where they are to remain;
but when rather small and weak, it is better to plant them in nursery-
rows, half a foot asunder, to remain a year, and then transplant them
for good where they are to stand.
The planting of cuttings of the stalks is mostly practised for the
double scarlet sort, when it increases but sparingly by offsets of the
root. It is performed in summer, when the stalks are well advanced
in growth, but before they flower, or have become hard and woody.
Some of them should be cut off close to the bottom, and divided into
lengths of from three to five joints, planting them in an easterly
border of rich moist loamy earth, two-thirds of their length into the
ground, leaving only one joint or eye out, watering them directly,
and repeating it occasionally with necessary shade in hot weather.
They will be well rooted, and form proper plants for transplanting
in the autumn. If the cuttings, as soon as planted, are covered
down close with hand-glasses, it will greatly promote their rooting,
so as to form stronger plants before the winter season comes on.
The only culture they require afterwards is clearing them from
weeds in summer, and supporting with stakes them which need it,
cutting down and clearing away the decayed stalks in the autumn.
Of the third sort, as being rather more tender, some plants should
be planted in pots, for moving under the protection of a frame or
green-house in the winter season.
They are all very ornamental for the pleasure-grounds, particu-
larly the doubles, and prosper in any common soil, remaining in all
weathers unhurt, being of many years duration in root; and, when
of some standing, send up many stalks every spring, terminated by
numerous flowers, making a fine appearance in summer. The Scarlet
Double Lychnis claims the preference, though the single scarlet sort
is also very showy. And all the other species in their respective
double-flowered states are ornamental. They are all kept in the
nurseries for sale. In planting out, the tallest growers should be
placed the most backward, and the others more towards the front.
2 . LEUCOJUM VERNUM.
SPRING SNOW-FLAKE.
This genus contains plants of the bulbous-rooted flowery peren-
nial kind.
It belongs to the class and order Hexandria Monogynia , and
ranks in the natural order of Spatliacea
The characters are : that the calyx is an oblong, obtuse, com-
pressed spathe, gaping on the flat side, withering: the corolla is bell-
shapedrexpanded : petals six, ovate, flat, conjoined at the base, with
the tips thickish and stiffish: the stamina have six setaceous fila-
ments, very short: anthers oblong, obtuse, quadrangular, upright,
distant: the pistillum is a roundish inferior germ: style clavate,
obtuse: stigma setaceous, upright, sharp, longer than the stamens:
the pericarpium is a top-shaped capsule, three-celled, three-valved :
the seeds several, roundish.
The species cultivated are: 1 . L. vernum, Great Spring Snow-
drop; 2. L. astivum, Summer Snow-drop; 3.L. autumnale, Autumnal
Snow-drop; 4. L.strumosum, Many-flowered Cape Leucojum-
The first has an oblong bulb, shaped like that of the Daffodil,
but smaller: the leaves are flat, deep green, four or five in number,
broader and longer than those of the Common Snow-drop: the
scape angular, near a foot high, hollow and channelled: towards the
top comes out a whitish sheath, opening on the side, out of which
come out two or three flowers, hanging on slender peduncles: the
corolla is much larger than that of the Common Snow-drop; and the
ends of the petals are green. They appear in March, and have an
agreeable scent, not much unlike those of the Hawthorn.
The flowers, which at first sight resemble those of the Common
Snow-drop, are easily distinguished by the absence of the Three-
272
leaved Nectary: they do not come out so soon by a month. It is
called by Mr. Curtis, Spring Snow-flake. It is a native of Italy, See.
The second species has a bulb the size of a Chesnut, somewhat
ovate, outwardly pale-brown, inwardly white; coats numerous, thin,
and closely compacted. But Miller asserts, that it is nearly as large
as that of the Common Daffodil, and very like it in shape: that the
leaves also are not unlike those of the Daffodil, more in number than
in the first, and keeled at the bottom, where they fold over each
other, and embrace the stalk: the leaves are about a foot and half
in length, upright, nearly linear, almost an inch in breadth, obtuse;
the lower ones shortest: the scape a little higher than the leaves,
hollow, slightly flatted, two-edged, a little twisted, one side some-
times obtuse, the other acute: the peduncles for the most part five
from the same sheath, each supporting a single flower, angular, and
of unequal lengths: the flowers are pendulous, growing all one way ?
having little scent: the petals are white, finely grooved within, not at
all uniting at bottom ; the tips thickish, a little puckered, and marked
with a green spot. The flowers appear at the end of April or the
beginning of May, and there is a succession of them during three
weeks, or longer in cool weather. It is a native of Hungary, &c.
To distinguish it from Galanthus, Mr. Curtis names it Summer
Snow-flake ; and in gardens it is known by the name of Great Summer
Snow-drop ; Late or Tall Snow-drop.
The third has a thick bulb for the size of the plant, composed of
many glutinous coats, bitter, covered with a whitish membrane: the
scape slender, brownish, a hand in height, supporting two or three
small white flowers (sometimes only one), hanging down, having no
smell. It is distinguished by its four or five capillary leaves, which
begin to spring up after the flower is past, when the seeds are ripen-
ing, and sometimes after the heads are ripe. They abide all the
winter and spring following, and wither away in the beginning of
summer; leaving the scape to appear naked: the flowers are a little
reddish at the bottom next the stalk. It is a native of Portugal,
flowering in September.
The fourth has a roundish white bulb, less than a hazel nut: the
2?3
leaves two or three, inclosed at the base in a white sheath, filiform,
doited with white, keeled at bottom, flat, or a little convex on the
back, weak, and more or less lying on the ground : scape flex nose-
erect, slender, about half a foot high, roundish, terminated by a
spreading umbel of from three to seven flowers: the valves of the
spathe lanceolate, acute, membranaceous, opposite, sometimes equal,
sometimes not, pale: the peduncles filiform, one-flowered, unequal,
from one to two inches in length: flowers without scent, coming out
successively: petals white within, purplish without, oblong, lanceo-
late, three lines in length; the three inner bluntish; the three outer
acute, with a blunt greenish keel: anthers purple: germ three-cor-
nered, green: style white, swelled out at bottom into a body larger
than the germ, plaited at bottom; thence awl-shaped, bluntly three-
cornered, the length of the stamens: stigma obscurely trifid : capsule
subglobular, three-cornered : the whole plant is smooth. It is a
native of the Cape, flowering in November.
Culture . — These plants are readily increased by off-sets from the
roots, which should be separated from the old roots about every third
year, in the summer season, as soon as their leaves begin to decay,
in the same manner as other bulbous roots.
They may also be increased by seeds, which should be sown in
the latter end of August, in a border of light bog earth. The plants
should remain in this situation till the second summer, and be then
taken up at the proper period and planted in beds, till they begin to
flower, when they should be removed into the borders. In this way
they are three or four years before they flower.
The best method is, to procure the roots from tire nurserymen,
and plant them in the beginning of the autumn, in an eastern or
northern border, where the soil is of a boggy quality, in patches of
three or four together, in the fronts, putting them in to the depth of
about three or four inches.
The off-sets should be planted out in beds a year or two after
being taken off, till fit to be set out for flowering.
A soft loamy soil, or a mixture of loam and bog earth, are the
2 N
most suited to their healthy growth. The last sort requires protection
in the house with other Cape bulbs.
By planting them in the different aspects mentioned, a longer
succcesion of flowers may be produced.
They are very ornamental in the fronts of the borders, or the
sides of the lawns, and other parts near the house.
3. LYSIMACHIA NUMMULARIA.
CREEPING MONEYWORT.
This genus contains plants of the hardy herbaceous biennial
and perennial kinds.
It belongs to the class and order Pentandria Monogynia , and ranks
in the natural order of llotacea.
The characters are: that the calyx is a five-parted perianthium,
acute, erect, permanent: the corolla one-petalled, wheel-shaped:
tube none: border five-parted, flat: divisions ovate-oblong: the
stamina have five awl-shaped filaments, opposite to the divisions of
the corolla: anthers acuminate: the pistillum is a roundish germ:
style filiform, the length of the stamens: stigma obtuse: the pericar-
pium is a globular capsule, mucronate, onc-celled, tcn-valved (five-
valved): the seeds very many, and angular: the receptacle globular,
very large, dotted, (free.)
The species cultivated are: 1. L. Ephemerum , Willow-leaved
Loose-strife; 2. L. dubia. Purple-flowered Loose-strife; 3. L. stricta ,
Upright Loose-strife.
The first has a perennial root: the stems several, upright, more
than three feet high: the leaves narrrow, smooth, and at the base of
these come out short side branches, with smaller leaves of the same
shape: the flowers are produced in a long close upright spike, at the
top of the Stalk: the corolla is white: the stamens longer than the
corolla, it is very distinct from the second sort by its size, five-
valved capsules, white flowers, and leaves without dots. It is a
native of Spain, flowering from July to September.
The second species is an annual (biennial) plant, too tender for
the open air of this climate: it agrees with the first sort in habit,
structure, and glaucous colour: it has no dots under the leaves: the
petals are acuminate, a little longer than the calyx, converging, and
deep red: the stamens are longer than the corolla, with brown an-
thers: and the flowers sessile in a spike. It is nearly allied to the
first sort, and is a native of the Levant, flowering in July and August.
The third has the stem erect, four-cornered, smooth: the leaves
quite entire, acute, smooth, dotted: the racemes simple: the pedi-
cels in a sort of whorl, filiform, an inch long: the bractes lanceolate,
very short: the divisions of the calyx lanceolate, smooth, dotted with
red: the petals three times as long as the calyx, yellow, with red
stripes and dots, and two dark-red spots: the stamens shorter than
the corolla. It is a native of North America, flowering in July and
August.
Culture . — -These may all be easily increased either by sowing the
seeds in the autumn, as soon as they are fully ripened, on a moist
border, with an eastern aspect; or by parting the roots, and planting
them out at the same season, in the same situations.
The plants should afterwards be kept clean, and in the first
method removed into the situations where they are to remain in the
autumn.
In the second sort the seeds should be sown on a hot-bed.
The third sort is increased by planting the bulbs thrown out from
the axils of the leaves.
They all afford ornament and variety in the borders and other
parts of pleasure-grounds.
u
PLATE XXXV.
1. LOBELIA CARDIN ALIS.
SCARLET LOBELIA, OR CARDINAL’S FLOWER.
This genus contains plants of the herbaceous and under shrubby
perenial kind.
It belongs to the class and order Syngenesia Monogamia, and ranks
in the natural order of Campanacece.
The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed perianlhium,
five-cleft, very small: growing round the germ, withering: toothlets
nearly equal: the two superior ones looking more upward: the co-
rolla one-petalled, irregular: tube cylindric, longer than the calyx,
divided longitudinally above: border five-parted, divisions lanceo-
late; of which the two superior ones are smaller, less reflex, more
deeply divided, constituting an upper lip: the three inferior ones
more spreading, frequently larger: the stamina have five awl-shaped
filaments, the length of the tube of the petal, connate above: anthers
connate into an oblong cylinder, gaping five ways at the base: the
pistillum is a sharp-pointed, inferior germ: style cylindric, length of
the stamens: stigma obtuse, hispid : the pericarpium an ovale cap-
sule, two or three-celled, two or three-valved, gaping at the top, girt
by the calyx: dissepiments contrary to the valves: the seeds a great
many, very small: receptacle conic.
The species cultivated are: 1. L. cardinalis. Scarlet Lobelia, or
Cardinal’s Flower; 2. L. siphiUtica , Blue Lobelia, or Cardinal Flower;
3. L. longijiora , Long-flowered Lobelia ; 4. L. pinifoUa , Pine-leaved
Lobelia; 5. L. injiata. Bladder-podded Lobelia.
In the first, the root is composed of many white fleshy fibres: the •
lower leaves are oblong, and of a dark purplish colour on their upper
Pl.35
mmm
mmm
mt&m-
teip .
fg@^
IP&i#
pM*
• V»iv A\j?V^\S' • w
••••••• a
iiiiiii
•/? r! ;•> >v; • “■
■ .
, ' f t V >: t, *v - „ »- ‘ ,. „' s .
&S5#9 $ v-‘" ;'‘" •:
piMflv
ffesllitli
h I t vV- >•
/l*' : \'Zj’ i- # ‘ • '' . r . * • -
gilil
iC?'V ; v ( o c . :•■.
:«$■:■ -d
ii|m
|f li 1| / T
■ *■ m /
'* mm w
TUB -
Mi Iww^y
1# jjr
l^W -
w
■■ v - .-/;■ - T^ .’ V-'-v v .\v- •••■•'. : vf.- ••• ■ ;:-^Ar>A::v • ••,.-v‘
■
Tainted by %(\J JEdwardr.
LM« ( a rrlt tta/ur
Sea r/e/r Loheha or ( an/i/ta/s
London Tubkfhsd AprldStrf by (<K<tnrUx Fleet olreet
ft
(>wrr
Li//.
/ // ///
' Whitt’ Lilv.
( iitii/u/iini
tL runny m h T JnnJcm
.
M£ / f tt }"') ry ry ■ 9 ry rui r f - v *y "'” : 'f;
277
side: the stalks are erect, about a foot and a half high, with leaves
about three inches long, and an inch and half broad in the middle,
on very short petioles and placed alternately: the stalk is terminated
by a spike (raceme) of flowers, of an exceeding beautiful scarlet
colour; they have a pretty long tube, which is a little incurved, and
at the top they arc cut longitudinally into five segments; the two
upper, which are the smallest, are greatly reflexed; the three under,
which form the lower lip, are longer, and spread open. They appear
at the end of July and in August, when they make a fine appearance
for a month or more, and when the autumn proves favourable produce
good seeds. . It grows naturally in North America.
The second species has a perennial root: the stem simple,
from a foot to two feet in height, and upwards, strong, simple, smooth,
with angles formed by the decurrent edges of the leaves having stiff-
ish hairs on them: the leaves are alternate, sessile, somewhat rugged:
the flowers axillary, solitary, numerous, large, on short peduncles,
forming altogether a long spike of a pale blue colour. It is a native
of Virginia, flowering from August to October.
The third is an annual herbaceous elegant plant, seldom above
fourteen or sixteen inches in height; the whole of it rough-haired:
the stem almost upright, very much branched from all the axils: the
leaves are alternate, sessile, swbpinnalifid-toothed, sharpish, smooth,
half a foot long: the peduncles one-flowered, axillary, solitary, vil-
lose. The whole plant is poisonous. It is a native of Jamaica,
flowering from June to August.
The fourth species is a shrubby, upright, branched plant, the
branches surrounded with abundance of narrow sharp leaves an inch
in length: the flowers many, small, blue, at the tops of the twigs,
among the leaves. It is a native of the Cape of Good Hope.
The fifth is a biennial plant in this climate: the stems channelled,
hairy, two feet high : the leaves about two inches long, and one broad in
the middle, sessile, light green: flowers small, on long, slender, axil-
lary peduncles, forming a loose spike: the corolla light blue. It
flowers in July, and is a native of Virginia, See.
' Culture . —The two first kinds may be increased by seed, cuttings
of their stalks, and parting the roots.
The seeds should be sown in autumn, or early in spring, in a
warm border, or in pots or boxes, so as to be moved to different situa-
tions in different seasons, to have shelter from frost, and shade from
the mid-day sun in summer. Those sown in autumn generally come
up more freely the following spring than those which are sown in
that season. They should have shelter in hard frosts, either under a
frame, or awning of mats, but be fully exposed in mild weather, giv-
ing occasional waterings in the spring and summer. When the
plants have attained two or -three inches growth, they should be
pricked out in separate small pots of rich earth, giving water, and
placing them in the shade till fresh rooted, repeating the waterings
occasionally in hot dry weather, and shifting them into larger pots as
they may require; in winter moving them into a frame to have occa-
sional shelter from inclement weather; and in the spring following
some of them may be turned out into the full ground about March,
when they will flower the ensuing summer. Some should also be
retained in pots to be moved under shelter in winter, as a reserve in
case those in the open air should be killed by frost.
As these plants generally flower in the greatest perfection the first
and second year of their blowing, it is proper to raise a supply of
new plants every year or two, in order to have them flower in the
utmost perfection every year.
The cuttings of the young stalks should be divided into lengths of
five or six inches, and be planted in an easterly border, two parts
deep, being covered down with hand-glasses, and watered occa-
sionally. They mostly emit roots, and form young plants in a month
or six weeks ; when the glasses should be taken away, and the plants
managed as the others.
These hardy sorts sometimes afford off-sets from their sides at
bottom, which may be separated in autumn, and potted for young-
plants, being managed as the seedlings.
The last three sorts may also be raised by seeds procured from
abroad, wich s hould be sown in pots of light sandy earth in the
279
autumn, and plunged in the bark-bed; and when the plants are three
inches high, planted in separate pots, being re-plunged in the bark-
bed, giving water and occasional shade till they are fresh rooted-
They must remain constantly in the hot-house, and have frequen
moderate waterings given them.
The first two sorts have a fine appearance in the borders and clumps
of pleasure-grounds, where they will succeed when protected in
winter from frosts.
And the tender sorts afford a fine variety in hot-house collections.
2. LILIUM CANDIDUM.
WHITE LILY.
This genus contains plants of the bulbous-rooted flowery peren-
nial kind.
It belongs to the class and order Hexandria Monogynia , and ranks
in the natural order of Coronaria.
The characters are: that there is no calyx: the corolla is six-
petalled, bell-shaped, narrowed beneath: petals upright, incumbent,
obtusely carinated on the back, gradually more expanding, wider;
with thick, reflex, obtuse tips: nectary, a longitudinal, tubular line,
engraven on each petal from the base to the middle: the stamina
have six awl-shaped filaments, upright, shorter than the corolla:
anthers oblong, incumbent: the pisliUum is an oblong germ, cylin-
dric, striated with six furrows: style cylindric, length of the corolla:
stigma thickish, triangular: the pericarpium is an oblong six-fur-
rowed capsule, with a three cornered, hollow, obtuse tip, three-
celled, three-valved ; the valves connected by hairs disposed in a
cancellated manner; the seeds are numerous, incumbent in a twin
order; Hat, outwardly semi-orbicular. ,
The species cultivated are : 1. L. candidum , Common White
280
Lily; 2. X. Catesbxi , Catesby’s Lily; 3. X. bulbiftrutn , LullS-bearing
or Orange Lily; 4. X. Martagon , Purple Martagon Lily, oi luiks
Cap; 5. X. Pomponium, Pomponian Lily; 6. L. chalccdonicum. Scarlet
Martagon Lily; 7 ■ X. supcrbum , Great \ellow Martagon Lily; 8. X.
Canadense ,. Canada Martagon Lily ; 9- X. Camsfhatcense, Kamts-
cbatka Lily; 10. L. Philadelphicum , Philadelphian Martagon Lily.
The first has a large bulb, from which proceed several succulent
fibres: the stem stout, round, upright, usually about three feet in
height: the leaves numerous, long, narrow-pointed, smooth, sessile;
the flowers large and white, terminating the stem in a cluster on short
peduncles: the petals within of a beautiful shining white; on the
outside ridged and less luminous. It is a native of the Levant,
flowering in .June and July.
The principal varieties are; with striped flowers, or with blotched
purple flowers, or with variegated striped leaves, or with yellow-
edged leaves, with double flowers, and with pendulous flowers.
The first of these varieties is now become common ; but the pur-
ple stain giving the flower a dull colour, the common white is gene-
rally preferred: the second is chiefly valued for its appearance in
winter and spring; for the leaves coming out early in the autumn,
spreading themselves flat on the ground, and being finely edged with
a broad yellow band, make a pretty appearance during the winter
and spring months, as it flowers earlier than the plain sort: the third
is of little value, as the flowers never open well unless they are co-
vered with glasses, nor have they any of the rich odour of the com-
mon sort: the fourth came originally from Constantinople; the stalk
is much more slender; the leaves narrower and fewer in number;
the flowers not quite so large, and the petals more contracted at the
base; they always hang downwards; the stalks are sometimes very
broad and flat, appearing as if two or three were joined together:
when this happens, they sustain from sixty to one hundred flowers,
and sometimes more; this however is merely accidental, as the same
root scarcely ever produces the same two years together.
The second species is one of the least of the cultivated sorts, the
whole plant when in bloom being frequently little more than a foot
281
high; in its native soil it is described as growing to the height of
two feet: the stalk is terminated by one upright flower: it is purple,
slender, upright, round, smooth with a slight glaucous bloom on it>
solid, stiffish : the root-leaves few, often onl} 7 on the barren plant, on
long petioles: the stem-leaves are numerous, alternately scattered,
sessile, curved back, narrow-lanceolate, the upper ones gradually
more ovate-lanceolate, quite entire, blunt with a purple tip, even on
both sides, slenderly nerved, flat, a little fleshy, shrivelling: the
flower has no scent, but is said by Catesby, to be variously shaded
with red, orange, and lemon colours: it is remarked by Mr. Curtis,
that it varies considerably in the breadth of its petals, in their colour
and spots; and that it flowers usually in July or August.
The third has a subovate bulb in its native state, consisting of
thick white loosely imbricate scales, putting out a few thick fibres
from the bottom: the stem upright, a foot and half high, striated-
angular, smooth or slightly hairy, with numerous scattered leaves,
the upper ones spreading out horizontally, acute, quite entire, obso-
letely hirsute, a little rough to the touch, dark green, slightly nerved,
sessile, lanceolate-linear, three or four inches long ; each, excepting
the lower, frequently producing a roundish and shining pale-green
bulb or two in the axil: the peduncle terminating, round, thick,
somewhat villose; either solitary, or two, three or four together,
forming a sort of umbel ; some naked, others having a bracte or two:
the flower without scent, red-orange within, pale-orange on the out-
side. It is a native of Austria, &c.
There are varieties with double flowers, with variegated leaves,
with smaller stems, and the bulb-bearing fiery Lily, which seldom
rises more than half the height of the others: the leaves are nar-
rower: the flowers smaller, and of a brighter flame-colour, few in
number, and more erect; they come out a month before those of
the common sort, and the stalks put out bulbs at most of the axils,
which, if taken oft when the stalks decay, and planted, produce
plants.
The sub-varieties are: the great broad leafed, the many-flowered,
the small, and the hoary bulb-bearing Lily.
i o
■£; i JO ££/f\J a . - ki ki (u-i ki
The fourth species rises with a strong stalk from three to
four feet high : the leaves are broad ; the flowers dark purple, with
some spots of black; they are produced in loose spikes, appear m
June, and have a disagreeable odour when near, but not so offensive
as the seventh sort: the bulb is, according to Martyn, composed of
lanceolate, yellow, loose scales, with thick, long, whitish fibres at
bottom: the stem straight, round, shining, from a foot and a half to
four feet in height, at the top of the bulb furnished with rooting fibres
in whorls, pale green at bottom, the rest having black spots scat-
tered over it; above and below the leaves are scattered, but in the
middle they are in whorls; lanceolate, acute, somewhat nerved, quite
entire, subpetioled; the stem terminates in a loose raceme, many-
flowered, few-flowered, or sometimes one-flowered only: the pedun-
cles purple* dotted with black, with lanceolate sharp bractes, two to
the lower, and one to the upper flowers: the petals purple or pale,
more or less spotted with black on both sides, the thiee outer hirsute,
with a raised line along the middle. It is a native of the south of
Europe, &c.
It varies with white flowers, with double flowers, with red flowers
and hairy stalks, and with imperial divided stalks.
The fifth species has a pretty large yellow scaly root, from which
arises an upright stalk nearly three feet high, with long narrow leaves,
almost triangular, having a longitudinal ridge on their under side ;
they are deep green, and terminate in acute points, the upper part
of the stalk divides into four or five peduncles, each sustaining a
single flower of a fine carmine colour, with a few dark spots scattered
over it; they appear in July, and, when the season is not hot, con-
tinue a considerable time in beauty. It is a native of the Pyre-
nees, &c.
It varies with double red flowers, with white flowers, with double
white flowers, with red spotted flowers, with white spotted flowers,
with yellow flowers, with yellow spotted flowers, with early scarlet
flowers, and the Major Scarlet Pompony.
The sixth species is from three to four feet in height ; the leaves
are much broader than those of the fifth sort, and appear as if they
283
were edged with white; they are placed very closely upon the stalks:
the flowers are of a bright scarlet, and seldom more than five or six
in number: it flowers late in July, and in cool seasons continues in
beauty great part of August. It is remarked by Linnaeus, that the
raceme, before the flowers open, is scarcely curved in, as in the fifth
sort, and that the stem is clothed with clustered leaves to the very
top. It is a native of the Levant.
According to Mr. Curtis, it varies in the number of flowers, from
one to six, and the colour in some is of a blood red: also with deep
scarlet flowers, with purple flowers, and with large bunches of
flowers.
The seventh has a round stem, very smooth and even, panicled at
top, two feet high and more; the branches alternate, divaricating,
upright, like the stem, reflex at lop, flower-bearing: the stem-leaves
alternate, subpetioled, folded together at the base, ovate-oblong,
acute, quite entire, smooth, five-nerved beneath, spreading ; one
flower at the end of each branch: the corollas are large and hand-
some: the petals oblong, acute, white with large purple spots and
smaller black ones from the middle to the base : neclareous keel
bearded: according to Catesby the flowers grow alternately on long
footstalks, and are of an orange and lemon colour, thick spotted
with dark brown ; but Miller says they are produced in form of a
pyramid, and when the roots are strong there are forty or fifty on a
stalk, large, yellow with dark spots, and make a fine appearance,
but smell so disagreeably, that few persons can endure to be near
them : they appear at the end of June. It is a native of North
America.
The eighth species has oblong and large bulbs: the stems from
four to five feet high: the leaves oblong and pointed: the flowers
large, yellow spotted with black, shaped like those of the orange lily,
and the petals not turned back so much as in the other Martagons:
they come out in the beginning of August, and, when the roots are
large, in great numbers, making a fine appearance. According to
Catesby, on the top of the stem are about twelve pendulous flowers
on long arched peduncles, and the petals are reflected very
/
284
little. It flowers in July and August, and is found in North
America.
There is a variety with larger deeper-coloured flowers.
The ninth has a roundish small bulb: the stem quite simple
round, even, a foot high: the leaves lanceolate or lanceolate-linear,
sessile, four or six, striated, rather blunt, even, upright; two or three
of the upper ones usually alternate, narrower: the flowers terminat-
ing, few, an inch and a half in diameter, on very short, naked, al-
most upright peduncles: the petals ovate, blunt, even, striated, pur-
ple, not rolled back, attenuated at the base: the filaments shorter by
half than the corolla: the anthers upright: the germ triangular and
oblong: style none: stigmas three, oblong, curved back, almost the
length of the germ. It is a native of Kamtschatka.
The tenth species has a smaller root than in the other sorts, scaly
and white: the stem single, upright, near a foot and half high: the
leaves in four or five whorls, short, pretty broad, obtuse: the stem
terminated by two flowers which stand erect, upon short separate
peduncles; they are shaped like those of the bulb-bearing fiery Lily,
but the petals are narrower at their base, so that there is a consider-
able space between them, but upwards they enlarge and approxi-
mate, forming a sort of open bell-shaped corolla, but they terminate
in acute points: are of a bright purple colour, marked with several
dark purple spots towards the base. It flowers in July, and the seeds
ripen at the end of September. It is a native of North America.
Culture. All the sorts are capable of being increased by plant-
ing the off-sets of the root, and by sowing seeds to obtain new va-
rieties.
All the sorts of these roots afford plenty of off-sets every year,
which when greatly wanted may be taken off annually in autumn;’
but once in two or three years is better, according as they are wanted;
the proper time for which is in summer and autumn, when the flower
is past and the stalks decayed, either separating the off-sets from the
mother bulbs in the ground, or taking the whole up, and separating
all the off-sets, small and great, from the main bulbs; the small off-
sets being then planted in beds a foot asunder and three inches deep.
285
l
v c'
’• • »' -■ - •- ■
to remain a year or two; and the large bulbs again in the borders,
&c. singly. The off-sets in the nursery beds may also, after having
obtained size and strength for flowering in perfection, be planted out
where they are wanted.
The sowing of the seed is chiefly practised for the Marlagons to
obtain new varieties, which should be done in autumn, soon after the
seed is ripe, in pots or boxes of rich light sandy earth, with holes in
the bottoms half an inch deep; placing the pots in a sunny sheltered
situation all winter, refreshing them at first often with water, and the
plants will appear in the spring; when, about April, remove them
to have only the morning sun all the summer, giving moderate water-
ings: in August the bulbs should be transplanted into nursery-beds
in flat drills, an inch deep, and three or four asunder; when, as the
bulbs will be very small, scatter the earth and bulbs together into the
drills, covering them with earth to the above depth; and after having
grown in this situation till the August or September following, they
should be transplanted into another bed, placing them eight or nine
inches each way asunder, to remain to show their first flowers; after
which they may be finally planted out into the pleasure-ground.
New varieties of the other sorts may be raised in the same way.
The bulb-bearing varieties may also be increased b}' the little
bulbs put forth from the axils of the leaves without taking up the old
bulbs.
The same method of planting and general culture answers for all
the different sorts.
The most proper time, as has been seen, for planting and trans-
planting them is in autumn, when their flowers and stalks decay,
which is generally about September, the roots being then at rest for
a short space of time, as well as for procuring roots to plant. The
bulbs taken up at the above season may be kept out of ground, if
necessary, till October or November: the White Lilies, however, do
not succeed if kept long out of the earth, and all the others succeed
best when planted again as soon as possible. The bulbs of all the
sorts are sold at the nurseries.
They should be planted singly, as they soon increase by off-sets
/
286
into large bunches, disposing them in assemblage in different parts
of the borders, and towards the fronts of the principal shrubbery
clumps; placing them three or four inches deep, and at good dis-
tances from one another, intermixing the different sorts, placing some
forward, and others more backward, to effect the greater show and
variety.
Some may likewise be planted in separate beds by themselves,
twelve or fifteen inches asunder; either of different sorts together, or
each in distinct beds, or in separate rows, &c.
After being thus planted out, few of the sorts require any parti-
cular culture, as they are capable of enduring all weather at every
season. It is however necessary to destroy all weeds; and, as some
of them run up with pretty tall slender stalks, to support them with
sticks to preserve effectually their upright position, by which their
flowers will appear to the best advantage.
Some of the more tender sorts, as the second, fourth, eighth, and
tenth species, should, however, be protected in severe winters, by
applying tanner’s bark or some other similar substance over their
roots.
They should all, as has been said, remain undisturbed two or
three years, or longer, as by remaining they flower stronger after the
first year; and having increased by off-sets into large bunches, many
stalks will rise from each bunch of roots, so as to exhibit a large
cluster of flowers: it is, however, proper to take up the bulbs en-
tirely every three or four years at least, at the decay of the stalk, to
separate the increased off-sets, both for propagation and to disbur-
then the main roots, and give them room to take their proper
growth in.
After being taken up in the autumn, all the sorts should, as just
observed, be replanted as soon as possible, especially the White Lily
sorts, as they soon begin to emit roots.
They are all valuable as plants of ornament for the beauty of their
flowers, which have a noble appearance: they are of course proper
ornaments for the pleasure-ground ; and when the different sorts are
properly intermixed, they effect a most elegant variety, succeeding
287
each other in blow upwards of three months. When wanted parti-
cularly for shady or close places the common White Lily, Orange
Lily, and common Martagons, are the most proper, as they thrive
under trees. The Orange Lily also answers well in small gardens*
in the midst of buildings in towns and cities. Besides planting the
different sorts for the beauty of their flowers, many of the striped-
leaved White Lily sorts should be placed towards the fronts of the
most conspicuous parts for the beauty of their leaves in autumn, win-
ter, and spring, which, if disposed alternately with the Common
White Lily, whose leaves are entirely green, a most striking variety
will be produced.
The tall-growing sorts are only proper for large borders and clumps,
in mixture with other large herbaceous plants.
/
PLATE XXXVI.
. T • l 1. ;
1. MIRABILIS JALAPA.
MARVEL OF PERU.
This genus furnishes plants of the flowery perennial kind.
It belongs to the class and order Pentandria Monogynia , and ranks
in the natural order of Nyctagines.
The characters are: that the calyx has the outer perianthiutn
one-leafed, erect-ventricose, inferior, five-parted: segments ovate-
lanceolate, sharp, unequal, permanent: inner globular placed under
the petal, with a contracted entire mouth, and permanent: the corolla
is one-petalled, funnel-form: the tube slender, long, thicker at top,
placed on the inner calyx: border from upright spreading, entire,
bluntly five-cleft, plaited: nectary spherical, fleshy, surrounding the
germ, with a five-toothed mouth: teeth very small, triangular, con-
verging: the stamina have five filaments inserted into the orifice of
the nectary, and alternate with its teeth, within the inner calyx free,
more slender, fastened at bottom to the tube of the corolla, filiform,
the length of the corolla, inclining, unequal: anthers twin, roundish,
rising: the pistillum is a turbinate germ, within the nectary: style
filiform, the length and situation of the stamens: stigma globular,
dotted, rising: there is no pericarpium : the inner calyx incrusts the
seed and falls with it: the seed single, ovate-five-cornered.
The species cultivated are: 1. M. jalapa, Common Marvel of
Peru ; 2. M. dichotoma, Forked Marvel of Peru ; 3. M. longijlora,
Sweet-scented Marvel of Peru.
The first has a thick fleshy root: the stem thick, upright, much
branched, and divided three feet or more in height: the leaves are
broad, oblong, and opposite: flowers terminating, about six, in clus-
J \ 1 1 ntrJ by • 9yd F.dwa rdr
Alt / v/ />t //s /(t/ttptt
1 Ain met r/‘ Peru.
Lcndcn fublijhtd MarlMOb by GJ&arslty FUet Strut
Afirntya senjiti va j
* Je it silt ve Pin tit
Frujravtii bvdSanfbm
Ain n a rdr t/i t( v rn it
f Pea rlef Ain rut rt/ii .
(hi Hut (w'r fi\\t (i\J At Uli /fU Ai Ai
289
ters close together without any leaflets between them, and not longer
than the leaf. It is perennial, and a native of both the Indies,
flowering from July to October.
There are several varieties in the colour of the flowers, as purple
or red, white, yellow, variegated purple and white, and variegated
purple and yellow, but which resolve themselves into two principal
varieties; as with purple and white flowers, which are variable; some
being plain purple, others plain white, but most of them variegated
with the two colours, and all found occasionally on the same plant;
and with red and yellow flowers, generally mixed, but sometimes
distinct on the same plant; some plants having only plain flowers,
others only variegated, and others again both plain and variegated:
but the plants which are raised from seeds of the purple and white
never produce red and yellow flowers, or the contrary.
All these varieties are highly ornamental during the months of
July, August, and September, and when the season continues mild,
often last till near the end of October. The flowers opening only
towards the evening, while the weather continues warm, but in
moderate cool weather, when the sun is obscured, they continue open
almost the whole day, and are produced so plentifully at the ends of
the branches, that when expanded the plant seems entirely covered
with them, and from some being plain, others variegated, on the
same plant, have a fine appearance.
The second species resembles the first sort very much: the stalks
have thick swollen joints: the leaves are smaller: the flowers not
much more than half the size, and do not vary in their colour from
their natural purplish-red: the fruit is very rough. It is a native of
Mexico; and common in the West Indies, where it is termed the
Four o'Clock Flower , from the circumstance of the flowers opening at
that time of the day.
In the third, the stalks fall on the ground, if not supported; they
grow about three feet in length, and divide into several branches; are
hairy and clammy: the flowers come out at the ends of the branches,
are while, have very long slender tubes, and a faint musky odour, as
in the other sorts; are shut during the day, and expand as the sun
2 p
A Z
Kr
JW' A / (Iwi rf\J A\l ifi.i lf\J A fold
290
declines: the seeds are larger than those of the other species, and as
rough as those of the second sort. It is a native of Mexico, flowering
from June till September.
Culture . — In all the sorts the propagation is effected by sowing
the seed in the spring season, either on a warm border or in a hot-
bed; but the latter method produces the plants considerably more
early, and in the greatest perfection.
When cultivated on warm south borders, in the places where the
plants are to remain, the seed should be sown about the middle of
April, either in patches or in shallow drills, half an inch deep, and
six inches asunder: and when the places can be covered with hand-
glasses, or a frame and lights, or the seed be sown in pots under those
protections, or any other occasional shelter during the night-time
and in cold weather, it will greatly forward the germination of the
seed, as well as the growth of the young plants afterwards. In the
latter method, about June, the plants will be fit to plant out into the
borders or into pots. Moist weather should be chosen for this pur-
pose, and water and occasional shade be given till well rooted: they
then readily grow, and acquire a tolerable size; but they do not
attain to a large size, or flower so early by a month or six weeks as
those forwarded in the hot-bed.
In the latter method, a hot-bed should be prepared in March, or
early in April, under frame and lights, and earthed over about six
inches deep; then sowing the seed in the earth of the bed in shallow
drills half an inch deep, as directed above, or in pots of rich earth
the same depth, plunging them in the earth of the bed. The latter
is the better method. The plants soon rise; when they should have
fresh air daily, in common with the other plants of the bed, and fre-
quent refreshings of water; and when nearly two inches high, be
planted out into another fresh hot-bed to forward them, placing them
cither in the earth of the bed, four or five inches asunder, or singly
in small pots (thirty-twos), plunging them in the bed; water and
shade should be immediately given till fresh-rooted, continuing the
care of admitting fresh air every mild day ; and about the middle or
latter end of May, when they have acquired a good size and strength,
291
they should be inured by degrees to the full air, so as that they may
be removed into it fully about the beginning of June, choosing mild
cloudy moist weather, if possible, for the business; taking up such as
grow in the beds, with balls of earth about their roots, and planting
them in the borders; but those in pots may be turned out with the
whole ball entire, and planted in that way. Some should also be
removed into large pots for moving into particular situations.
Water should be directly given, and occasional shade to such as
require it, repealing the waterings to the whole, till they have struck
fresh root and begun to grow, when they will not require any further
culture, except the occasional support of sticks, which is most neces-
sary in the last sort.
As the seed ripens well, it will frequently prevent the trouble of
preserving the roots.
But when these are taken out of the ground in autumn, and laid
in dry sand during the winter, secure from frost, and planted again
in the spring, they grow much larger and flower earlier than the
seedling plants: or when the roots are covered in winter with tanner’s
bark to keep out the frost, they often remain secure in the borders,
where the soil is dry. When the roots thus taken out of the ground
are planted the following spring in large pots, and plunged into a
hot-bed, under a deep frame, they may be brought forward, and
raised to the height of four or five feet, and flower much earlier
in the season.
In collecting the seeds, care should be taken not to save any from
the plants which have plain flowers ; and in order to have variegated
flowers, the plain flowers should be pulled off from those plants
which are intended to stand for seed.
As the second sort is less hardy than the first and third, unless
the plants are brought forward in the spring they seldom flower till
very late, and their seeds do not ripen perfectly.
All the sorts are proper for the principal borders of pleasure-
grounds, being very ornamental in their large branchy growth, as
well as in their extensive flowering.
The root of all the sorts is a strong purgative.
/
2 . MIMOSA SENSITIVA.
SENSITIVE PLANT.
This genus contains plants of the shrubby and under shrubby
kind.
It belongs to the class and order Poly gar, da Monacia, and ranks
in the natural order of Loinentacea.
I he characters aie. that the calyx is a one— leafed perianthium,
five-toothed, very small : the corolla has one petal, funnel-form, half-
five-cleft, small: the stamina have capillary, very Jong filaments:
anthers incumbent: the pistillum is an oblong germ: style filiform,
shorter than the stamens: stigma truncated: the pericarpium is a
long legume, with several transverse partitions: the seeds manv,
roundish, of various forms.
1 he species cultivated are: 1 . M. plena. Double-flowered Annual
Sensitive Mimosa; 2. M. viva, Lively Mimosa; 3. M. quadrivalvis.
Quad rival ve- podded Humble Mimosa; 4. M. semitiva , Sensitive
Plant; 5. M. pudica, Humble Plant; 6 . M. virgata, Long-twigged
Mimosa; 7- M. punctata, Spotted-stalked Mimosa; 8. M. pernanibu-
cana. Slothful Mimosa; 9. M. asperata, Hairy-podded Mimosa; 10.
M. pigra. Slow American Sensitive Plant; 11. M. glauca, Glaucous
Mimosa; 12. M. cornigera. Horned Mimosa, or Cuckold Tree; 13.
M. horrida. Horrid Mimosa; 14. M. Farnesiana, Farnesian Mimosa,
or Sponge Tree; 15. M. Nilotica , Egyptian Mimosa; 16. M.verticil-
lata, Whorl-leaved Mimosa; 17. M. arbor ea. Rough Tree Mimosa;
18. M. Lebbeck, Lebbeck, or Egyptian Mimosa; 19. M. latisiliqua,
Broad-podded Mimosa; 20. .1/. tamarindifolia, 'Pamarind -leaved
American Mimosa; 21. M. circinalis. Spiral Mimosa; 22. M. pennata
Small-leaved Mimosa; 23. M. latifolia , Broad-leaved Mimosa; 24*
M. purpurea, Purple Mimosa, or Soldier Wood; 25. M. reticulata ,
Netted Mimosa; 26. M. scandens, Climbing Mimosa; 27- M.myrti-
folia, Myrtle-leaved Mimosa ; 28. M. suaveolens, Sweet-scented
Mimosa.
The first, when cultivated in the garden, has great resemblance to
the seventh sort; but the stalks never grow so erect, the wings of the
leaves are longer, and stand more horizontal: the heads of flowers arc
much larger, the stamens arc longer, and the flowers on the under side
of the spike which have no stamens are double ; the pods also are
shorter, and much broader than those of that sort.
It is annual; the stems round, herbaceous, smooth, procumbent,
rooting at all the joints: the leaves three-paired or four-paired, con-
tracting with the least touch: from the axils of these spring erect
peduncles, four or five inches high, with scales the whole length,
sustaining handsome, yellow, almost globular heads, the same size
with those of red clover: the flowers different in shape, nature and
use; those in the middle truly five-petalled, in small five-cleft calyxes,
with many long stamens; but those in the circuit, instead of stamens,
have oblong, beautiful, golden leaflets, much wider and handsomer
than the true petals, which are small and of a greenish colour.
These double flowers are barren ; but the single ones are succeeded by
flat, smooth, two-valved legumes, containing several black, shining,
compressed seeds. It is a native of La Vera Cruz.
The second species has trailing herbaceous stalks, pulling out
roots at every joint, and spreading to a considerable distance. A
single plant, in the stove, in one summer, has spread near three feet
sejuare, and the branches so closely joined, as to cover the surface of
the bed; but when permitted to grow thus, the plants seldom produce
flowers: the leaflets are narrow, and the petioles are short and
smooth: the flowers axillary, on naked peduncles about an inch in
length; they are of a pale yellowish colour, and are collected into
small globular heads: the legumes short, flat, jointed, containing
three or four compressed, roundish seeds. It is a native of Jamaica.
The third has a creeping root: the stalks slender, having four
acute angles, armed pretty closely with short recurved spines: the
leaves on long prickly foot-stalks, and thinly placed on the branches:
294
U
the wings two pairs, about an inch asunder, short: the leaflets nai-
row, not very close: the peduncles axillary, sustaining a small globu-
lar head of purple flowers: the legumes four-cornered, two inches
long, four-celled, four-valved; containing several angular seeds in
each cell. It was found at La Vera Cruz.
The fourth species rises with a slender woody stalk, seven or eight
feet high, armed with short recurved thorns: the leaves grow upon
long foot stalks which are prickly, each sustaining two pairs of wings;
the outer pair has two lobes which join at their base, and are rounded
on the outside, but straight on the inner edges, shaped like a pair of
sheep-shears; they are much larger than the inner, are almost two
inches long, and one inch broad in the middle: from the place
where these are inserted into the stalk, come out small branches,
which have three or four globular heads of pale purplish flowers
coming out from the side, on short peduncles: and the principal
stalk has many of those heads of flowers on the upper part for more
than a foot in length; and this, as also the branches, is terminated
by similar heads of flowers; the pods are broad, flat, jointed, opening
by two valves, containing one, two, or three compressed orbicular
seeds: the leaves move but slowly when touched, but the foot-stalks
fall when they are pressed very hard. It is a native of Brazil.
The fifth has the roots composed of many hairy fibres, which sit
close together, from which come out several woody stalks, which
decline towards the ground, unless they are supported; they are
armed with short recurved spines, and have winged or pinnate
leaves, composed of four, and sometimes five pinnas, whose bases
join at a point, where they are inserted into the foot-stalk, spreading
upwards like the fingers of a hand: the flowers from the axils, on
short peduncles, collected in small globular heads, of a yellow co-
lour: the pods short, flat, jointed, in close clusters; almost covered
with stinging hairy covers. It is a native of Brazil.
The sixth species has the spike roundish, nodding: the flowers
len-stamened, and yellow; the lower ones of the spike without sta-
mens or petals. It is a native ot the West Indies, flowering in July
and August.
295
The seventh rises with upright branching stalks six or seven feet
high, becoming woody towards the root, with callous dots dispersed
upon it, but not perennial (at least they are not so here in any situa-
tion, the plants always decaying in winter) ; they are smooth, and
the leaves arc composed of four or five pairs of long winged lobes,
which have about twenty pairs of small leaves ranged along the mid-
rib; are smooth and rounded at their points, of a full green on their
upper side, but pale on their under: these small leaves contract
themselves together on their being touched, but the foot-stalks do
not decline at the same time, as those do which are tilled Humble
Plants; it is therefore called the Sensitive Plant by way of distinc-
tion: the flowers are produced upon long foot-stalks, which come
out from the wings of the leaves, and are disposed in globular heads
which nod downward, are yellow; and all those which have petals
have ten stamina in each, but those situated round the border have
neither petals nor stamina; those on the upper part of the spike are
succeeded by pods an inch and a half long, and a quarter of an inch
broad, which change to a dark brown when ripe, inclosing three or
four compressed, shining, black seeds. It is probably a native of
America.
The eighth species has the stems seldom more than two feet and a
half high, and smooth: the leaves are composed of three or four pin-
nas, which are shorter, and the leaflets much narrower than in the first
and seventh sorts; the heads of the flowers are smaller, being made
up of many long white filaments, forming altogether a round head,
and the pods longer and narrower, an inch long, and a quarter of an
inch broad, with a round protuberance at each seed. It grows na-
turally in all the islands of the West Indies, where it has its name
from the leaves not contracting on being touched.
The ninth species has a shrubby erect stalk about five feet high,
hairy and urmed with short, broad, strong thorns, which are while,
standing on each side, almost opposite, or alternate: the leaves five
or six-paired, with a strong midrib, and between each pair two short
strong spines, pointing out each way: the leaflets extremely narrow
and very close: towards the upper part of the stalk the flowers are
296
produced from the sides on short peduncles; they are collected into
globular heads, and are of a bright purple colour: the stalks are also
terminated by smaller heads of the like flowers: the pods flat, jointed,
about two inches long, and a quarter of an inch broad, spreading
like rays, there being commonly five or six joined together at the
base: they separate at each articulation, leaving the two side mem-
branes or borders standing: the seeds, which are compressed and
square, drop out from the joints of the pods, which are hairy at first,
but as they ripen become smooth : the petioles do not tall on being
touched, but the leaflets close up. It is a native of La V era Cruz.
The tenth has the stem recurved, prickles scattered over it in
pairs: the leaves commonly six-paired, with many paired pinnas:
on the universal petioles there are recurved prickles between each of
the partial ones; and there is a straight upright prickle which is
longer, between each pair of the partial ones, in place of a gland:
the heads are globular: the legumes membranaceous-compressed,
jointed, rugged. It is a native of South America.
The eleventh species has the spikes globular, large, peduncled:
the flowers white, apetalous, ten-stamened : the legumes long, flat.
It flowers in April, and the seeds ripen in autumn; found at La
Vera Cruz.
The twelfth is a tree which seldom exceeds twelve feet in height:
it has numerous branches forming a pyramidal figure: the leaves are
small; the flowers are small, yellow, and void of scent, in a close
cylindrical spike, an inch and a half long: the legumes coriaceous,
containing a buttery pulp, in which the seeds are rolled up: the
spines are very singular, subaxillary and connate at the base, re-
sembling the horns of oxen ; brown, shining, hollow, and the longest
more than five inches in length; they are all over the tree; and when
the pods are ripe and the leaves fallen, they have a singular appear-
ance. It is a native of Carthagena, flowering in June and July, and
ripening seeds in September.
The thirteenth species has the branches angular, smooth, with a
brown bark: the leaves sometimes two from the axil of the spines:
partial four or five-paired, inner shorter, with leaflets from five to
297
seven-paired, outer eight to eleven- pai red : leaflets linear, acute,
smooth: the spines in pairs white, purple at the tip: the flowers in
a globular head, axillary and solitary, first sessile, then peduneled,
shorter than the leaves: the legumes compressed, and attenuated at
the base. It is a native of the East and West Indies, &c.
The fourteenth has the flowers many-stamened, very fragrant,
yellow, in sessile heads: the petioles have a gland below the leaflets:
the legumes are fusiform. On account of the sweetness of its
flowers, it has been dispersed through most parts of Europe. It is
brought by the Italian gardeners, who bring over Orange-trees, See.
in } r oung plants, under the name of Gazia. It is a native of Saint
Domingo, flowering from June to August.
The fifteenth species is a tree which arrives at a large size in
countries where it grows naturally, but in this climate is rarely seen
more than eight or ten feet high: it has the habit of the fourteenth
sort; differing in having no callous dots upon the branches: the bark
is purple: the spines in pairs, and longer than those of the four-
teenth: the branches purple, even : the partial leaves about five pairs;
between two pairs of the outer ones a gland is inserted into the
common petiole: the legumes necklace-shaped, compressed: the
joints roundish-rhomb-shaped : flowers many-stamened, in peduneled
heads. It is a native of Egypt and Arabia. It is the tree which
yields the Gum Arabic.
The sixteenth has leaves simple, linear, and pungent or hard and
prickly at the end, and growing in whorls six or seven together; but
it has dissimilar leaves, and the primordial ones, or two or three first
leaves which appear on the seedling plants, are bipinnate. It is a
native of New South Wales, flowering from March to May.
According to Mr. Curtis, it is some years in arriving at its
flowering state.
The seventeenth is a lofty tree, with an upright smooth trunk,
covered with an ash-coloured bark: the branches diverging, bent
down, smooth : the partial leaves twelve-paired: the universal petiole
round, striated, ferruginous-pubescent: partial petioles also ferrugi-
nous: the glands roundish, concave, between the petioles: the scale-
2 Q
298
lets bifid, minute, at the base of the partial petioles: pinnas sixteen
or eighteen-paired, halved, subsessile, acute, enlue, smooth, tire
spikes peduncled, subglobular, composed of aggregate, sessile, white
flowers: the peduncles axillary, and slender: the seeds spherical,
shining black. It is a native ot Jamaica, where it is called ^Mountain
or Wild Tamarind Tree.
The eighteenth has the leaves destitute of glands: the pinnas
from twelve to twenty, an inch in length: the bundles of floweis
peduncled: the legume a span long. It is cultivated in the gardens
at Cairo, where it flowers in June, and becomes a large tree. It is
probably a native of Egypt.
The nineteenth has the bracteas half-cordate: the peduncles in
threes: the flowers in heads: an obsolete gland on the common pe-
tiole below the partial pinnas: the germs are globular, two-valved;
with two roundish, concave or hemispherical leaflets: the leaves very
smooth. It is a native of the West Indies, flowering most part of
the summer.
The twentieth species has the branches with few recurved prickles:
the leaves four or five-paired: a gland between the lowest partial
ones, which are twelve-paired, but the lowest pinnule wants the op-
posite on the inside: on the common petiole are two remote prickles,
underneath between each partial one: the stipules wide, acuminate,
purple: the legumes very wide. It is a native of America.
In the twenty-first, the leaves divide into many ramifications:
the leaflets are roundish, and placed in very regular order: the seeds,
which are flat, and one half of a beautiful red colour, the other half
of a deep black, grow in long twisted pods, and hanging by a small
thread for some time out of the pod, when they are ripe, make a
very agreeable appearance. It was brought from the Bahama
Islands.
The twenty-second species is frutescent, being a large procum-
bent branching shrub: the panicle very much branched, naked,
terminating the stem and branches: the prickles small, scattered
over the stem and panicle: the leaves having from twelve to twenty
pairs of partial leaves, with an oblong melliferous pore at the base
299
of the general petiole: the leaflets linear and almost capillary: there
J
are no prickles on the petioles or peduncles, but a gland above the
base of the petioles: the flowers white, polygamous, in a vast diffused
terminating panicle, of very many small globular heads. It is a
native of the East Indies.
The bark is there converted into a sort of tow, which is used for
stopping cracks both in houses and boats.
The twenty-third sort has the flowers many-stamened, sessile :
the leaves are like those of the Walnut; and the flowers are purple.
It is a native of South America.
The twenty-fourth has also purple flowers, and is a native of
South America.
The twenty-fifth is a tree with rigid branches, that are flexuose
from bud to bud: under each bud is a pair of horizontal, whitish,
stipular thorns, the length of the leaves: the leaves are petioled>
conjugate, or one-paired, with pinnate, six-paired leaflets: the com-
mon petiole terminated above by a gland, beneath by a prickle: the
leaflets oblong-linear, blunt, at equal distances, the lowest smaller:
the legume oval, a hand in length and half as much in breadth, com-
pressed, with large scattered seeds. It is a native of the Cape.
The twenty-sixth climbs to the tops of the tallest trees, to the
height of one hundred and fifty feet, frequently overspreading many
of the neighbouring branches, and forming large arbours: the withs
are slender, but tough and flexile, striated, stiff, and smooth: com-
mon petioles long, opposite, thickened at the base, round, very
smooth, terminating in a tendril, by which the branches are sup-
ported: the pinnas four-paired, petioled, oblong, blunt at top, emar-
ginate, nerved, smooth on both sides, shining: the glands none: the
tendril long, upright, bifid at the end: the spikes axillary, erect,
very long, many-flowered: the. flowers approximating, subsessile,
small: most of them are abortive; and according to Browne, the
female plants throw out their flowers separate, and are succeeded by
so many pods. It is a native of both Indies, and in the West
Indies is called Cocoon. /.
The twenty-seventh species is in height three or four feet: the
I J
3 00
branches alternate, upright, angular, with a very tough smooth bark:
the leaves of the young seedlings in pairs and pinnated, with oval
leaflets: but when the stem rises, the common footstalks of its leaves
become dilated, the leaflets cease to appear, and the whole shrub is
furnished only with such dilated naked footstalks, which are to all
intents and purposes leaves: they are alternate, vertical, smooth, firm
and glaucous: the stipules none: on their upper edge near the base
a small concave gland: the racemes are axillary, solitary, erect, of
about six alternate heads, each having three or four small white
flowers: the pod linear, pointed, zigzag, brown, with a very thick
margin: the seeds about six, oblong: the flowers on the young
branches are very numerous, and fragrant, like those of Spiraea
Ulmaria. It is a native of New South Wales.
It produces ripe pods, and perfect seeds in the stove, but in the
green-house the flowers go off without any tendency to produce fruit.
It is a shrub of quick growth, and which blows very readily.
According to Mr. Curtis, the foliage is usually edged with red.
In the twenty-eighth the branches are most acutely triangular,
and much compressed: their edges bright red: the leaves alternate,
four or five inches long, with a rib and margin like the last: the
flowers in axillary racemes, yellowish white, fragrant: the petals
four: stamens numerous: the young capsules smooth and glaucous.
It is a native of New South Wales.
Culture . — They are all capable of being increased by seed, and
some of the sensitive kinds by layers and cuttings, but the first is by
much the best method.
The seed, procured from the nurseries or seed-shops, should be
sown in pots of light rich mould early in the spring, covering it in
with fine earth a quarter of an inch deep, and plunging the pots in
the hot-bed; if in a common hot-bed under frames and glasses,
managing them nearly in the manner of tender annuals, and when in
a bark-bed in the stove, little trouble is required. But moderate
sprinklings of water should be given; and when the plants are two
or three inches high, they should be planted out singly into small
pots, preserving the earth to their roots, replunging them in the hot-
r
bed, &c. giving water and occasional shade till they are well rooted,
repeating the waterings frequently. The plants should afterwards
be continued either in the hot-bed under glasses, or plunged in the
bark-bed of the stove, to facilitate their growth, preserve them in
vigour, and increase the sensibility of the Sensitive kinds; admitting
fresh air pretty freely.
The perennial sorts, both shrubby and herbaceous, must be kept
in the stove all winter, and principally the year round.
And they must be frequently removed into larger pots to prevent
the roots from getting through the pots, which they are apt to do,
and by that means are often destroyed.
The Acacia kinds arc the most tender, requiring the stove almost
constantly, except a little in the heat of summer, when they must be
placed in a warm situation.
They should always have a bark hot-bed, and be put in very
small pots filled with sandy mould, the heat of the stove being kept
up to above temperate: as the leaves of some of them are shed, they
have often the appearance of being dried when that is not the case.
Where there is not the convenience of a stove, those who are
curious to have the plants, may have them in summer, by the aid of
a common dung or tan-bark hot-bed under frames and glasses,
though not in winter; by raising some of the annual, or any of the
other kinds, by seed in spring, in a hot-bed under a frame, &c.
keeping up the heat of the bed until the middle of June, and con-
tinuing the plants always under the frame, raising one end of the
lights a little, occasionally, in warm days to admit fresh air; and as
they rise in height, raise the frame at bottom, to allow them full
room to grow. About Midsummer, or soon after, some of the low-
spreading kinds may likewise be turned out with balls, or plunged in
their pots into a warm sunny border, and covered with large hand-
glasses, which may be lifted off occasionally just to view the plants.
By these methods the plants may be preserved through the summer
in their sensitive quality, though not equal in perfection to those in
stoves; nor can they be preserved alive in winter out of the stove.
The shrubby kinds that afford spreading branches may be laved
any time in summer, in pots plunged in the bark-bed, whcr }
then lake root, and are ready to pot off singly m the autumn season.
The Sensitive and Humble sorts often branch out profusely, so as
to furnish plenty of young shoots for cuttings, which should be
planted in pots in the summer season, plunging them in the baik-
bed, where they often readily take root, and form good plants.
ti,«op rnnrlp* should, however, only be practised =^<1 ' an_
not be procured.
The general culture of all the species is afterwards to keep them
always in pots placed in the stove, being plunged occasionally m the
bark-bed, especially the Spreading Sensitive kinds, frequent waterings
beino- given in summer and winter, but considerably the most in the
summer season: shifting them into larger pots as they increase m
growth. And although most of the sorts will live in the open air
in the heat of summer, it is the best practice to expose them but
sparingly.
The fourth and fifth sorts are held in high estimation on accoun
of the singular sensibility lodged in their leaves; which, in conse-
quence of being touched or shaken, either by the hand, a stick, or
the least wind blowing upon them, the wings of the leaves suddenly
close, and the foot-stalks fall down.
The periods of time which the leaves, &c. require to recover
themselves, after falling from any irritation, are according to the
vigour of the plant, the hour of the day, the sereneness of the atmos-
phere, and the temperature of the heat of the stove, &c. being often
from ten or fifteen minutes to an hour or more.
The plants also every evening naturally contract themselves, and
expand again in the morning. They are all ornamental and curious.
303
3. MONARDA DIDYMA.
SCARLET MONARDA.
This genus contains plants of the fibrous-rooted herbaceou
flowery biennial and perennial kinds.
It belongs to the class and order Diandria Monogynia , and ranks
in the natural order of Verticillata.
The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed tubular peri-
anthium, cylindric, striated, with a five-toothed equal mouth, per-
manent: the corolla unequal: tube cylindric, longer than the calyx:
border ringent: upper lip straight, narrow, linear, entire; lower lip
reflex, broader, trifid; middle segment longer, narrower, emarginate;
lateral blunt: the stamina have two bristle-shaped filaments, the
length of the upper lip, in which they are involved: anthers com-
pressed, truncate at top, convex below, erect: the pislillum is a
four-cleft germ: style filiform, involved with the stamens: stigma
bifid, acute: there is no pericarpium: calyx containing the seeds at
the bottom: the seeds four, roundish.
The species cultivated are: 1 . M. fistulosa, Purple Monarda;
2. M. oblongata, Long-leafed Monarda ; 3. M. didyma, Scarlet Mo-
narda, or Oswego Tea; 4. M. rugosa, White Monarda; 5 . M. punctata ,
Spotted Monarda.
The first has a perennial root, composed of many strong fibres,
and spreading far on every side: the stems, near three feet high, are
hairy and obtuse-angled; they send out two or four small side
branches towards the top: the leaves oblong, broad at the base, but
terminating in acute points, hairy, a little indented on their edges,
on short hairy foot-stalks: the stem and branches terminating by
heads of purple flowers, which have a long involucre, composed of
It is a native of Canada, flowering from
live acutc-pointcd leaves.
June to August.
The second species differs from the first, in having the leaves
ovate at the base, and a little attenuated, and more villose under-
neath. It is a native of North America, flowering from July to
September.
'The third has a perennial root the stems about two feet high,
smooth, acute-angled: the leaves indented on the edges, on very
short foot-stalks; when bruised they emit a very grateful refreshing
odour: towards the top of the plant come out two or tour small
side branches, with smaller leaves of the same shape: the flowers
are produced in large heads or whorls at the top of the stalk, and
there is often a smaller whorl at a joint below the head ; and out of
the head arises a naked peduncle, sustaining a small head or whorl :
the flowers are of a bright red colour. They come out in July; and
in a moist season, or when the plants grow in a moist soil, they con-
tinue till the middle or end of September. It is a native of North
America.
The fourth species resembles the following, but the leaves are
longer, smooth, wrinkled a little like those of Sage, and the flowers
white. It is a native of North America, flowering from July to
September.
The fifth has stems about two feet high, branching out from the
bottom to the top: the leaves lanceolate, coming out in clusters at
each joint, where there are two larger leaves, and several smaller
ones on each side ; the larger leaves are two inches and a half long,
three quarters of an inch broad, and slightly indented on their edges:
towards the upper part of the stem the flowers come out in large
whorls, with an involucre to each whorl composed of ten or twelve
small lanceolate leaves, of a purplish red colour on their upper side
(four larger, and four smaller, besides the leaves of the whorls): the
flowers are pretty large, of a dirty yellow colour spotted with purple.
It is a biennial plant; and a native of Maryland and Virginia,
flowering here from June to October.
Culture . — AH these plants may be increased by parting the roots,
and some of them by slips and cuttings as well as seeds.
As the first sort does not increase fast by the roots, the seeds may
be sown in the autumn on a bed of good earth, and in the following
summer the plants be removed into nursery rows half a foot apart,
in a rather shady situation, and in the beginning of the following
autumn set out where they are to remain and flower. They succeed
best in a soft loamy soil not too much exposed.
The roots should be divided either in the autumn or very early
in the spring; but the former is the better, being afterwards either
planted out in rows to remain till they are strong, or, when strong,
at once to where they are to remain.
Strong slips or cuttings of the branches may be taken off in the
beginning of summer, and planted out in a shady border, due shade
and water being given till well rooted, when in the autumn they may
be removed to where they are to remain.
The third sort succeeds best in a light soil, in an eastern situation.
They all afford ornament in the borders and clumps of pleasure-
grounds.
PLATE XXXVII.
1. NIGELLA DAM A SC ENA.
LOVE IN A MIST. DEVIL IN A BUSH.
Phis genus contains plants of the hardy herbaceous flowering
annual kind.
It belongs to the class and order Polyandria Pentagi/tiia, and ranks
in the natural order of Multisiliquee.
The characters are: that there is no calyx: the corolla has five
petals, ovate, flat, blunt, spreading, more contracted at the base:
the nectaries eight, placed in a ring, very short; each two-lipped;
outer lip larger, lower, bifid, flat, convex, marked with two dots;
inner lip shorter, narrower, from ovate ending in a line: the stamina
have numerous awl-shaped filaments, shorter than the petals. An-
thers compressed, blunt, erect: the pistillum has several germs (five
to ten), oblong, convex, compressed ; erect, ending in styles which
are awl-shaped, angular, very long, but revolute, permanent: stigmas
longitudinal, adnate: the pericarpium capsules as many, oblong,
compressed, acuminate, connected on the inside by the suture, gap-
ing on the inside at top : the seeds very many, angular, and
rugged.
The species cultivated are: 1. N. damascena, Common Fennel-
flower; 2. N. sativa. Small Fennel-flower; 3. N. avvensis f Field Fen-
nel-flpwer; 4. N. Hispanica , Spanish Fennel-flower; 5. N. orie?italis,
Yellow Fennel-flower.
The first rises with an upright branching stalk a foot and a half
high: the leaves much longer and finer than those of the third: the
flowers are large, pale blue, with a five-leaved involucre under each 5
longer than the flower; they are succeded by larger swelling seed-
SOT
vessels, with five horns at. the top. It is a native of the South of Eu-
rope, flowering from June to September.
From the fine cut leaves about the flower, it has the names of
Fennel-flower, Devil-in-a-bush , and Love-in-a-mist', but the first is be-
come obsolete.
There is a variety with single white flowers, and another with
double flowers, which is frequently cultivated in gardens with other
annuals for ornament.
The second species rises to the same height as the preceding: the
leaves are not so finely cut, and are a little hairy : at the top of each
stalk is one flower, composed of five white petals, which are slightly
cut at their end into three points; these are succeeded by oblong
swelling seed-vessels with five horns at the top, filled with small pale-
coloured seeds. It is a native of Candia and Egypt, flowering from
June to September.
The third rises with slender stalks near a foot high, either single
or branching out at the bottom, and having a few very fine-cut
leaves, somewhat like those of Dill. Each branch is terminated by
one star-pointed flower, of a blue colour, without any leafy involu-
cre: they are succeeded by capsules, having five short horns, inclin-
ing different ways at the top, and are filled with rough black
seeds. It is a native of Germany, See. flowering from June to Sep-
tember.
There is a variety with white flowers, and another with double
flowers.
The fourth species rises near a foot and half high; the lower
leaves are finely cut; but those on the stalks are cut into broader
segments: the flowers are larger than those of the other species, and
of a fine blue colour, with green veins at the back: the nectaries of a
sea-green colour: the pistils are of equal length with the petals;
they with the stamens are of a deep purple or puce colour: the cap-
sule has five horns, and is of a firmer texture than any of the other.
It grows naturally in Spain and the South of France, flowering from
June to September.
There is a variety with double flowers.
The fifth rises with a branching stalk a foot and half high; with
pretty long leaves, finely divided: the flowers are produced at the
end of the branches: the petals are yellowish; at the base of these
are placed eight nectaries, between which arise a great number of
stamens, with an unequal number of germs, from five to eight or
nine, oblong and compressed; the capsules are joined together on
their inner side, terminate in horns, open longitudinally, and contain
many thin compressed seeds, having borders round them. It is a
native of Syria, flowering from J uly to September.
Culture . — They are all increased by sowing the seeds on light earth
where the plants are to remain, as they seldom succeed well when
transplanted in patches at proper distances; and when the plants are
come up, they should be thinned, leaving only three or four in each
patch, keeping them afterwards clear from weeds.
The best season for sowing is March ; but if some be sown in
August, soon after they become ripe, on a dry soil and in a warm
situation, they will abide the winter, and flower strong the succeeding
year. By sowing the seeds at different times, they may be continued
in beauty most part of the summer season.
As they are all annual plants, they require to be raised every
year.
The varieties with double flowers are chiefly introduced into
flower gardens.
They afford ornament and variety among other annuals in the
clumps and borders.
309
2. NARCISSUS JONQUILLA.
JONQUIL.
This genus contains plants of the bulbous-rooted perennial
flowering kind.
It belongs to the class and order Hexandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Spathacea.
The characters are: that the calyx is an oblong spathe, obtuse,
compressed, opening on the flat side, shrivelling: the corolla has six
ovate, acuminate petals, flat, equal, inserted into the tube of the
nectary externally above the base: nectary one-leafed, cylindric-
funnel-form, coloured on the border : the stamina have six awl-
shaped filaments, fixed to the tube of the nectary, shorter than the
nectary: anthers oblongish: the pistillum is a roundish germ, ob-
tusely three-sided, inferior: style filiform, longer than the stamens:
stigma bifid, concave, obtuse : the pericarpium is a roundish cap-
sule, obtusely three-cornered, three-celled, three-valved : the seeds
are many, globular, and appendicled.
The species cultivated are: 1 . N. pseudo-narcissus, Common Daf-
fodil; 2. N. poeticus. Poetic, or White Narcissus; 3. N. bijlorus, Two-
flowered Narcissus, or Pale Daffodil; 4. N. bicolor, Two-coloured
Narcissus; 5. N. minor. Least Daffodil: 6 ‘. N. triandrus, Rush-
leaved Narcissus, or Reflexed Daffodil; 7- N. orientalis, Oriental
Narcissus: 8 . N. Bulbodocium, Hoop-Petticoat Narcissus: 9. N. ta-
zetta. Polyanthus Narcissus; 10. N. serotinus, Late-flowering Nar-
cissus; 11. N. odor us, Sweet-scented Narcissus, or Great Jonquil;
12. N. calathinus , Calathine Yellow Narcissus; 13. N.jonquilla , Com-
mon Jonquil.
The first has a large bulbous root, from which come out five or
six flat leaves, about a foot long, and an inch broad, of a grayish
310
colour, and a little hollow in the middle like the keel ol a boat: the
stalk rises a foot and half high, having two sharp longitudinal angles;
at the lop comes out one nodding flower, inclosed in a thin spathe :
the corolla is of one petal, being connected at the base, but cut almost
to the bottom into six spreading parts; in the middle is a bell-shaped
nectary, called by gardeners the cup, which is equal in length to the
petal, and stands erect: the petal is ol a pale brimstone 01 stiaw
colour, and the nectary is of a full yellow : the seeds are roundish,
black. It is a native of many parts of Europe, flowering in
March.
There are varieties with white petals and a pale yellow cup, with
yellow petals and a golden cup, with a double flower: with three or
four cups within each other; Tradescant’s large double; long-tubed
flowered; short-tubed; dwarf- stalked ; and the peerless Daffodil.
Many other varieties have likewise been noticed by writers.
The second species has a smaller and rounder bulb than the first:
the leaves are longer, narrower, and flatter: the stalk or scape does
not rise higher than the leaves, which are of a gray colour: at the top
of the stalk comes out one flower from the spathe, nodding on one
side: the corolla snow white, spreading open flat, the petals rounded
at the points: the nectary or cup in the centre is very short, and
fringed on the border with a bright purple circle: the flowers have
an agreeable odour, appear in May, and seldom produce seeds. It
is a native of Italy, &c. flowering in April.
There are varieties with double white flowers, with purple-cupped
flowers, and with yellow-cupped flowers.
The third usually produces two flowers : it frequently occurs,
however, with one, more rarely with three; in a high state of culture
it probably may be found with more. When it has only one flower,
it may easily be mistaken for one of the varieties of the second sort,
but may be distinguished from it by the petals being of a yellowish
hue, or rather a pale cream colour; the nectary wholly yellow, not
having the orange or crimson rim, and by its flowering at least three
weeks earlier ; the top also of the flowering stem very soon after it
emerges from the ground bends down and becomes elbowed; where-
311
as in that it continues upright till within a short time of the flowers
expanding. It is a native of several parts of Europe, flowering in
May.
There are two or three varieties, as with sulphur-coloured flow-
ers, and with white reflexed petals, with gold-coloured borders.
The fourth species resembles the first; but the petals are white’
the nectary is dark yellow and larger, with a spreading, waved,
notched border. Gouan thinks it is easily distinguished by its leaves*
which are scarcely a palm in length and half an inch in breadth; by
its large flower, with cordate-ovate petals, imbricate at the base, and
sulphur-coloured, and by the nectary having a reflex mouth, twelve-
cleft or thereabouts, the lobes also being toothed and curled: the
scape is the length of the leaves, or a little shorter, and thick.
It is a native of the South of Europe, flowering in April and May.
There is a large variety, which approaches in its general appear-
ance very near to the first sort; but it is a much taller plant, and has
its leaves more twisted, as well as more glaucous : the flower, but
especially the nectary, is much larger, and the petals are more spread-
ing. It is of a fine deep yellow colour, having sub-varieties with
double flowers, and is a native of Spain, flowering in April. It is
sometimes known by the title of Great Yellow Spanish-Bastard Daf-
fodil.
The fifth is nearly related to the first sort, but is three times
smaller in all its parts: the scape is scarcely striated: the spathe is
greenish: the flowers more nodding: the petals distinct at the base,
lanceolate, straight, not oblique or ovate: the margin of the nectary
six-cleft, waved, curled. But though the flowers are not so large as
those of the other species, when the roots are planted in a cluster,
they make a very pretty show, and have this advantage, that they
flower somewhat earlier than any of the others, it is a native of
Spain.
The sixth is of the same size with the second, but the leaves are
narrower by half and channelled : the spathe one-flowered : the whole
corolla snow-white: the petals ovate-oblong: the nectary bell-shaped,
shorter by half than the corolla, with the margin straight, and un-
L7
312
equally crcnulale: the stamens three, seldom six: the antheis datk
yellow, shorter than the nectary. In nurseries the flowers are of a
pale yellow, having two and sometimes three flowers from a spathe.
It is a native of Portugal.
There are varieties with cup and petals wholly of a gold colour;
with 3’ellow, with a white cup; and with white, with a yellow' cup.
The seventh species is broad-leaved, having the appeaiance ol
the ninth sort: the corolla is white: the nectary erect, half or one-
third of the length of the petals, trifid, yellow, with the lobes emar-
ginale. It is a native of the Levant, flowering in May.
There are several varieties.
The eighth has small bulbs: the leaves very narrow, having some
resemblance to those of the Rush, but a little compressed, with a
longitudinal furrow on one side; they are seldom more than eight or
nine inches long: the flower-stalk slender, taper, about six inches
long: petal scarce half an inch long, cut into six acute segments:
the nectary or cup is more than two inches long, very broad at the
brim, lessening gradually to the base, formed somewhat like the old
farthingale or bell-hoop petticoat worn by the ladies. It is a native
of Portugal, flowering in April or May.
The ninth species has a large, roundish bulb: the leaves three or
four, long, narrow, plane: the scape or flower-stalk upright, broad-
ish, angular, concave, from ten or twelve to eighteen inches in height:
the flowers six or seven to ten from one spathe, very fragrant, clus-
tered, white or yellow. It is a native of Spain and Portugal, &c.,
flowering in February and March.
There are a great many varieties : the principal of which are ; with
yellow petals, with orange, yellow, or sulphur-coloured cups or nec-
taries; with white petals, with orange, yellow, or sulphur-coloured
cups or nectaries; with white petals, with white cups or nectaries;
and with double flowers of the different varieties.
The flower catalogues contain about a hundred sub-varieties
under these heads. It may be observed, that “ the varieties with
white petals and white cups are not so much esteemed as the others;
there are, however, two or three with large bunches of small white
V cr ^ x v.W? 'iiTVO * ^3
V <•" X^IL
vi vxjj
3L ' v-
\i
S13
flowers, which are valuable for their agreeable odour, and for flower-
ing later than most of the others. There is also one with very dou-
ble flowcis, the outer petals while, those in the middle some white,
others orange-coloured,” which “ has a very agreeable scent, flowers
early, and is generally called the Cyprus Narcissus,” and is the most
beautiful of all the varieties when blown in glasses in rooms or other
places.
The tenth has a small bulb: the leaves few, narrow: the stalk
jointed, nine inches high: the corolla white, cut into six narrow seg-
ments: the cup yellow. It flowers late in the autumn, and is a na-
tive of Spain, Italy, and Barbary.
The eleventh species has the flower deep yellow, three times as
large as that of the ninth, sometimes one only from a spathe, but
frequently more: the nectary not fringed, but divided at the mouth
into six blunt lobes. It possesses more fragrance than many of the
others. It is a native of the South of Europe, flowering in April and
May.
It varies with double flowers. 4
The twelfth resembles the ninth very much, but the petals are a
little larger and sharper; the nectary is the same length with the
petal; the leaves two or three, a foot or more in length: the stem is
slender, strong, a foot in length: the flowers two or three from a
spathe, very elegant, large and loose: the petals yellow: the cup half
an inch long, sinuated at the edge, of a deeper yellow colour. It
flowers in April, and is a native of the southern parts of Europe and
of the Levant.
The thirteenth is named from the narrowness of its leaves, like
those of Rushes; there are two or three of them usually on a plant,
and they are angular, fleshy, and almost round: the scape is round,
hollow, producing at top from three to five flowers from a spathe,
sometimes no more than two, very fragrant petals orbiculate or mu-
cronate, both they and the cup yellow: the bulb small, white, covered
with dark membranes. It is a native of Spain, flowering in April
and May.
It varies with double flowers.
2 s
■ 4 \ //»•• /fii/ d* ■■ ^
314
Culture, — A11 these different species and varieties may be in-
creased with facility, by planting the off-set bulbs from the roots ;
and by sowing the seed in order to procure new varieties, which
chiefly practised for the fine sorts of Polyanthus Narcissus.
For this last purpose the seed should be carefully saved from the
best and most curious plants after being perfectly ripened.
The seed should be sown soon after it becomes ripe, as about the
beginning of August, in shallow boxes or flat pans perforated with
holes in the bottoms, and filled with fresh light sandy earth oeing
covered about a quarter of an inch deep with fine sifted mould, and
placed in such situations as are only exposed to the morning sun,
till the beginning of winter, when they should be removed to have
the full sun, and be sheltered from severe weather. In the spring,
when the plants appear, they should be occasionally watered in dry
weather, and be screened from the mid-day heat, removing them
into cooler situations as the warm season advances, keeping turn
free from all sorts of weeds. Towards the latter end of the summer,
when their stems decay, the surface mould of the boxes or pans
should be stirred or wholly removed, and some fresh mould sifted
over the plants, being careful not to disturb the roots, and keeping
them rather dry in a shaded place.
They should have the same management annually, till the period
of their leaves decaying in the third summer, when the bulbs
should be taken up, and the largest separated and planted out on
raised beds of light fine mould, in rows six inches apart, and three or
four distant in them, having the depth of two or three inches. I he
smaller bulbs may be covered in on another bed with fine mould, to
remain till of sufficient size to be planted out as above.
They should afterwards be kept clean; and when they show
flowers so as to ascertain their properties, they may be removed, and
managed in the manner directed below.
The off-set bulbs of the old plants, especially the double sorts,
should be separated from the roots annually, or at furthest every two
or three years, in the latter part of the summer, when their leaves and
stems decay, planting their larger bulbs out at different limes, from
315
the end of August to the beginning of November, in order to afford
variety ; but the earlier they are planted the stronger they blow.
When left out of the ground till February, or later, they mostly
appear weak.
They succeed best where the soil is of a light, dry, fresh, hazel,
loamy quality, and the aspect south-easterly; as where inclined to
moisture they are very apt to be destroyed.
They afterwards only require to be kept free from weeds, and to
have the ground stirred above them in the autumn.
Ihe small bulbs may be planted out in rows in nursery-beds to
increase for being planted out in the same manner.
When these roots are planted in the open borders or other places,
in assemblage with other bulbous flowers, they should be deposited
in little patches, about three or four roots in each, putting them in
with a blunt dibble, or holing them in with a garden-trowel, three or
four inches deep; in which mode they display their flowers more
conspicuously than when planted singly.
Where a large quantity arc planted out alone in beds in order to
exhibit a full bloom, as often practised with the fine Polyanthus-
Narcissus, Jonquils, <Scc. the beds should be four feel wide, with foot-
and-half or two-feet wide alleys between them; in these beds the
roots should be planted in rows length-ways, nine inches asunder,
either with a blunt dibble or with a hoe, three or four inches deep,
and six distant in each row, covering them evenly with the earth,
and raking the surface smooth.
In order to blow the Polyanthus-Narcissus and Jonquil in the
highest perfection, curious florists often bestow particular care in their
culture: some, preparing beds of compost, as for the fine Hyacinths
&c. managing them in the same manner. But they succeed well in
beds of light dry mould. ,
Where the bulbs of this sort are intended for sale, they should he
lifted at furthest every two years, to prevent their becoming flattened
by pressure, and of course less valuable.
The bulbs may c retained out of the ground two or three months
where it is necessary; but it is better to replant them as above.
316
Culture in Glasses.— U is sometimes the practice to cultivate the
Polyanthus Narcissus and some of the large Jonquil kind in glasses
in rooms, in order to blow in the winter or early spring season. I or
this purpose dry firm bulbs should be chosen, and one placed m .each
single glass or bottle provided for the purpose, any tune from Oclo-
be, till the spring, being then filled up to the roots of the bu bs with
soft water, and deposited in a light warm place: m this method the
plants soon begin to grow, and send forth flower-stems, affording
o-ood flowers, which have a very ornamental appearance.
The principal circumstances to be regarded in this management
are, those of keeping the glasses well supplied with fresh portions of
water, so as constantly to be up to the lower part of the roots, and
changing the whole, so as to keep it always in a pure slate.
'ritfw mnv likewise be raised in pots filled with light sandy mould,
and placed in the same situations.
Also in hot-houses, they may be made to blow early, when kept
either in pots or glasses. .
When planted out in the manner mentioned above, in the borders,
clumps, and other parts of pleasure-grounds, they are most ot them
highly ornamental, producing much variety in the early spring
months. .
All the different principal sorts may be procured from the seeds-
men in London, who import them for sale from Holland, where they
are raised in large quantities*
r
* S V
y yry_ ' .
; y
> > v ly /
Fantic * r Swd Edwards
Nti / H //t /> f tn // 1
7 ( fit near Htt/r/
Jjcnden Pul- l tilted Apr; .1 Jjf 0 & by - l' bcr -Street
(f/^v */ ( \ r// /// • N.rt'i”* 1
'JJ/y Irat/ntif
JZthjraved b*F Scuifcm
n/VA'h'tfhl
A r <>//f n<t
PLATE XXXVIII.
1. NELUMBIUM SPECIOSUM.
CHINESE WATER-LILY.
See NYMPHCEA.
2. NOLANA PROSTRATA.
TRAILING NOLANA.
This genus contains a plant of the herbaceous trailing annual
kind.
It belongs to the class and order Pentandria Monogynia , and
ranks in the natural order of Asperifolia, or Luridte.
The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed perianthium,
turbinate at the base, five-parted, five-cornered: segments cordate,
acute, permanent: the corolla is one-petalled, bell-shaped, plaited,
spreading, somewhat fivc-lobed, twice as large as the calyx: the
stamina have five awl-§haped filaments, erect, equal, shorter than
the corolla: anthers sagittate: the pistillum is as five roundish
germs: style among the germs, cylindric, straight, the length of the
stamens: stigma capitate: the pericarpium properly none: (drupes
five, decumbent, three or five-celled:) the seeds five, with a succu-
lent rind, roundish, with the inner base naked, immersed in the
receptacle, two-celled and four-celled (solitary).
The species is N. prostrata, Trailing Nolana.
It has an annual root, simple, filiform, often three feet long,
blackish: the stem a foot long, herbaceous, prostrate, roundish, very
smooth, with while dots scattered over it the branches alternate,
the lower ones the length of the stalk: the leaves alternate, two to-
gether, reflex, rliomb-ovate, quite entire, blunt, somewhat fleshy,
an inch long, somewhat papulose, even, flat, veined, unequal, al
tern a tel y larger and smaller. According to Miller they come out
single at some joints, by pairs at others, and frequently three or
four at the upper joints: the petioles ancipital, scarcely shoilei than
the leaves, smooth, those belonging to the upper leaves vaguely
ciliate: the peduncles lateral, solitary, spreading a little, an inch
long, one-flowered, round, thicker at top, hairy: the flowers infe-
rior. It is a native of Java.
Culture . — These plants may be raised by sowing the seeds on a
hot-bed in March. When the plants are fit to remove, they should
be planted out singly into small pots filled with light earth, plunging
them into a fresh hot-bed to bring them forward. When their flowers
open in the summer, as July, they should have a large share of aii
admitted when the weather is warm, to prevent their falling away
without producing seeds. Under this management the plants often
continue flowering till the early frosts destroy them, and ripe seeds
are produced in the beginning of the autumn.
They afford variety among other tender annuals.
■ Jlf /i'ui hi hi m
PLATE XXXIX.
1. OENOTHERA FRUTICOSA.
SHRUBBY OENOTHERA.
This genus contains plants of the herbaceous, biennial, peren-
nial and under shrubby perennial kinds.
It belongs to the class and order Octandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Calycanthemce.
The characters are: that the calyx is a one-Ieafed, superior, deci-
duous perianthium: tube cylindrical, erect, long, deciduous: bor-
der four-cleft: the segments oblong, acute, bent down: the corolla
has four petals, obcordate, flat, inserted into the interstices of the
calyx, and the same length with the divisions of the calyx: the sta-
mina have eight awl-shaped filaments, curved inwards, inserted into
the throat of the calyx, shorter than the corolla: anthers oblong,
incumbent: the pistillum is a cylindrical germ, inferior: style fili-
form, the length of the stamens: stigma four-cleft, thick, blunt,
reflex: the pericarpium is a cylindrical capsule, four-cornered, four-
celled, four-valved, with contrary partitions: the seeds very many,
angular, naked : the receptacle columnar, free, four-cornered, with
the angles contiguous to the margin of the partitions.
The species cultivated are: 1. O. biennis, Broad-leaved Tree-
Primrose; 2. 0. longijiora, Long-flowered Tree- Prim rose; 3. 0. mol-
tissima , Soft Tree-Primrose; 4. 0. fruticosa , Shrubby Tree- Primrose ;
5. O. pumila, Dwarf Tree-Primrose.
The first has a biennial fusiform fibrous root, yellowish on the
outside, while within: from this, the first year, arise many obtuse
leaves, which spread flat on the ground; and from among which,
the second year, the stems come out, three or four feet high, upiight,
of a pale green colour, the thickness ot a fingci, not hollow b
pithy, angular, slightly pubescent and rugged, tinged with purple,
especially 5 towards the bottom, branched alternately almost from the
around: the root-leaves run down into a three-sided petiole an inch
?n length: the stem-leaves sessile, bright lightish green, pubescent on
both shies, waved a little about the edge, and having a few small
teeth near the base: they are from five to seven inches in length and
two inches in breadth, having a considerable midrib running the
whole length, very wide and tinged with purple towards the base, at
the back very prominent, with white nerves springing from it, and
curved towards the point: the flowers are produced all along the
stalks on axillary branches, and in a terminating spike: the leaves
on the former are similar to the stem-leaves, but much smallei,
being not more than two inches long, and little more than half an
inch in breadth: the flowers are solitary, each being separated by a
leaflet or bracle, wider in proportion at the base than the proper
leaves, and drawn more to a point, diminishing gradually towards
the lop of the spike, till they become linear, scarcely half an inch in
length, and a line in breadth.
It is observed that the flowers usually open between six and
seven o’clock in the evening, whence the plant is called Evening or
Night-Primrose: the uppermost flowers come out first in June, the
stalk keeping continually advancing in height, and there is a constant
succession of flowers till late in autumn. It is a native of North
America. The roots are said to be eaten in some countries in the
spring season.
The second species has also a biennial root: the root-leaves are
numerous, broad-lanceolate, toothlelted, pubescent, with a while
rib, obliquely nerved: the stems usually five, springing out below
the root leaves, quite simple, ascending, rough-haired, green, with
long spreading Avhite hairs: the central stem grows up later: the
stem-leaves are ovate-oblong, Sessile, like the root-leaves: the flowers
axillary from the upper leaves, with the germ and calyx hairy. It is
remarked by Curtis, that luxuriant specimens exceed five feet in
height, that the flowers are uncommonly large and showy, and
321
continue blowing from July to October. It is a native of Buenos
Ayres.
I he third has a shrubby stalk more than two feet high, hairy,
with narrow-lanceolate sessile leaves, a little waved on their edges,
and ending in acute points: the flowers are axillary like the other
soils, at hist pale yellow, but as they decay changing to an orange
colour, smaller than those ot the first sort: the seed-vessels slender,
taper, hairy. It is also a biennial plant, and a native of Buenos
Ayres, flowering from June to October.
The fourth species is a perennial, but altogether herbaceous, at
least here, and therefore improperly named fruticosq: the flowers,
which are large and showy, though they open in the evening, remain
expanded during most of the ensuing day: the flower-buds, germ,
and stalk, are enlivened by a richness of colour which contributes to
render this species one of the most ornamental and desirable. It is
a native of Virginia.
The fifth has also a perennial fibrous root: the lower leaves ovate,
small, close to the ground: the stalk slender, near a foot high: the
leaves smaller, light green, sessile, ending in blunt points: the flowers
small, bright yellow: it sends out many flowering-stems, producing
blossoms from April to July, opening in the morning as well as
evening. It is a native of North America.
Culture . — These plants are all capable of being raised from seeds,
and some of them by parting the roots and cuttings.
The seed should be sown either in the autumn or early spring,
in the first and third sorts, upon a bed or border in tire open ground,
thinning and 'watering the plants properly, and keeping them free
from weeds till the following autumn, when they may be removed
with balls of earth about their roots to the places where they are to
lemain. Oi some may beset out at the time of thinning in nursery-
rows, six inches apart.
They also rise without trouble from the scattering of the seeds.
In the second sort, the seed should be put into the ground in the
open borders or other parts, about the latter end of March, where
the plants are to remain. One plant is sufficient in a place, which
2 T
/
1
522
should have a slick set to support Us branches when they have ad-
' d "rue fourth sort may be readily increased by sowing the seeds as
above and by parting the roots and cuttings of the young branches,
planting them out in the open borders or other places where they
ire to grow in the autumn, for the first method, and the spring for
the latter, giving water as there may be occasion.
In the fifth sort, the seeds should be sown in pots of light earth
in the autumn, plunging them in a hot-bed frame during the wmter
When the plants have attained proper growth m the spnng, they
should be removed into separate pots, which should be protected in
the following winter under a garden frame. And some may be
planted out in the open ground, where they often succeed in nn
The parted roots should be planted out in the spiing, either in
pots or the open ground. fl
The plants raised from seed are in general the best, as floweung
more strongly. . , _ e •
By cutting down the stems of the plants in the first year of their
flowering before they perfect their seeds, the plants may sometimes
be rendered more durable.
The first two sorts, as has been seen, are biennial, and the others
perennial; the former should of course be raised annually.
They are all proper for affording ornament and variety, either in
the open ground or among other potted plants. The second and
third sorts are often considered as green-house plants, but they
succeed well in the open ground.
2. ORIGANUM DICTAMNUS.
DITTANY OF CRETE.
'I’ll is genus affords plants of the herbaceous annual and under-
shrubby perennial kinds.
It belongs to the class and order Didynamia Gymnospermia , and
ranks in the natural order of Verticillata.
The characters are : that the calyx is a spiked involucre, com-
posed of imbricate, ovate, coloured bractes: perianthium unequal,
various: the corolla one-petalled, ringent: tube cylindrical, com-
pressed: upper lip erect, flat, blunt, emarginale: lower trifid, the
segments almost equal: the stamina have four filiform filaments, the
length of the corolla, of which two are longer: anthers simple : the
pistilluin is a four-cleft germ: style filiform, inclined to the upper
lip of the corolla: stigma very slightly bifid: there is no pcricar-
pium: calyx converging, fostering the seeds at bottom: the seeds
four, ovate.
The species cultivated are: 1 . O. v ul gore, Common Marjoram ;
2. O. onites , Pot Marjoram; 3. O. majorana , Sweet or Knotted Mar-
joram; 4. O. heracleoticum , Winter Sweet Marjoram; 5. O. JEgyptia-
cum , Egyptian Marjoram; 6. O. dictamnus , Dittany of Crete or
Candia.
The first has a perennial, creeping, horizontal, brown root, tufted
with numerous fibres: the stem a foot, eighteen inches, or near two
feet in height, upright, somewhat woody, a little downy, and often
tinged with purple: the branches opposite, upright, more tender than
the stalk, in other respects similar: the leaves are ovate, pointed;
finely and thinly toothed, above nearly smooth, beneath downy,
dotted on both sides, the edges finely ciliate, spreading: the petioles
downy: axils of the leaves, in the cultivated plant, bear numerous
smaller leaves. It is an aromatic and ornamental plant, growing
wild in thickets and hedges, chiefly in a calcareous soil; and flowering
from the end of June through the following month. It is found in
most parts of Europe.
There are varieties with white flowers and light-green stalks ;
with purple flowers and with variegated leaves ; which is sometimes
cultivated in gardens under the title of Pot Marjoram, used in soups.
The second species has the habit of Sweet Marjoram, but it is
woody: the stems woody, perennial, a foot and half high, branched,
spreading, with long hairs ; the leaves small, subsessile, acute,
thinly serrate, tomentose on both sides; with rudiments of branches
from the axils: the spikes heaped, as in the third sort, but oblong,
by threes on each peduncle, the middle ones sessile, \illose. the
flowers are white, appearing in July. It is a native of Sicily.
The third has a biennial brown root, with many long tough fibres:
the stems numerous, woody, branched, a loot and half high, the
leaves are downy, entire, pale green, petioled: the flowers small,
white, appearing successively between the bracteal leaves, which are
numerous, and form roundish compact terminating spikes. It be-
gins to flower in July, when it is cut for use, and called Knotted
Marjoram , from the flowers being collected into roundish knotted
close heads. It is probably a native of China.
The fourth species has a perennial root, from which arise many
branching stalks a foot and half high, hairy, and inclining to a pur-
plish colour: the leaves ovate, obtuse, hairy, greatly resembling tnose
of Sweet Marjoram, on short foot-stalks: the flowers in spikes about
two inches long, several arising together from the divisions of the
stalk: the flowers are small, white, peeping out of their scaly covers.
It grows naturally in Greece, &c.
It is at present commonly known by the name of 7/ inter Szeeet
Marjoram , but was formerly called Pot Marjoram , being chiefly used
for nosegays, as coming sooner to flower than Sweet Marjoram.
There > s a variety with variegated leaves.
The fifth is a perennial plant with a low shrubby stalk, seldom
vising more than a foot and half high, dividing into branches: the
325
leaves roundish, thick, woolly, hollowed like a ladle; they are like
those of common Marjoram, but of a thicker substance, and have
much the same scent: the flowers are produced in roundish spikes,
closely joined together at the top of the stalks, and at the end of the
small side branches; they are of a pale flesh colour, peeping out of
their scaly coverings. It is a native of Egypt, flowering from June
to August.
The sixth species is also a perennial plant: the stalks hairy, about
nine inches high, of a purplish colour, sending out small branches
from the sides by pairs: the leaves round, thick, woolly, very white;
the whole plant has a piercing aromatic scent, and biting taste: the
flowers are collected in loose leafy heads of a purple colour, nodding,
and small. It is a native of the island of Candia, flowering from
June to August.
Culture . — The four first sorts may be readily increased by slips,
cuttings, and parting the roots, and in the first and third sorts also
by seeds.
The seed should be procured fresh from the seed-shops, and be
sown in the early spring months, as March or the following month,
on a bed or border of good light mould, raking it in lightly. When
the plants are up and have attained a few inches in growth, they
should be planted out during moist weather, in a warm dry situation,
in rows ten or twelve inches distant, to remain, water being given
occasionally till they become perfectly rooted. When the plants
are designed for the borders or clumps, the seeds may be sown in
patches where the plants arc to remain.
The roots of the strongest plants may be parted so as to have
some root-fibres to each in the early autumn or spring season, and
be planted out in rows in the same manner as those raised from seed;
having the same management afterwards till fresh rooted. The slips
or cuttings of the branches should be taken off in the summer, and
immediately planted out where the plants are to remain.
All the sorts should be afterwards kept perfectly clean from
weeds during the summer season, and in the autumn have the de-
cayed stalks cleared away, loosening the mould about the plants;
/
326
and when in beds, digging the alleys and throwing a little of the
earth over the beds.
When necessary the plants may be removed into the pleasure
ground, with small balls of earth about their roots, either in the au-
tumn or early spring.
The other tender kinds may be increased by planting slips or
cuttings of the young shoots, in the spring and summer months; in
the former season in pots of light earth, plunging them in a mild
hot-bed, but in the latter either in pots or warm shady borders;
water being immediately given and occasionally repealed in small
proportions, being covered down by hand-glasses in the lattei case,
to expedite their rooting; being removed when the plants begin to
shoot at the lop. In the autumn the plants may be removed into
separate small pots, and afterwards treated as the more hardy plants
of the green-house kind.
The three first sorts are useful as culinary plants, as well as
ornamental in the borders of the pleasure ground: and the other
kinds afford variety in the green-house collections.
PLATE XL.
1. PRIMULA VERIS.
OXLIP.
This genus contains plants of the low fibrous-rooted herbaceous
flowery perennial kind.
It belongs to the class and order Pentandria Monogynia and ranks
in the natural order of Precice.
The characters are: that the calyx is a many-leaved involucre,
many flowered, very small: perianthium one-leafed, tubular, five-
cornered, five-toothed, acute, erect, permanent : the corolla mono-
petalous: tube cylindrical, the length of the calyx, terminated by a
small hemispherical neck: border spreading, halt-five-cleft: segments
obcordate, emarginate, obtuse: throat pervious: the stamina have
five very short filaments, within the neck of the corolla: anthers
acuminate, erect, converging, included: the pistillum is a globular
germ: style filiform, the length of the calyx: stigma globular: the
pericarpium is a capsule cylindrical, almost the length of the peii-
anlh, covered, onc-celled, opening with a ten-toothed top: the seeds
numerous, roundish: receptacle ovate-oblong, free.
The species cultivated are: 1. P. vulgaris, Common Primrose;
2. P. elatior, Great Cowslip or Oxlip; 3. P. officinalis, Common Cow-
slip or Paigle ; 4. P. farinosa. Bird’s-eye Primrose; 5. P. longifolia.
Long-leaved Bird’s-eye Primrose; 6. P. covtusoidcs , Coitusa- leaved
Primrose; 7. P. marginata, Silver-edged Primrose; 8. P. Auricula,
Auricula or Bear’s-ear.
The first has a perennial root, growing obliquely, appearing as if
bit off at the end, beset with thick reddish scales which arc the re-
mains of past leaves, sending down numerous very long round
328
whitish fibres; it has a singular smell, somewhat like that of anise:
the leaves are obovate-oblong, about a hand s-breadth ill length,
nearly upright, tapering to the base, blunt, veiny, wrinkled, smooth
above, hirsute beneath, rolled back at the edge when young, slightly
waved, unequally notched, the midrib whitish, terminating in afoot-
stalk of a reddish colour, channelled on one side and keeled on the
other: the scapes or peduncles numerous, the length of the leaves,
upright, round, hirsute, pale green, having awl-shaped bractes at the
base, after the flowering is over bending back: the flowers upright,
large, sweet-scented : the corolla is of a pale sulphur colour; each of
the five clefts obcordate, and marked at the base with a spot of a
much deeper yellow: the mouth has a faint rim round it. The
flower of the wild Primrose is a pale brimstone colour; but in some
places it is found of a purple hue.
The varieties are numerous, being partly wild and partly pro-
duced by cultivation. The principal of which are: the Common
Yellow-flowered: the While: the Paper-white: the Red: the Double
Yellow : the Double White: the Double Red : the Double Pink :
the Double Crimson Primrose. It is a native of most parts of
Europe, flowering in March and April with the Wood Anemone.
It is observed, that a fine flower of this sort should possess a
graceful elegance of form, a richness of colouring, and a perfect
symmetry of parts. The properties are mostly similar to those
which distinguish the Auricula, in what relates to the stem or scape,
the peduncles or flower-stalks, and the formation of the umbel, bunch
or thyrse, vulgarly termed the truss: the tube of the corolla above
the calyx should be short, well filled at the mouth with the anthers,
and fluted termination rather above the eye: the eye should be
round, of a bright clear yellow, and distinct from the ground colour:
the ground colour is most admired when shaded with a light and
dark rich crimson, resembling velvet, with one mark or stripe in the
centre of each division of the border, bold and distinct from the
edging down to the eye, where it should terminate in a fine point:
the petals, technically termed the pips, should be large, quite flat,
and perfectly circular, excepting the small indentures between each
T
329
division, which separate it into five (sometimes six) heart-like seg-
ments: and the edging should resemble a bright gold lace, bold,
clear and distinct, and so nearly of' the same colour as the eye and
stripes, as scarcely to be distinguished from it.
The second species has the leaves contracted towards the middle,
almost as in the Cowslip: the scapes few, erect, longer than the
leaves, many-flowered : the flowers umbelled, pedicelled, the outer
ones generally nodding; like those of the Primrose in form and
colour, but smaller. From which it is evidently distinguished by its
many-flowered scape; as it is from the cowslip by the flat border of
the corolla. It is found in the woods and other places in this
country, flowering in April and May.
Marty n remarks that if it be a variety, it is rather of the former
than the latter. And Dr. Smith rather inclines to think that it is
a hybrid production, or mule from a Primrose impregnated by a
Cowslip.
It varies much in the colour of the flowers, but the chief are
purple-flowered, red-flowered, gold-coloured, orange-coloured, with
various shades of each.
The third has a root like that of the Primrose, but smelling more
powerfully of anise: the leaves obovate-oblong, contracted suddenly
towards the middle, or rather ovate with the petiole winged, shorter
than those of the Primrose by nearly one-half, fuller at the edge,
which is somewhat folded as well as notched, stronger, of a deeper
green, not running so taper at the base, covered on the under side
with softer and shorter hair: the petioles smoother, whitish with
scarcely any red in them: the scapes few, three or four limes longer
than the leaves, round, upright, pale, villose: the involucre at the
base of the umbel, surrounding the peduncles, consisting of many,
very small, concave, pale, acuminate leaflets: the flowers in an
umbel, unequally pedicelled, hanging down, generally to one side,
full yellow with an orange-coloured blotch at the base of each seg-
ment, contracted about the middle of the tube, where the stamens
are inserted, paler underneath, very fragrant. It is a native of
Europe, flowering in April and May.
2 U
330
The varieties are the Common Single Yellow Cowslip: Double
Yellow Cowslip: Scarlet Cowslip: and Hose, and Hose Cowslip.
The fragrant flowers ot these plants make a pleasant wine, ap-
proaching in flavour to the muscadel wines of the south of France.
It is commonly supposed to possess a somniferous quality.
The fourth species has a perennial root, somewhat prmmorse,
with numerous, long, perpendicular fibres, and sweet-scented, the
leaves obovate-lanceolate, bright green, smooth and even, thickish,
here and there turned back on the edges, underneath veined and
powdered with white meal: the scape a hand s-breadth 01 span in
height, far exceeding the leaves, round, upright, stiff and straight,
of a pale green colour and mealy: the flowers sweet-scented, of a
purple yellow colour, in an upright umbel, having at its base a
many-leaved involucre, each leaflet of which is awl-shaped, and
placed at the base of each peduncle. It is an elegant plant; is a
native of many parts of Europe, flowering in July and August.
It varies in the size of the plant, having been found wild a foot
and half in height, and in the cultivated plant a tendency to be-
come viviparous, has been observed by Curtis, or to produce one 01
more tufts of leaves among the flowers of the umbel. In its wild
state it seeds readily, and frequently when cultivated: the flowers
also vary with different shades of purple, and have been found
entirely while.
The fifth bears a great affinity to the fourth, but the leaves differ
in form, colour, and mode of growth; when fully grown being twice
the length of those of the other: they are not mealy, the under side
being as green as the upper, and they have a greater tendency to
grow upright: the scape is shorter and thicker: the flowers form a
similar umbel, but each is smaller, and in point of colour much less
brilliant. Upon the whole, though superior in size, it is inferior to
that in beauty. It flowers early in May.
The sixth species, in the wrinkled appearance of its foliage,
approaches the first sort; whilst in its inflorescence, the colour of
its flowers, and solitary scape, which rises to an unusual height, it
bears an affinity to the fourth. In the winter it loses the leaves
331
entirely, and forms a sort of bulbous hybernacle under ground: this
circumstance is necessary to be known, as it subjects the plant to be
thrown away as dead. It flowers in June and July; and is a native
of Siberia.
The seventh, in its farinaceous tendency, accords with the eighth
sort, but is very unlike it in its wild state, the leaves being much
narrower: the flowers larger, and of a different colour: the colour of
the flowers approaches to that of lilac: it becomes mealy, particularly
on the edges of the leaves, between the serratures, where it is so
strong as to make the leaf appear with a while or silvery edge. It
is a delicate pretty plant, with a pleasing musky smell, and flowers
in March and April. It is probably a native of the Alps.
The eighth species has the leaves fleshy, succulent, with the
edges mealy, seriated; or entire, according to some — deeply and
equally toothed all round, as others affirm ; while some say that the
young leaves are entire: the adult ones serrate above the middle:
the petioles leafy or winged : the leaflets of the involucre unequal,
wide, lanceolate or blunt: the flowers very sweet, four or five in an
upright umbel; the calyx one-third of the length of the tube of the
corolla, bell-shaped, toothed, mealy, as is also the scape: the lube
of the corolla gradually widening upwards, not contracted at the
neck: the border concave: the segments emarginate but not deeply*
and not cut to the neck: the most common colours are yellow or
red, but it is found also purple and variegated, with a white eye
powdered with meal: capsule spherical or nearly so, flatted a little
at top, of a coriaceous-cartilaginous substance, sprinkled with meal.
It is a native of the mountains of Switzerland, Austria, &c. flowering
in April and May.
It varies much in the leaves and flowers; as the oblong- leaved ;
roundish-leaved; broad-leaved; narrow-leaved ; green-leaved; white
or meal leaved ; the purple-flowered, of various shades and variega-
tions ; red-flowered, with different shades and variegations; yellow-
flowered, of different shades; double purple-flowered; double yellow-
flowered; variegated purples, &c.
With regard to the properties of a fine auricula, they are these
332
according to Marlyn: “ The stem should be strong, upright, and oi
such a height as that the umbel of flowers may be above the foliage
of the plant: the peduncles or foot-stalks of the flowers should also
be strong, and of a length proportional to the size and quantity of
the flowers; which should not be less than seven in number, that
the umbel may be regular and close: the tube, eye, and border
should be well proportioned; which they will be, if the diameter of
the first be one part, of the eye three, and the whole border six parts
or thereabouts: the circumference of the border should be round or
nearly so, or at least not what is called starry: the anthers ought to
be large, bold, and fill the tube well; and the tube should terminate
rather above the e} e, which should be very white, smooth and round,
without cracks, and distinct from the ground-colour: the ground-
colour should be bold and rich, and regular, whether it be in oiie
uniform circle or in bright patches: it should be distinct at the
eye, and only broken at the outer part into the edging: a fine black,
purple, or bright coffee-colour, contrast best with the white eye: a
rich blue, or bright pink is pleasing, but a glowing scarlet or deep
crimson would be most desirable, if well edged with a bright green;
this, however, can seldom be expected: the green edge is the princi-
pal cause of the variegated appearance in this flower, and it should
be in proportion to the ground-colour, that is, about one-half of
each: the darker grounds are generally covered with a white pow-
der, which seem necessary, as well as the white eye, to guard the
flower from the scorching heat of the sun’s rays.”
It is observed, that all flowers that want any of the above pro-
perties are turned out into the borders of the garden or rejected
wholly by every good florist; for as there are varieties every year
from seeds, the bad ones must make room for their betters: but in
some the passion for new flowers so much prevails, that supposing
the old flower to be greatly preferable to a new one, the latter must
take place, because it is of their own raising.
Culture . — These beautiful plants are raised without much diffi-
culty, by proper care and attention in their management with re-
spect to the parting of the roots, and the planting them out in then-
due season; they succeed best in a strong soil, and some of them, as
the Primrose kind, in a shady situation.
Culture in the Polyanthus kinds . — These arc all capable of being
increased by seed and the parting of the roots, the former being the
only method for obtaining new varieties or a large supply of plants.
The seed should be collected from such flowers as have large upright
stems, and which produce many flowers upon the stalk, being large,
beautifully striped, open, flat, and not pin-eyed, as from such seed a
great variety of good sorts may be expected; care should be how-
ever taken that no bad or common flowers stand near them, as they
will be apt to debase them, by the admixture of their farina.
The seeds should be sown in boxes or large pots filled with light
rich mould. The proper season for this business is in the autumn,
or the early spring; but the former is the better, as by sowing then
the plants come up well the same year, and are strong and fit to
plant out the following spring, and are fine plants for flowering the
second spring. In the first season the sowing should be per-
formed as soon as possible after the seeds become well ripened,
though some advise December as a good time; but when in the
latter, or the spring season, it may be done in February, March, or
the following month. The seed should be sown over the surface
tolerably thick, being covered in very lightly, and the boxes or pots
placed where they may have a little of the morning sun, but not by
any means the mid-day heats. The plants may be much forwarded
by the pots or boxes being plunged in a mild hot-bed; in the spring,
when dry, they should be frequently refreshed with water, in very
moderate proportions at a time, removing the plants more into the
shade as the heat advances, as it soon destroys them. The autumn-
sown plants should have a warm situation during the winter, or be
protected from frosts or severe weather by glasses or other means.
In the spring or early summer the plants of the different sow-
ings will be sufficiently strong to plant out, for which a bed or shady
border should be prepared, and made rich by neat’s dung, on which
the plants should be set out about four or five inches distant in every
334
direction, care being taken to water them occasionally till well
rooted, after which they only require to be kept free from weeds;
and when they flower in the following spring the best flowers should
be marked, and the rest be removed into the borders or other places
for affording variety; and the valuable plants may be removed,
when they have finished flowering, into the borders or beds where
they are designed to flower and remain, in the same manner as
above, watering them slightly till well rooted again. Ihe toots
afterwards require to be parted and removed annually, and the earth
of the borders renewed, to prevent their degenerating.
It is necessary, in order to keep up a proper stock of plants, to
raise new seedling plants every two or three years, as the old plants
mosllv decline in beauty after the third year.
In the latter method, the roots should be parted in the beginning
of the autumn, as soon as the flowering is over, and it may likewise
be done early in the spring; but the former is the best Lime, as the
plants get stronger and flower better in the spring.
In performing the work the plants should be taken up out of the
ground, and each bunch divided into several slips not too small,
unless where a great increase is wanted, being careful to preserve
some root to each slip; they are then to be planted in a tiesh dug
border, enriched with dung as above, selling them five or six inches
asunder, giving them water directly, and repeating it occasionally
till they have taken good root. The approved sorts may in this way
be easily preserved.
These plants are observed by the editor of Miller’s Dictionary to
be very liable to the depredations of snails and slugs, in the spring
of the year ; the plants and pots therefore should be carefully ex-
amined on all sides early in the morning. But their worst enemy is
a small red spider or A earns, which in summer forms its web on the
under side of the leaves. These little insects, scarcely visible without
a magnifying glass, cause the leaves to become yellow and spotted,
and eventually destroy the plant: they multiply with such rapidity
as to take possession of a whole collection in a very short time.
Such plants as appear infected should therefore be immediately
33 5
selected from the rest, taken up, and soaked for two or three hours in
a strong infusion of tobacco water, and then replanted in a fresh soil
or compost, and removed to a situation at a distance from the for-
mer. But if the whole bed or border be overrun with this insect, it
is best to take up all the plants, and, having soaked them, to plant
them elsewhere. The bed or border should then be trenched up,
and remain fallow to the next season, or be planted with another
crop not liable to this calamity.
In their after-management, they are said to “ blow at the same
lime, and require nearly the same treatment as Auriculas, both Avith
respect to soil and situation; they are however more impatient of
heat and drought, and more partial to shade and moisture. Iney
may be set in the same sized pots, and in the same compost as the
Auricula, only with the addition of more loam ; or they may be
planted on cool shady beds or borders, being very hardy, and seldom
perishing in the coldest and wettest seasons, because their parent is
a native of this country; but during the heats of summer they are
frequently destroyed, unless proper precautions be taken. This dis-
like of heat seems to indicate, ” it is added, “ that the Polyanthus is
rather the offspring of the Primrose, which requires shade, than of
the Cowslip, which grows in open pastures; though Mr. Miller seems
to regard it as a variety of the latter.”
'Hie roots of the wild plants, when they can be procured, may
be taken up, divided, and planted out in the autumn, when they
will dower in the following spring.
The fourth sort readily seeds in its wild state, and also frequently
when cultivated: but it is scarcely worth the pains to raise it from
seed, since a strong root may be divided so as to form many plants;
the best time for doing this is in the spring, soon after the leaves are
expanded. Each off-set should be placed in a separate pot, filled
with two parts of stiffish loam, and one part of light sandy bog earth,
watering and setting them in the shade, under a noith wall 01
paling, but not under trees, keeping them there during summer, in
pans of water, but in the autumn, as the wet season comes on, taking
'them out of the pans, and either laying the pots on their sides, or
336
placing Ihem during winter under a common cucumber frame, to
keep them from immoderate wet, which this plant cannot bear,
although it be a native of boggy meadows. In the following, it not
the same year, these plants will blow strong; and they should be
thus treated every year, as they require to have their roots frequently
parted.
The fifth soil is increased by parting the roots, either in Sep-
tember or at the beginning of March. It is hardy, of ready growth,
and will succeed either in the pot or border, by guarding it from the
sun in summer, and from severe frost and too much wet in winter.
The sixth species, which is yet a rare plant, must be treated with
care, as the fifth sort, and may be raised from seeds, or increased by
parting the roots; but it is apt to be lost if not well attended to.
The seventh sort is delicate, and should be placed in a pot of
stiffish loam, mixed with one-third rotten leaves, bog-earth, or dung,
and plunged in a north border, taking care that it does not suffer for
want of water in dry seasons; as when thus treated it increases by
its roots nearly as readily as the Auricula.
Culture in the Auricula kinds .— These plants may all be increased
by seeds in order to procure new varieties, and by slipping the roots
to increase the improved kinds.
In order to obtain good flowers from seeds, choice should be
made of the best flowers, which should be exposed to the open air,
that they may have the benefit of showers, without which they sel-
dom produce good seeds: the time of their ripening is in June;
which is easily known, by their seed-vessels turning to a brown
colour, and opening, being then careful lest the seeds be scattered
out of the vessel, as the}' will not be all fit to gather at the same
time.
The proper soil for this sort of seed is good, fresh, light, sandy
mould, mixed with very rotten neat’s dung, or very rotten dung from
the bottom of an old hot-bed; with which the pots, boxes, or bas-
kets in which the seeds are to be sown should be filled; and having
levelled the surface very smooth, the seeds should be sown, sifting
over them a little rotten willow mould; then covering them with
V
337
a net or wire, to prevent cats or birds from scratching out, or burying
the seeds so as to destroy them. Some persons never cover the
seeds, but leave them on the surface, for the rain to wash them into
the ground, which is often the best method. The boxes, &c. should
then be placed so as to receive half the day's sun, during the winter
season; but in the beginning of March be removed, where they may
have only the morning sun till ten o’clock; for the young plants now
soon begin to appear, which, if exposed to one whole day’s sun only,
are all destroyed. The proper season for sowing the seed is in the
latter end of summer, or beginning of autumn, as about September,
but they may be sown in the spring.
During the summer season, the plants in dry weather should be
often refreshed with water, never giving them loo great a quantity at
once. In the July following, the plants will be large enough to
remove, at which time a bed must be prepared, or boxes, filled with
the above-mentioned soil, in which they may be planted about three
inches apart, and shaded when in beds, every day, till they are
thoroughly rooted, as also in very hot dry weather; but if they are
in baskets or boxes, they may be removed to a shady situation.
When planted in beds, there should be some rotten neats’ dung
laid about ten inches under the surface, and beaten down close and
smooth ; this will prevent the worms from drawing the young plants
out of the earth, which they generally do where this is not practised.
This dung should be laid about half a foot thick, which will entirely
prevent the worms getting through it until the plants are well esta-
blished in the beds; and the roots strike down into the dung by the
spring, which makes their flowers stronger than usual: these beds
should be exposed to the east, and screened from the south sun as
much as is necessary.
In the spring following many of these flowers will show; when
such of them as have good properties should be selected, which
should be removed each of them into a pot of the same prepared
earth, and preserved until the next season, at which time a judgment
of the goodness of the flower may be formed; but those that pro-
duce plain-coloured or small flowers should be taken out, and
2 x
1
338
planted in borders in the out-parts of the garden, to make a show,
.1 r Qr ^ . *1^ t hmv iirKink A rx l \rr\rl 11 PP ihfMT
to remain till their properties are known.
In the second method, the offsets or slips may be taken from the
old roots, in the spring or autumn, and be planted into small pots
filled with the same sort of earth as was directed for the seedlings,
and during the summer season be set in a shady place, and must
be often gently refreshed with water, and in the autumn and winter
be sheltered from violent rains. In the spring following these plants
produce flowers, though but weak; therefore, soon after they are
past flowering, they should be put into larger pots, and the second
year they will blow in perfection.
In order to obtain a fine bloom of these flowers, the plants should
be preserved from too much wet in winter, which often rots and
spoils them, letting them have as much free open air as possible;
but not be too much exposed to the sun, which is apt to forward
their budding for flower too soon ; and the frosty mornings, which
often happen in March, thereby destroying their buds, if they
arc not protected; to prevent which, those who are curious in
these flowers place their pots in autumn under a common hot-bed
frame, where, in good weather, the plants may enjoy the full air, by
drawing off the glasses; and in great rains, snow or frost, be screened
by covering them.
About the beginning of February, when the weather is mild, the
upper part of the earth in the Auricula pots should be taken oft' as
low as can be, without disturbing their roots, filling up the pots with
fresh rich earth, which greatly strengthens them for bloom. As those
plants which have strong single heads always produce the largest
clusters of flowers, the curious florist should pull off the offsets as
soon as it can be done with safety to their growing, to encourage
the mother plants to flower the stronger; they should also pinch off
the flowers in autumn, where they are produced, and not suffer
them to open, that the plants may not be weakened by it. The pots
should be covered with mats in frosty weather, during the time of
339
their budding for flower, lest the sharp mornings blight them, and
prevent their blowing. When the flower-stems begin to advance
and the blossom buds grow turgid, they must be protected from
hasty rains, which would wash off' their while meally farina, and
greatly deface the beauty of llieir flowers, keeping them as much
uncovered as possible, otherwise their stems will be drawn up too
weak to support their flowers, (which is often the case when their
pots are placed near walls) giving them gentle waterings to strengthen
them, but none of the water should be let fall into the centre of the
# *
plant, or among the leaves.
When the flowers begin to open, their pots should be removed
upon a stage (built with rows of shelves, one above another, and
covered on the top, to preserve them from wet: this should be open,
to the morning sun, but sheltered from the heat of the sun in the
middle of the day): in this position they will appear to much
greater advantage than when thej r stand upon the ground; for, their
flowers being low, their beauty is hid; whereas, when they are
advanced upon shelves, they are fully seen. In this situation they
may remain until the beauty of their flowers is past, when they must
be set abroad to receive the rains, and have open free air, in order to
obtain seeds, which will fail if they are kept too long under shelter.
When the seed is ripe it should be gathered when it is perfectly dry,
and exposed to the sun in a window upon papers, to prevent its
growing mouldy, letting it remain in the pods till the season lor
sowing.
It is observed by the editor of Miller’s Dictionary, that “ those
who are very nice in raising Auriculas, direct the compost to be
made of one half rotten cow-dung two years old; one sixth fresh
sound earth of an open texture; one eighth earth of rotten leaves:
one twelfth coarse sea or river sand; one twenty- fourth soft decayed
willow wood ; one twenty-fourth peaty or moory earth; one twenty-
fourth ashes of burnt vegetables, to be spread upon the surface of
the other ingredients. This compost is to be exposed to the sun
and air, turned over once or twice, and passed as often through a
coarse screen or sieve; then be laid in a regular heap from fifteenn
■jiff i'\jr rijr-yryty py. ty ."V' ?
340
to eighteen inches thick, and in this slate remain a year, turning U
over two or three times, and keeping it free from weeds.
It is added, that “ the pots for Auriculas should be hard baked:
the inner diameter of the top be six inches and a half, of the bottom
four inches, and they should be about seven inches deep, tor com-
mon-sized blooming plants: but smaller plants and offsets should
have smaller shallower pots, and very large plants should have larger
pots in proportion: the bottom should have a small degree of con-
cavity, and the hole should be half an inch in diameter, the lirns
should project about half an inch, in order to take up and remove
them with greater ease and safety. The pots should be buried in
wet earth, or immersed in water three or four days or a week, before
they are wanted, to take oft their absorbent property.
In the after-management of the plants, they should be potted
annually soon after bloom; curtailing their fibres, if giown veiy
long, and cutting off the lower part of the main root if too long or
decayed. The offsets at this season strike freely, and become well
established before winter. The plants should be carefully examined,
and where any unsound ness appears, be cut out entirely with a
sharp penknife, exposing the wounded part to the sun, and when it
is quite dry, apph’ing a cement of bees-wax and pitch in equal
quantities, softened in the sun or before a fire. If the lower leaves
be yellow or dried up, they should be stripped off in a direction
downwards. Having put the hollow shell of an oyster over the hole
of the pot, three parts of it should be filled with compost, highest
in the middle, placing the plant there, with its fibres regularly dis-
tributed all round ; then filling the pot up with the compost, adding
a little clean coarse sand close round the stem on the surface, and
striking the bottom of the pot against the ground or table to settle
the earth. The true depth of planting is within half an inch of the
lowest leaves, as the most valuable fibres proceed from that part;
and the offsets will be thereby encouraged to strike root sooner.
When these have formed one or more fibres of an inch or two in
length, they may, by means of a piece of hard wood, or by the
fingers, be separated with safety, and planted round the sides of a
r
341
small pot, filled with the same compost, till they are sufficiently
grown to occupy each a separate pot; if a small hand glass be
placed over each pot it will cause the fibres to grow more rapidly;
but if it be long continued, it will draw up and weaken the plants.
And in the beginning of May, as soon as the operation of potting is
finished, the plants should be placed in an airy, shaded situation,
but not under the drip of trees. Here they may remain till Sep-
tember or October, when they should be removed into shelter.
The plants should, in the first favourable weather in February, be
divested of their decayed leaves; and by the middle of that month
earthing them up; that is, taking away the superficial mould of the
pots about an inch deep, and putting in fresh compost, with the
addition of a little loam, to give it more tenacity. This contributes
greatly to the strength of the plants, and the vigour of their bloom;
at the same time it affords a favourable opportunity to separate
such offsets as appear to have sufficient fibre to be taken oft’ at this
early season. The pots with these offsets should be placed in a
frame, in a sheltered situation, till their roots are established. Though
frost, unless it be very rigorous, will not destroy the plants, it will
injure them, and perhaps spoil the bloom, especially early in the
spring; they should therefore be covered with mats in a severe sea-
sou. When any plant has more than one or two principal stems, it
is advisable to pinch oft’ the smallest and weakest, in order to render
the blossoms of that which remains larger and more vigorous. And
when the flowers (pips) become turgid and begin to expand, the
plants should be selected from the rest, removing them to a calm
shady corner, suspending small hand-glasses over them.
In this culture the stages for the pots to stand on whilst in bloom
should have a northern aspect, and should consisL of four or five
rows of shelves, rising one above another, the roof being covered
with frames of glass; the tallest blowing plants being placed behind,
and the shortest in front. The plants must be regularly watered two
or three times every w r eek during the blooming season.
All these plants are highly ornamental; the former in beds and
borders, and the latter sorts among curious potted flowering plants.
342
2. PiEONIA TENUIFOLIA.
FINE-LEAVED PJEONY.
This genus comprises plants of the large herbaceous flowery
perennial kind.
It belongs to the class and order Polyandria Digynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Multisilkjucc.
The characters are : that the calyx is a five-leaved perianthium,
small, permanent? leaflets roundish, concave, reflex, unequal in size
and situation : the corolla lias five roundish petals, concave, nar-
rower at the base, spreading, very large: the stamina have numerous
filaments, (about three hundred) capillary, short: anthers oblong,
quadrangular, erect, four-celled, large: the pistillum consists of two
ovate germs, erect, tomentose : styles none : stigmas compressed,
oblong, blunt, coloured : the pericarpium has as many capsules,
ovate-oblong, spreading and reflex, tomentose, one-celled, one-vahed,
opening longitudinally inwards: the seeds several, oval, shining, co-
loured, fastened to the opening suture.
The species are: 1. P. officinalis , Common Peony; 2. P. tenuifo-
lia, Slender-leaved Peony.
The first has a thick large root, constituted of several thick fleshy
tubers, hanging by strings to the main head, with upright round
smooth stems, branching half a yard or two feet in height: the
leaves are large, many-lobed, with oblong-oval spreading folioles:
the flowers large, deep red or purple, on the terminations of the
stalks.
There are two principal varieties: the Common Female and Male
Peony.
The former of these has the roots composed of several roundish
thick knobs or tubers, which hang below each other, fastened with
strings: the stalks are green, about two feet and a half high: the
leaves composed of several unequal lobes, which are variously cut
into many segments : they are of a paler green than those of the
latter sort, and hairy on their under side: the flowers are smaller,
and of a deeper purple colour.
The latter has the roots composed of several oblong knobs hang-
ing by strings fastened to the main head: the stems the same height
with the preceding: the leaves are composed of several ovate lobes,
some of which are cut into two or three segments; they are of a lu-
cid green on their upper side, but are hoary on their under: the
stems are terminated by large single flowers, composed of live or six
large roundish red petals.
The flowers in both sorts appear in May, and are natives of seve-
ral parts of Europe, as Switzerland, Dauphine, Carniola, Piedmont,
Silesia, &c:
Miller says, that “ it is scarcely necessary to observe that the old
names of Male and Female have nothing to do here with the sexes,
the flowers of both being hermaphrodite.”
There are several subvarieties of the Female Peony with double
flowers, differing in size and colour, cultivated in gardens. The Male
Peony also varies with pale, and white flowers, and with larger lobes
to the leaves: they also vary much in different countries.
“ There is the Foreign Peony, with a deep-red flower: the roots
are composed of roundish knobs, like those of the Female Peony: the
leaves are also the same, but of a thicker substance: the stalks do
not rise so high: the flowers have a greater number of petals, and
appear a little later. It is a native of the Levant. The large double
purple Peony is probably a sub-variety of this.”
The Hairy Peony, with a larger double red flower: the roots like
the common Female Peony; but the stalks taller, and of a purplish
colour: the leaves much longer, with spear-shaped entire lobes: the
flowers large, and of a deep red colour..
'Flie Tartarian, wiih roots composed of oblong fleshy tubers of a
pale colour: the stalks about two feet high, pale green: the leaves
composed of several lobes, irregular in shape and size, some having
six, others eight or ten spear-shaped lobes, some cut into two or three
segments, and others entire; of a pale green, and downy on then
under side: the stalks are terminated by one dower of a bright-red
colour, a little less than that of the common Female Peony, having
fewer petals.
The Portugal Peony , with a single sweet flower, has not roots
composed of roundish tubers, but has two or three long taper forked
fangs like fingers: the stalk rises little more than a foot high: the
leaves are composed of three or four oval lobes, of a pale colour on
their upper side, and hoary underneath: the stalk is terminated by a
single flower, which is of a bright red colour, smaller than the above,
and of an agreeable sweet scent.
The second species has a creeping root, putting forth tuberous
fibres, with tubercles the size of a hazel nut, white, fleshy, of a bit-
terish taste: the stem scarcely a foot high, and commonly single, but
in the garden eighteen inches high, and several from the same root:
the root-leaves none: the stem round, very obscurely grooved,
smooth, as is the whole plant, naked at bottom, having there only
a few sheathing scales: the leaves frequent, alternate, the upper ones
gradually less, on a round petiole, channelled above, quinate: the
leaflets cut into very many narrow segments: the upper leaves simply
multifid: the flower sessile at the uppermost leaf, subglobular, ac-
companied by two leaflets, one multifid, the other simple, both
dilated at the base. It is a native of the Ukraine.
Culture . — The single sorts are easily raised by seed, and the dou-
ble by parting the roots.
The seed should be sown in autumn, soon after it is peifectl}
ripened, or very early in the spring, (but the former is the better
season,) on a bed or border in the open ground where the soil is
rather light, raking it in lightly. It may also be sown in small
drills.
The plants should afterwards be properly thinned, kept perfectly
free from weeds, and be occasionally watered when the weather is
hot and dry.
As they should remain two seasons in the beds, it is necessary in
345
the second autumn to spread some light mould over them, lo the
depth of an inch: and in the autumn following they maybe removed
where they are to remain. Plants of the double-flowered kinds are
often produced from these.
The roots of the old double-flowered plants may be taken up in
the beginning of the autumn, and divided so as to have one bud or
eye or more to each part, or crown, as without care in this respect
they never form good plants. And where regard is had to the flow-
ering, they should not be too much divided, or the off-sets made
too small, as when that is the case they do not flower strong. But
where a great increase is wanted, they may be divided more, being
left longer in the nursery-beds.
They should be planted out as soon as possible after they are
separated, though when necessary they may be kept some time out
of the earth. The large off-sets may be set out at once where they
are to remain; but the small ones are best set in nursery-beds for a
year, or till of proper strength for planting out.
The plants may afterwards be suffered to remain several years
unremoved, till the roots are increased to very large bunches,
and then be taken up, when the stalks decay, in autumn, divided,
and replanted in their allotted places in the manner directed
above.
All the sorts are hardy plants, that are capable of flourishing in
any common soil in almost any situation, either in open exposures
or under the shade of trees.
The Portugal variety, however, should have a warmer situation
and lighter soil than the others.
They are proper ornamental flowery plants for large borders,
and may be had at all the public nurseries. In planting, one should
be put here and there in different parts, placing them with the
crowns of the loots a little within the surface of the earth, and at a
yard at least distant from other plants, as they extend themselves
widely every way, assuming a large bushy growth; and, together
with their conspicuous large flowers, e xhibit a fine appearance,
2 y
.
346
and are often planted at the terminating corners of large borders
adjoining principal walls, displaying a bushy growth in their fo-
liage and flowers. When the flowers are gone, the capsules open-
ing lengthways discover their coloured seeds very ornamentally,
especially in that called the Male Peony and varieties. And to for-
ward this, the capsules may be slit open on the inside at the proper
valve; whereby they will expand much sooner, and display their
beautiful red seed more conspicuously.
Engraved hy J* San/am
Fainted by' Syd Edward
London Fub/t/JteJ Fujls l .ISOS, tv G-JCsarshy Iflvet Street
Soldanel/a aurt it a
~ jitvme S aider /re //a
Pa ru. 'rati u rn rna ri ft /// urn
. S ea Pa nr rah u nt
PL 41
PLATE XLI.
1. PANCRATIUM MARITIMUM.
SEA PANCRATIUM.
This genus contains plants of the bulbous-rooted flowery peren-
nial kind.
It belongs to the class and order Hexandria Monogunia , and ranks
in the natural order of Spathacea.
The characters are: that the calyx is an oblong spathe, obtuse,
compressed, opening on the flat side, shrivelling: the corolla has six
petals, lanceolate, flat, inserted into the tube of the nectary on the
outside above the base: nectary one-leafed, eylindric-funnel-form,
coloured at top, with the mouth spreading and twelve-cleft: the sta-
mina have six filaments, awl-shaped, inserted into the tips of the nec-
tary, and longer than they are: anthers oblong, incumbent: the
pistillum is a bluntly three-cornered germ, inferior: style filiform,
longer than the stamens: stigma blunt : the pericarpium is a roundish
capsule, three-sided, three-celled, three-valved : the seeds several,
globular.
lhe species cultivated are: I. P. maritimum, Sea Pancratium;
2. P. Illyricum, Illyrian Pancratium; 3. P. Zeylanicum , Ceylonese
Pancratium ; 4. 1 J . Mexicanum, Mexican Pancratium ; 5, P. Cari-
bceum, Caribean Pancratium; 6. P. Carolinianum, Carolina Pancra-
tium; 7 • P. Amboinense, Broad-leaved Pancratium; 8. P. Verecun-
dum, Narcissus-leaved Pancratium.
The first has a large, coated, bulbous root, of an oblong form,
covered with a dark skin : the leaves are shaped like a tongue ; are
more than a foot long, and one inch broad, of a deep green, six or
seven of them rising together from the same root, encompassed at
bottom with a sheath: between these arises the stalk, which is a foot
3 48
and a half Ion-, naked, sustaining at the top six or eight white flow-
ers, enclosed in a sheath, which withers and opens on the side, to
make way for the flowers to come out.
According to Mr. Miller, the root resembles that of the Squill,
but is less, covered with a brown skin, and white within, the coats
pellucid and gently striped, viscid or full of a clammy juice, bitter
to the taste without acrimony. It is a native of the South of
EU The* second species has a large bulb, covered with a dark skin,
sending out many thick strong fibres, striking deep in the ground :
the leaves are a foot and half long and two inches broad, of a grayish
colour: the scapes thick, succulent, near two feet high: the flowers
six or seven, white, shaped like those of the first sort, but with a
shorter Lube, and much longer stamens. It flowers in June, and
frequently produces seeds. It is a native of the South ot Euiope.
The third has a pretty large bulbous root: the leaves long and
narrow, of a grayish colour, and pretty thick, standing upright: the
stalk rises among them, a foot and a half high, naked, sustaining one
flow r er at the lop : the nectary is large, cut at the brim into many
acute segments: the stamens long, and turning towards each other
at their points; in which it differs from the other species: the flower
has a very agreeable scent, but is of short duration. It is a nati\e of
Ceylon.
The fourth species has the stem or scape a long span in height,
round, forked towards the top, or dividing into two peduncles, with
two oblong lender membranaceous greenish leaflets, and terminated
each with a white flower, divided to the very base into six narrow
segments; in the middle of these is a white bell-shaped tube, which
Linnmus names the nectary, more tender than the petals; the mouth
angular, and from each angle putting forth a filament, long, slender
and white, terminated by an oblong incurved saffron-coloured an-
ther : the flowers have no smell, and shrivel up over the fruit: leaves
four, reclining, smooth, pale green and somewhat glaucous, ridged,
slightly grooved in the middle, and with a single streak on each side,
otherwise veinless, a long span or a little more in length, an inch 01
an inch and half in width, produced to a point at the end. It flow-
ers in May.
The fifth has the leaves about a foot long and two inches broad,
having three longitudinal furrows: the stalk rises about a foot high,
then divides like a fork into two small foot-stalks, or rather tubes,
which are narrow, green, and at first encompassed by a thin spathe,
which withers, and opens to give way to the flowers: these are white,
and have no scent. It is a native of the West Indies.
The sixth species has a roundish bulbous root, covered with a
light brown skin, from which arise several narrow dark green leaves,
about a foot long: among these comes out a thick stalk (scape)
about nine inches high, sustaining six or seven white flowers, with
very narrow petals, having large bell- shaped nectariums or cups,
deeply indented on their brims: the stamens do not rise far above
the neetariurn. It is a native of Jamaica and Carolina.
The seventh has the bulb oblong, white, sending out several thick
fleshy fibres, which strike downward: the leaves are on very long
foot-stalks, some ovate, others heart shaped, about seven inches long
and five broad, ending in points, having many deep longitudinal
furrows; they are of a light green, and their borders turn inwards:,
the stalk thick, round and succulent, rising near two feet high, sus-
taining at the top several while flowers, shaped like those of the other
sorts; but the petals are broader, the tube is shorter, and the stamens
are not so long as the petals: there is a thin sheath, which splits
open longitudinally. It is a native of Amboyna.
There are several varieties: as the American, which grows natu-
rally in the islands of the West Indies, where it is called White Lily;
and the latifolium and ovaturn also grow naturally in the same place.
The eighth species has the leaves a foot and a half long, half an
inch wide: the scape erect, compressed, a foot high: the spat lies
oblong-lanceolate, acuminate, whitish, shrivelling; the outer larger,
an inch and half in length: the flowers fragrant, on three-cornered
pedicels, scarcely half an inch long. It is a native of the East In-
dies; flowering from June to August.
Culture . — All these plants are capable of being increased by
350
planting off-sets from the roots in the latter end of summer, when
their steins and leaves decay. The roots may be divided every se-
cond or third year.
In the two first sorts, the off-sets may be planted out in nuiserj-
beds for a year or two, to become sufficiently strong, when they may
be removed into warm sheltered dry borders; the first being shel-
tered from frost in severe winters, and the latter in very severe wea-
ther, by being covered with tanners bark, straw, or peas-haulm. 1 lie
second sort may also be increased by seeds sown in pots, and plunged
in a hot-bed.
The other sorts must be planted out in small pots filled with
light earth, separately plunging them in the bark-bed of the stove.
They should be kept constantly in the tan-bed, and have the ma-
nagement of other tender bulbs. In this way they generally succeed
well.
The two first sorts afford variety in the dry warm borders of the
pleasure-ground, and the other kinds produce variety as well as
fragrance in the stove collections.
2. SOLDANELLA ALPINA.
ALPINE SOLDANELLA.
This genus contains a plant of the low herbaceous perennial
kind.
It belongs to the class and order Pent an dr ia Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Precice.
The characters are: that the calyx is a five-parted perianth,
straight, permanent; segments lanceolate: the corolla one-petalled,
bell-shaped, widening gradually, straight: mouth torn into many
clefts, acute: the stamina have five awl-shaped filaments, anthers
simple, sagitatte: the pistillum is a roundish germ; style filiform,
v
Sol
engt i of the corolla, permanent: stigma simple: the pericarpium is
an oblong capsule, round, obliquely striated, one-celled, opening by
a many-toothed top: the seeds numerous, acuminate, very small:
the receptacle columnar, free.
I he species is <S. alpina, Alpine Soldanella.
It has a perennial fibrous root: the leaves almost kidney-shaped,
about three quarters of an inch over each way, of a dark green co-
lour, on long footstalks: among these arises a naked flower-stalk or
scape, about four inches long, sustaining at the top two small open
bell-shaped flowers, with the brim cut into many fine segments like
a fiinge . the most hequent colour is blue, but it is sometimes snow-
white. It flowers in April, and the seeds ripen in July. It is a
native of the Alps.
There is a variety which has all the parts smaller; the petiole is
shot ter and more slender, and the leaves are not so much rounded,
but gradually widen from the petiole.
Culture. This is increased by parting the roots in the autumn
about September, planting them in pots or in a cool shady situation*
where the soil is of a moist loamy kind, being frequently watered
when the season is dry, and kept from the sun.
The seeds soon after they become ripe may also be sown in pots
or boxes filled with the above sort of mould, being placed in the
shade, and frequently watered. The plants rise in the spring, and
in the autumn following should be removed into separate pols, to
have the protection of a frame in winter. They succeed best in a
northern aspect.
These plants afford variety among other potted plants.
PLATE XLII.
1. PAPAVER ORIENTALE.
EASTERN POPPY.
' ' -
Tins genus contains plants of the hardy herbaceous fibrous-
rooted annual and perennial kinds.
It belongs to the class and order Polyandria Monogynia , and ranks
in the natural order of Rhoeadea.
The characters are: that the calyx is a two-leaved perianthium,
ovate, e margin ate : leaflets subovate, concave, obtuse, caducous,
the corolla has four roundish petals, flat, spreading, large, narrower
at the base; alternately less: the stamina have numerous fila-
ments, capillary, much shorter than the corolla: anthers oblong,
compressed, erect, obtuse: the pistillum has a roundish, large germ:
style none: stigma peltate, flat, radiate: the pericarpium is a crowned
capsule, with the large stigma, one-celled, half-many-celled, open-
ing by many holes at the top under the crown: the seeds numerous,
very small: receptacles, longitudinal plaits, the same number with
the rays of the stigma, fastened to the wall of the pericarpium.
The species cultivated are : 1. P. Somniferum , While Poppy ;
± P. li/ioeas , Corn or Red Poppy; 3. P. Cambricum , Welsh Poppy;
L P. Orientate, Oriental Poppy.
The first has the stalks large, smooth, five or six feet high, branch-
ing: the leaves large, grayish, embracing at the base, irregularly
jagged on their sides: the flowers terminating, whilst enclosed in the
calyx hanging down, but before the corolla expands becoming erect:
the calyx is composed of two large oval grayish leaves, that separate
and soon drop oft': the corolla is composed of four large, roundish,
white petals, of short duration ; and succeeded by large roundish
;
Fai nted by *Syd Fd-wandr
/ To paver
LxndcH Tubh/M Feb 1 1SC0 by GrXearstfj Fleet Street.
Extern ( F ( ppy * fu/mptiaria r virqtmca
J
JUnyraveti by F San/cm.
_ * . rot nica
t / ryt a /a n _L trap - wort
(. 'd\J /&A fat A* A\< &' < Ay> A
heads as big as oranges, flatted at top and bottom, and having an
indented crown or stigma: the seeds are white. It is a native of the
southern parts of Europe, but probably originally from Asia.
There are several varieties, differing in the colour and multipli-
city of their petals, which are preserved in gardens for ornament: the
Single-flowered sort is chiefly cultivated for use.
The Common Black variety of Poppy has stalks about three feet
high, smooth, and dividing into several branches : the leaves are
large, smooth, deeply cut or jagged on their edges, and embracing:
the petals purple with dark bottoms ; succeeded by oval smooth
capsules filled with black seeds, which are sold under the name of
Maw-seed.
Of this there are many sub-varieties: as with large double flowers,
variegated of several colours; with red and white, purple and white,
and some finely spotted like Carnations.
There are few plants whose flowers are so handsome; but as
they have an offensive scent, and are of short duration, they are not
in general much regarded: they are annual, flowering in June.
The second species has the stem from one to two feet high, up-
right, round, branched, purplish at bottom, with spreading hairs,
bulbose at the base: the leaves are sessile, forming a kind of sheath
at bottom, hairy on both sides; the segments or leaflets unequally
toothed or seriate, each tooth rolled back at the edge, callous at
top, and terminated by a small spine : the peduncles long, round,
upright, one-flowered, red, the hairs on it spreading horizontally.
It is a native of every part of Europe, &c. flowering from June to
August.
There is a variety with an oval black shining spot at the base of
each petal, from which many beautiful garden sub-varieties are pro-
duced which have double flowers, white, red bordered with white,
and variegated.
In the third the stalks are a foot high, and smooth: the pirinas
of the leaves are deeply cut on their edges; and there are a few
small leaves on the stalk siiapcd like the lower ones: the upper part
of the stalk is naked, and sustains one large yellow flower, appear-
‘ ' X J *2 " u Vi
/ y y X
y y y y "yyy ?>'?;
354
ing in June; being filled with small purplish seeds. It is a native
The fourth species has a perennial root, composed of two or three
stron» fibres as thick as a man's little linger, a foot and a half long,
dark brown on the outside, full of a milky juice, which is very hater
and acrid: the leaves a fool long, closely covered with bristly white
hairs : the stems two feel and a half high, very rough and harry, hav-
ing leaves towards the lower part like the root-leaves, but smaller:
the upper part is naked, and sustains at the top one very large flower,
of the same colour with the common red sort. It was tound in Ar-
menia, and flowers here in May.
There are a few varieties, differing in the colour of the flowers ;
and it is said that the flower is sometimes double, but with us it is
always single. , A
Culture.— AW the different sorts may be increased by seeds, and
the two last sorts also by parting and planting out the roots.
The seeds should be sown in the autumn, or very early in the
spring (but the former is the better season), either in the places
where the plants are to grow, or in beds, to be afterwards planted
out. The first is probably the best method, as these plants do not
bear removing well. . . . . ,,
When they are cultivated for ornament, seed of the finest double
sorts should be carefully provided and made use of, and be sown in
Pal Inthe practice of Mr. Ball, in cultivating the first sort for the
purpose of preparing opium from it, “ the seed was sown at the end
of February, and again the second week in March, m beds three feet
and a half wide, well prepared with good rotten dung, and often
turned or ploughed, in order to mix it well, and have it fine, either
in small drills, three in each bed, or broadcast; m both cases, llnn-
nino- out the plants to the distance of a foot from each other, when
about two inches high, keeping them free from weeds.” They pro-
duced from four to ten heads each, and showed large flowers of dif-
ferent colours. “ With an instrument something like a rake, but
with three teeth, the drills may, he says, be made at once. e
r
355
found that the plants did not bear transplanting; as, out of 4000
which he transplanted, not one plant came to perfection.
The roots of the two last sorts may be divided in the autumn, or
spring, (but the first period is the better,) leaving some root fibres to
each parting, planting them out where they are to remain, as soon
afterwards as possible.
In all the sorts the plants only require afterwards to be kept free
fiom weeds, and those raised from seed properly thinned out.
They all afford ornament and variety in the clumps, borders, and
other parts of pleasure grounds and gardens; and the first sort may
sometimes be grown to advantage for the purpose of having the juice
which it afiords made into opium.
2. PULMONARIA VIRGINICA.
VIRGINIAN LUNG-WORT.
This genus furnishes plants of the hardy perennial fibrous-rooted
kind.
It belongs to the class and order Pentandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Asperifolice.
The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed perianthium,
five-toothed, prismatic-pentagonal, permanent: the corolla one-
petaled, funnel-form: tube cylindrical, the length of the calyx: border
half-five-cleft, blunt, from upright-spreading: throat pervious: the
stamina have five filaments, in the throat, very short: anthers erect,
converging: the pistillum has four germs: style filiform, shorter than
the calyx: stigma blunt, emarginale: there is no pericarpium: calyx
unchanged, fostering the seeds at bottom: the seeds four, roundish,
blunt.
The species cultivated are: 1 . P. officinalis. Common Lungwort;
T
356
2.P. angustifolia, Narrow-leaved Lungwort; 3. P. Virginica, Virginian
Lungwort. , . u
The first has a perennial fibrous root: the lower leaves rough,
about six inches long, and two niches and a ball broad ot a dar
green on their upper side, marked will, many broad whitish spots,
but pale and unspotted on their under side: the stalks almost a foo
high, having several smaller leaves on them standing alternate y:
the flowers are produced in small bunches at the top of the stalks, of
different colours. It is a native of Europe, flowering from March to
U'he second species has leaves much narrower than those of the
first sort, and covered with soft hairs, not spotted: the stalks rise a
foot hi»h, and have narrow leaves on them, of the same shape
with those below, lint smaller, and almost embiacing : the flowers
are produced in bunches on the top of the stalks, of a beautiful blue
colour. It is a native of Sweden.
It varies with white flowers.
The third has a perennial, thick, fleshy root, sending out many
small fibres: the stalks a foot and half high, dividing at the lop into
several short branches: the leaves near the root tour or five inches
long, two inches and a half broad, smooth, of a light green, on
short footstalks ; those upon the stem diminish in their size upwards,
are of the same shape, and sessile. Every small branch at the top
of the stalk is terminated by a cluster of flowers, each standing upon
a separate short peduncle. The most common colour ot these
flowers is blue; but there are some purple, others red, and some
white. They appear in April, and if they have a shady situation
continue in beauty great part of May. It grows upon mountains in
most parts of North America.
Culture . — These plants are increased by seeds, and parting the
l0 ° The seeds should be sown in the spring, in a bed or border of
common earth, raking them in. They soon come up, and in the
latter end of the summer they should be put out, either wlieie they
r
35 7
are to remain, or in nursery-beds, till October, when they should be
planted out finally.
The roots should be parted in the autumn, as about August or
September, but the sooner after they have done flowering the better.
They should not be divided too small, and be planted directly; when
they flower strong in the following spring. They afford ornament in
shady situations.
PLATE XLIII.
1. PHILADELPHUS CORONARIUS.
COMMON PHILADELPHUS.
This genus contains plants of the hardy deciduous flowering
shrubby kind.
It belongs to the class and order Icosandria Monogyma , and ranks
in the natural order of Hesperidea.
The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed perianthium,
four or five-parted, acuminate, permanent: the corolla has four or
five roundish petals, flat, large, spreading: the stamina have twenty
or twenty-five awl-shaped filaments, the length of the calyx, anthers
erect, four grooved: the pistillum is an inferior germ: style filiform,
four or five parted: stigmas simple: the pericarpium is an ovate cap-
sule, acuminate at both ends, naked at the top by the calyx being
barked, four or five-celled: partitions contrary: the seeds numerous,
oblong, small, decumbent, arilled, fastened to the thickened edge
of the partitions : arils club-shaped, acuminate, toothleted at the
base.
The species is P. coronarius , Common Syringa, or Mock Orange*
It is a shrub that sends up a great number of slender stalks from
the root, seven or eight feet in height, having a gray bark, and put-
ting forth several short branches from their sides: the leaves ovate 01
ovate-lanceolate; those upon the young shoots three inches and a
half long, and two broad in the middle, terminating in acute points,
and having several indentures on their edges; they are rough and of
a deep green on their upper side, and pale on their undei , stand op
posite upon very short footstalks, and have the taste of fresh cucum-
bers: the flowers come out from the side, and at the end of the
=
359
branches, in loose bunches, each on a short pedicel; they are white,
and have a strong scent, which at some distance resembles that of
orange-flowers; but near, it is too powerful for most persons: the
flowers appear at the end of May, and continue a great part of June.
It is a native, probably, of the South of Europe.
There are two varieties: the dwarf syringa, which seldom rises
above three feet high: the leaves are shorter, more ovate, and little
indented on their edges: the flowers come out singly from the side
of the branches, and have a double or treble row of petals of the
same size and form as the other, and the flowers have the same scent;
but flowering very rarely, it is not so much in estimation.
The Carolina syringa, which rises with a shrubby stalk about
sixteeen feet high, sending out slender branches from the sides, op-
posite to each other: the leaves smooth, shaped like those of the
pear-tree, entire, opposite, on pretty long footstalks: the flowers are
produced at the ends of the branches; they are large, but without
scent; each has four white oval petals spreading open, and a large
calyx composed of four acute-pointed leaflets.
Culture . — These plants may be increased by suckers, layers, and
cuttings.
The suckers are sent from the roots in great plenty ; these should
be taken from the old plants in autumn, and be planted in a nur-
sery, to grow one or two years till they have obtained sufficient
strength, when they may be removed to the places where they are to
remain.
The layers may be laid down in the autumn, being made from
the young twigs. These may be taken off in the following autumn,
when well rooted, being planted out where they are to remain.
The cuttings of the young shoots may be planted in the autumn,
in a shady situation, where they soon form plants.
The plants are extremely hardy, and thrive in almost any soil or
situation, but grow taller in light good ground than in that which is
stiff.
They are commonly disposed in plantations of flowering shrubs,
among others of the same growth ; mixing very well with lilacs,
360
guelder roses, and laburnums; and particularly valuable from their
fhriving under the shade of trees, and forming a blockade against
low buildings, where persons have no objection to their strong
smell.
2. PASSIFLORA C/ERULEA.
COMMON PASSION FLOWER.
This genus contains plants of the herbaceous and shrubby flow-
C "'lt belongs to the class and order Gymndria Paitmdria, ( Pentan -
dria Tngyda,) ( Momdelphia PentimdriaJ and ranks m the natural
order of Cucurbit acea. .
The characters are: that the calyx is a five-parted perianthium,
flat, coloured: the corolla has five petals, semiianeeolate, flat, blunt,
of the same size and form with the calyx: nectary a triple crown; the
outer longer, encircling the style within the petals, more contracte
above: the stamina have five awl-shaped filaments, fastened to a co-
lumn at the base of the germ, and united at bottom, spreading:
anthers incumbent, oblong, blunt: the pistillum is a roundish germ,
placed on the apex of a straight, cylindrical column: styles three,
thicker above, spreading: stigmas capitate: the pencarpium is a
fleshy berry, subovate, one-celled, pedicelled: the seeds very many,
ovate, drilled : receptacle of the seeds triple, growing longitudinally
to the rind of the pericarp.
The species cultivated are: 1. P. cceruka, Common or Blue las-
sion -flower; 2. P. incarnata, Rose-coloured Passion-flower; 3. P. lutea,
Yellow Passion-flower; 4. P. serratifolia , Notch-leaved Passion-
flower; 5. P. maliformis, Apple-fruited Passion-flower; 6 P. qua-
drangular is, Square-stalked Passion-flower; 7 .P.alata, Wing-stalked
Patt'mn-flnwer : 8. P. lauri folia, Laurel-leaved Passion-flower, or
r
361
Water Lemon ; 9 . P. multiflora , Many-flowered Passion-flower ;
10. P. rubra. Red-fruited Passion-flower; 11. P. Mttrucuja, Moon-
shaped-leaved Passion-flower; 12. P. Vespertilio , Bat-winged Pas-
sion-flower; 13. P . rotundifolia, Round-leaved Passion-flower; 14. P-
Ciliated Passion-flower; 15. P. skJw, Cork-barked Pas-
sion-flower; 16. P.holosericea , Silky-leaved Passion-flower; 17. P.
gfauca. Glaucous-leaved Passion-flower; 18. P. minima. Dwarf Pas-
sion-flower.
The first rises in a few years to a great height, with proper sup-
port: it may be trained up more than forty feel high: the stalks will
glow almost as large as a man's arm, and are covered with a purplish
bark, but do not become very woody: the shoots often grow to the
length ot twelve or fifteen feet in one summer, and being very slen-
der, must be supported, otherwise they will hang to the ground*
intermix with each other, and appear very unsightly: at each joint
is one leaf composed of five smooth entire lobes; the middle one,
which is longest, almost four inches long, and one inch broad in the
middle; the others are gradually shorter, and the two outer lobes are
frequently divided on their outer side into two smaller ones: their
foot-stalks are near two inches long, and have two embracing stipules
at their base; and from the same point issues a long clasper or ten-
dril; the flowers come out at the same joint with the leaves, on pe-
duncles almost three inches long; they arc blue, have a faint scent,
and continue only one day: the fruit is egg-shaped, the size and
shape of the Mogul-plum, and when ripe of the same yellow colour.
It grows naturally in Brazil.
There is a variety with much narrower lobes, divided almost to
the bottom: the flowers come later in the summer: the petals are
narrower, and of a purer white colour.
The second species has a perennial root: the stalks are annual,
slender, rising four or five feet high: at each joint one leaf, on a short
foot stalk, having mostly three oblong lobes, but the two side ones
are sometimes divided part of their length into two narrow seg-
ments, and thus becoming five-lobed; they are thin, of a light green,
and slightly serrate: the flowers are produced from the joints of the
A
stalk at the footstalks of the leaves, on long slender peduncles, in suc-
cession as the stalks advance in height during the summer months,
they have an agreeable scent, but are of short duration, opening
the morning, and fading away in the evening: the fruit is as large as
a middling apple, changing to a pale orange colour when ripe.
grows naturally in Virginia. ^ ctaiks
The third has a creeping root, sending up many weak stalks,
three or four feet high: the leaves are shaped like those of ivy, and
almost as large, but of a pale green and very thin consistence: the
peduncle is sfender, an inch and half long: the flowers dirty yellow,
!,ot larger than a sixpence when expanded. It is a native ot Vn„ -
nia and Jamaica, flowering in May and June.
The fourth species is perennial and shrubby: the stems ate iou ,
the younger ones very slightly villose, and cl mb.ng very high: the
stipules are linear and acuminate: the footstalks of the leaves fur-
nished with two pairs of glandules: the leaves ovate, smooth, and
slhditly serrated round their whole outline: the peduncles a.e one-
flowered and solitary: the flowers have an extremely agreeable
odour. It is a native of the West Indies, flowering from May to
OC Thc iifth has a thick stem, triangular, by slender tendrils thrown
out at every joint rising to the height of fifteen or twenty feet, at
lh joint is one leaf, six inches long, and four broad in lire middle
of a lively green and thin texture, having a strong midnb, whence
arise several small nerves, diverging to the sides, and curving up
towards the top: petioles pretty long, having two small g ands m the
middle- two large stipules encompass the petioles, peduncles an
endriLt The ba 8 se: the peduncles are prelly long, having also two
s nr all glands in the middle: the cover of the flower „ composed of
three soft velvety leaves, of a pale red, with some stripes of a lively
red colour: the petals are white, and the rays blue: the flowers be-
Z Lge make a fine appearance, but are of short duration ; there ,s
however a succession for some time: the fruit is roundish, the size o
Xe apple, yellow when ripe, having a thicker nnd than any of
the other sorts. It grows naturally in the West Indies.
363
In the sixth the stem is almost simple, thick, membranaceous at
the four corners, somewhat hispid: the leaves are petioled, five or
six inches long, entire, somewhat rugged, but without any pubes-
cence: the tendrils very long, axillary: stipules in pairs, ovate at
the base of the petioles, on which arc six glands: the peduncles op-
posite to the petioles, thicker : the flowers very large, encompassed
by a three-leaved involucre, the leaves of which are roundish, con-
cave, entire, smooth, pale: the fruit is very large, oblong, and fleshy:
the flower is much larger, though very like the above sort in colour.
It is a native of Jamaica.
The seventh species is very like the preceding at first sight: the
open flower has also a general resemblance; but the peduncle is
cylindrical; the three divisions of the involucre small, lanceolate,
with glandular serratures; the pedicel thickest at the insertion into
the convex base of the flower: the five or six outer petals are oblong
with an awn, the inner longer; the outer principal rays thinnest and
shortest; imperfect rays in a double row, below and distinct from
them a single row: no imperfect operculum; operculum partly hori-
zontal and partly turning up to the column, then folding back down
again and embracing the column, with which it is so connected that
it appears inseparable, but is not joined to the column : nectary
round the column, confined by the base: the column comes to the
bottom of it- It is a native of the West Indies.
If this does not equal the first sort in elegance, it exceeds it in
magnificence, in brilliancy of colour, and in fragrance, the flowers
being highly odoriferous.
The eighth has a suffrutescent stem, with very divaricating, fili-
form branches: the leaves a little emarginate at the base, nerved,
and very smooth, on short petioles compressed a little, having two
glands under the base of the leaf: the tendrils are very long : the
peduncles the length of the petioles : the three leaflets of the involu-
cre are roundish, concave, with blunt glandular toothlets about the
edge, and pale: the five leaflets of the calyx are broad-lanceolate,
slightly membranaceous at the edge, horned with a point or awn,
smooth, variegated on the inside with blood-red dots: petals five, the
364
length of the calyx, narrower, acuminate, with blood-red dots scat-
tered over them: the flowers are very handsome and odoriferous, but
the fruit ovate and watery. It flowers in June and July, and is a
native of Jamaica.
The ninth species has slender stalks, sending out many small
branches, and climbing to the height of twenty-five or thirty-feet :
by age they become woody towards the bottom, and their joints are
not far asunder: the leaves are on short slender petioles, three inches
and a half long, and two broad in the middle, rounded at the base, but
terminating in a point at top, smooth, entire, and of a lively green
colour: the flowers are axillary, on long peduncles, having an agree-
able odour, but seldom continuing twenty hours open. There is a
succession of them from June to September, and the fruit will some-
times ripen in this climate. It grows naturally at La Vera Cruz.
The tenth has an herbaceous stem, twining round, grooved, hir-
sute, red: the lobes of the leaves entire, nerved, somewhat hispid,
soft: the petioles round, red, villose, without glands: the tendrils
subaxillary: the flowers alternate, nodding, on solitary one-flowered
peduncles: the fruit spherical, marked with six lines, scarlet when
ripe, hirsute. It is a native of the West Indies, flowering in April
and May.
The eleventh species has an herbaceous, grooved, smooth stem :
the leaves ovate or oblong, tw T o-horned, with an intermediate bristle,
three-nerved, veined, smooth, entire: dots on the back hollowed, pel-
lucid: the petioles grooved, smooth, destitute of glands: the tendrils
subaxillary, filiform, long: the flowers in pairs, axillary, scarlet, large:
the berry ovate, the size of a pigeon’s egg, and pedicelled. It is a
native of the West Indies.
The twelfth has slender, striated, roundish stalks, less than a straw,
of the same thickness from top to bottom, and of a brownish red
colour, dividing into many slender branches: the leaves shaped like
the wings of a bat when extended, about seven inches in length, or
rather breadth, from the base to the top not more than two inches
and a half, the upper ones smaller, the middle wider, and the lower
narrower, smooth and somewhat shining; the colour in the upper
365
ones pale, m the middle deeper, in the lower darker green, with two
purple tubercles or glands towards the base, where they arc con-
nected with the petiole; which is set half an inch from the base of
the leaf, three nerves springing from it, two extending each way to
the narrow points of the leaf, the other rising upright to the top,
where is the greatest length of the leaf: the flowers are on short
round peduncles from the axils of the middle and upper leaves, white
and of a middle size, about three inches in diameter when expanded:
they are without scent, open in the evening or during the night, in
the month of July, and finally close about eight or nine o’clock in
the morning. It is a native ot the West Indies.
Lhe thirteenth species has the stem suffrutescent at bottom, sub-
divided, angular, grooved : the leaves semiovate, three-nerved, veined,
smooth on both sides, marked behind longitudinally with pellucid
dots: lobes terminated by very small bristles; the middle one a little
larger than the others: the petioles short, without glands: the ten-
drils filiform, very long: the stipules two, opposite, awl-shaped: the
peduncles axillary, filiform, an inch long: the flowers nodding, pale
green, rather large: the berry egg-shaped. It is distinguished from
the other sorts by its rounded leaves slightly three-lobed at top only.
It is a native of Jamaica.
The fourteenth runs to a great height, and has dark-green glossy
leaves: the involucrum is composed of three leaves divided into ca-
pillary segments, each terminating in a viscid globule: the pillar
supporting the germen is bright purple with darker spots: the petals
are greenish on the outside, and red within: the crown consists of
four rows of radii, which are varied with white and purple. It is a
native of Jamaica.
The fifteenth species rises with a weak stalk to the height of
twenty feet: as the stalks grow old, they have a thick fungous bark
like that of the Cork-tree, which cracks and splits: the smaller
branches are covered with a smooth bark: the leaves are smooth,
on very short petioles: the middle lobe is much longer than the la-
teial ones, so that the whole leaf is halbert-shaped: the flowers arc
V
u
3 66
small, of a greenish yellow colour: the fruit egg-shaped, dark purple
when ripe. It is perennial, and a native of the West Indies, flower-
ing from June to September.
In the sixteenth species the stalks rise twenty feet high, dividing
into many slender branches, covered with a soft hairy down: the
leaves arc shaped like the point of a halbert, three inches long, and
an inch and half wide at the base, light green, soft and silky to the
touch, standing obliquely to the foot-stalks: the flowers are not half
so laro'e as those of the common or blue Passion-flower; the fruit
small, roundish, yellow when ripe, leaves ovate, tomentose on both
sides: lateral lobes short; with an obsolete gland underneath behind
the sinus of the lobe. It grows naturally at La Vera Cruz, flowering
most part of the summer.
In the seventeenth, the whole plant is very smooth and even: the
leaves glaucous underneath, undotted : the petioles furnished with
two or four glands below the middle: the stipules acute, quite en-
tire, more than half an inch in length: the flowers are sweet. It is
a native of Cayenne.
The eighteenth species has the stem twining, simple, becoming
corky at the base with age, round, smooth: the leaves subpeltate,
subcordale : lateral lobes almost horizontal ; all acute, nerved,
smooth on both sides : the petioles short, round, reflex, smooth :
the glands two, opposite, small, sessile, concave, brown, in the mid-
dle of the petioles : the stipules two, opposite, awl-shaped, by
the side of the petioles: the tendrils long, between the petioles:
peduncles axillary, solitary, longer than the petioles, loose, one-
flowered : the flowers small, whitish : the berry small, blue, egg-
shaped.
Culture . — In all the sorts it is either by seeds, layers, or cuttings,
according to the kinds.
The first or hardy sort is capable of being raised either by seeds,
layers, or cuttings: the seed should be sown in the early spring, as
March, in large pots, half an inch deep, either plunging them in a
warm border, and as the weather becomes warm moving them to the
367
shade; or in a hot-bed, which will forward the germination of the
seed more fully, and the plants will rise sooner; which should af-
tei wards be hardened gradually to the open air till the autumn,
and then placed under a garden-frame for the winter, to have shel-
lei bom hosts, and in the spring planted out in pots, or some in
the nursery ; and in a year or two they may be transplanted where
they are to remain, against some warm south wall.
The layers should be laid down from some of the branches in
the common way in the spring, when they will readily emit roots,
and make pioper plants by autumn; when, or rather in spring fol-
lowing, they should be taken off and transplanted either into pots
in nursery rows, or where they arc to remain.
The cuttings should be made in February or March from the
strong young shoots, in length from about eight to ten or twelve
inches, planting them in any bed or border of common earth, giv-
ing frequent watering in dry weather, and when sunny and hot, if
in a situation exposed to them, a moderate shade of mats will be of
much advantage. They will emit roots at bottom, and shoots at
top, and become good plants by autumn, allowing them the occa-
sional shelter of mats, See. during the winter’s frost; and in the
spring let them be planted out. If a quantity of these cuttings be
planted close, and covered down with hand-glasses, it will forward
their rooting; observing, however, when they begin to shoot at top,
to remove the glasses, in order to admit fresh air.
J he second and third, or green-house kinds, may be increased
by seed, layers, and parting the roots : the seed, obtained from
America, should be sown in pots in March or April, plunging
them in a hot-bed to raise the plants, which afterwards inure to the
open air in summer, giving them the shelter of a green-house or
frame in winter: and in the spring following plant some out in
pots, placing them among the green-house plants ; and others
may be planted in the full ground, under a warm fence, to take
their chance.
The layers should be made in the summer from young shoots,
368
which will readily grow, and become good plants for potting off in
autumn. The parting the roots should be done in spring, before
they begin to shoot. The second sort multiplies exceedingly by its
creeping roots; which should be divided into slips, and planted in a
bed of rich earth till autumn, when some should be transplanted into
pots for occasional shelter in winter.
All the other more tender stove kinds are capable of being in-
creased by seeds, layers, and cuttings: The seeds are procured chiefly
from abroad; and should be sown in spring in pots, plunging them
in a hot-bed, or in a stove bark-bed: the plants soon appear, which,
when three inches high, should be pricked out in separate small
pots, giving water, and re-plunging them in the hot-bed, occasion-
ally shading them till rooted : as they advance in growth, they
should be shifted into larger pots, and be retained constantly in the
stove.
The layers should be made from the young branches in the spring
or beginning of summer, which will readily grow, and be fit to pot
off separately in autumn.
The cuttings should be made in the spring or summer, from the
young shoots, planting them in pots, plunging them in the bark, and
giving water frequently; when most of them will take root, and be
fit to pot off singly in autumn.
In respect to their general culture; as in severe winters, in the
first sort, the branches, if not duly protected, are sometimes killed,
it is advisable at such times, whilst the plants are young in parti-
cular, to give them the shelter of mats during the inclement season,
and protect their roots with dry litter laid over the ground; care-
fully uncovering their branches as soon as the frost breaks: this co-
vering, however, is only necessary in very severe frosts.
The green-house sorts should generally be polled, to move to
shelter in winter, cither of a green-house, or deep garden-frame:
some pi nls of each sort may also be planted in the full ground, in a
warm border, to take their chance; covering the ground over their
roots in severe weather; and in the different orders of planting, plac-
369
ing stakes for the support of their climbing growth in the summer.
And all the stove kinds must constantly be kept in pots, placed in
the stove, and for the most part plunged in the bark-bed; placing
strong stakes for the purpose of training the branches to, and ma-
naging them as other stove-plants of a similar growth.
The first sort is highly ornamental in the open ground when
trained against southern walls, &c.; and those of the green-house,
and stove kinds, among other plants in these collections.
3 a
: y > > "* . / v y y ^ y v > - ^ •/
PLATE XLIV.
1. PHILADELPHIA CORONARIUS.
SYRINGA, OR MOCK ORANGE.
This genus contains plants of the hardy deciduous flowering
shrubby kind.
It belongs to the class and order Icosandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Hesperidea.
The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed perianthium,
four or five-parted, acuminate, permanent : the corolla has four or
five roundish petals, flat, large, spreading: the stamina have twenty
or twenty-five awl-shaped filaments, the length of the calyx: anthers
erect, four-grooved: the pistillum is an inferior germ: style filiform,
four or five-parted: stigmas simple: the pericarpium is an ovate
capsule, acuminate at both ends, naked at the top by the calyx
being barked, four or five-celled: partitions contrary: the seeds
numerous, oblong, small, decumbent, arilled, fastened to the thick-
ened edge of the partitions: arils club-shaped, acuminate, tooth-
leted at the base.
The species is P. coronarius. Common Syringa or Mock Orange.
It is a shrub that sends up a great number of slender stalks from
the root, seven or eight feet in height, having a gray bark, and put-
ting forth several short branches from their sides: the leaves ovate
or ovate-lanceolate; those upon the young shoots three inches and a
half long, and two broad in the middle, terminating in acute points,
and having several indentures on their edges; they are rough and of
a deep green on their upper side, and pale on their under; stand
opposite upon very short footstalks, and have the taste of fresh
cucumbers : the flowers come out from the side, and at the end of
the branches, in loose bunches, each on a short pedicel ; they are
n,
3 71
white and have a strong scent, which at some distance resembles
TV olan ge-tiowers; but near, it is too powerful for most persons :
the flowers appear at the end of May, and continue a great part of
June. It is a native, probably, of the South of Europe.
There are two varieties: the Dwarf Syringa, which seldom rises
above three feet high: the leaves are shorter, more ovate, and little
indented on their edges: the flowers come out singly from the side
o tie branches, and have a double or treble row of petals of the
same size and form as the other, and the flowers have the same
scent; but flowering very rarely, it is not so much in estimation.
The Carolina Syringa, which rises with a shrubby stalk about
sixteen feet high, sending out slender branches from the sides, oppo-
site to each other: the leaves smooth, shaped like those of the pear-
tree, entire, opposite, on pretty long footstalks: the flowers are pro-
uced at the ends of the branches; they are large, but without scent;
each has four white oval petals spreading open, and a large calyx
composed of four acute-pointed leaflets.
Culture. These plants may be increased by suckers, layers, and
cuttings.
Ihe suckers are sent from tlic roots in great plenty; these should
be taken from the old plants in autumn, and be planted in a nursery,
to grow one or two years till they have obtained sufficient strength,
when they may be removed to the places where they are to remain.
The layers may be laid down in the autumn, being made from
the young twigs. These may be taken off in the following autumn,
when well looted, being planted out where they are to remain.
The cuttings of the young shoots may be planted in the autumn,
in a shady situation, where they soon form plants.
The plants are extremely hardy, and thrive in almost any soil or
situation, but grow taller in light good ground than in that which
is stiff.
I hey are commonly disposed in plantations of flowering shrubs,
among others of the same growth; mixing very well with lilacs,
guelder roses, and laburnums; and particularly valuable from their
thriving under the shade of trees, and forming a blockade against
low buildings, where persons have no objection to their strong smell.
372
( J
2 . POLEMONIUM CjERULEUM.
BLUE GREEK VALERIAN.
This genus contains plants of the fibrous-rooted, herbaceous
flowering perennial kind.
It belongs to the class and order Pentandria Monogynia , and ranks
in the natural order of Campanacece.
The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed perianth, half-
five-cleft, inferior, goblet-shaped, acute, permanent: the corolla one-
petalled, wheel-shaped: tube shorter than the calyx, closed by five
valves placed at the top: border five-parted, wide, flat; segments
roundish, blunt: the stamina have five filaments, inserted into the
valves of the tube, filiform, shorter than the corolla, inclining:
anthers roundish, incumbent: the pistillum is an ovate, acute, supe-
rior germ: style filiform, the length of the corolla: stigma trifid,
revolute: the pericarpium is a three-cornered capsule, ovate, three-
celled, three-valved, opening three ways at top, covered: partitions
contrary to the valves: the seeds very many, irregular, sharpish.
The species are: 1. P. caruleum , Common Polemonium; 2. P.
reptans , Creeping Polemonium, or Greek Valerian.
The first has a perennial, fibrous root: the herb smooth; the
stems upright, rising to the height of eighteen or twenty inches,
seldom more, leafy, panicled: the leaves alternate, unequally pin-
nate, many-paired; leaflets elliptic-lanceolate, quite entire: the
corolla between bell-shaped and wheel-shaped, blue: the calyx
bell-shaped, half-five-cleft: the filaments dilated at the base and
membranaceous: capsule clothed with the calyx, ovate-globular,
obsoletely three-grooved, thin, subpellucid: seeds six in each cell, in
a double row, fastened to the inner angle of the cell, variously an-
gular, eroded on the surface, of a dark rust colour. It is a native of
Asia, flowering in May.
373
There are varieties with while flowers, with variegated flowers,
and with variegated leaves.
The second species has creeping roots, by which it multiplies
very fast. The leaves have seldom more than three or four pairs of
leaflets, which stand at a much greater distance from each other
than those of the common sort, and are of a darker green. The
stalks rise nine or ten inches high, sending out branches their whole
length. The flowers are produced in loose bunches, on pretty long
peduncles; they are smaller than those of the common sort, and of a
lighter blue colour. It is a native of America.
Culture . — These plants may be increased by seeds and parting
the roots.
The seeds should be sown in the spring, upon a bed of light
earth, and when the plants are pretty strong they should be pricked
out into another bed of the same earth, four or five inches asunder,
shading and watering them until they have taken new root; keeping
them clear from weeds until the beginning of autumn, and then
transplanting them into the borders of the pleasure-ground. The
plants are not of long duration; but by taking them up in autumn
and parting their roots they may be continued some years: but the
seedling plants flower stronger than those from offsets.
The varieties can only be continued by parting the roots at the
above season. They should have a fresh light soil, which is not too
rich, as the roots will be apt to rot in winter, and the stripes on the
leaves to go off.
The second sort may be increased by seeds or offsets in the same
manner, and is equally hardy, but much less beautiful.
They afford ornament among flowery plants in the borders and'
other parts.
PLATE XLV.
1. PHLOX PANICULATA
PANICLED LYCHNIDEA
This genus comprises plants of the herbaceous, fibrous-rooted,
flowery, perennial kind.
It belongs to the class and order Pentandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of liotacea.
The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed penanthium,
cylindrical, ten-cornered, five-toothed, acute, permanent: the co-
rolla one-petalled, salver-shaped : tube cylindrical, longer than the
calyx, narrower below, curved in: border flat, five-parted: seg-
ments equal, blunt, shorter than the tube: the stamina have five
filaments, within the tube of the corolla, two longer, one shorter :
anthers in the throat of the corolla: the pistillum is a conical germ:
style filiform, the length of the stamens: stigma trifid, acute: the
pericarpium is an ovate capsule, three-cornered, three-celled, three-
valved: the seeds solitary, ovate.
The species are: 1 . P. paniculata, Panicled Lyclinidea; 2. P.
suaveolens. White-flowered Lychnidea; 3. P. maculata , Spotted-
stalked Lychnidea; 4. P. pilosa, Hairy-leaved Lychnidea; 5. P.
Carolina, Carolina Lychnidea; 6. P. glaberrima , Smooth Lychnidea;
7- P. divaricata, Early-flowering Lychnidea.
The first has the stalk smooth, of a light green, about two feet
high, sending out a few side branches: the leaves are near three
inches long, and one broad in the middle, of a dark green, and
sessile: the flowers in a terminating corymb, composed of many
smaller bunches, which have each a distinct footstalk, and support
a great number of flowers, which stand on short slender pedicels:
r/ i,i
Tiunjsd b' I’ly/ /’/ n.i r.l.'
r n/r.r u/tiAr
r<nnr/r</ Z x r/ tr/deit
/j I 7if/f'h ,fu/y l Jt AS'('S' A< (rfi,> , >/, y F7ss/ , \/r,W
7 J r ? A Vt/iiZa (Iff 7 u//r ///, r.’/<r
fi(>.r /< f 7 Vt’// \{i/ A Wf>9'/
Entfrtivt'd bvISanjbm
P Jl ViTlT A f , /' a / /c r/ if' /fr/7
tVf. ///? r ( 7/s' rr y
the calyx short, cut almost to the bottom into five narrow acute seg-
ments: the corolla is pale purple, appearing late in July, and often
followed by seeds which ripen in autumn. It is a native of North
America, flowering in August and September.
1 he second species has white flowers, moderately sweet-scented.
It is a native of North America, flowering in July and August.
The third has upright stalks, of a purplish colour, closely covered
with white spots, and about three feet high: the leaves about three
inches long, and one broad at their base, ending in acute points.
Towards the upper part of the stalks are small branches opposite*
each terminated by a small bunch of flowers; but on the top of the
piincipal stalk is a long loose spike of flowers, composed of small
bunches from the axils at each joint; each cluster having one com-
mon peduncle near an inch long, but the pedicels are short. The
flowers are of a bright purple colour, and appear late in July: if
the season be temperate, or the soil moist, they continue in beauty
a great part of August, but rarely perfect seeds in this climate. It
is a native of North America, flowering in August.
The fouith species has the stalks about a foot high: the leaves
narrow-lanceolate, ending in acute points, sessile, a little hairy: the
calyx cut into acute segments almost to the bottom: the lube of the
corolla slender and pretty long, cut at top into five ovate spreading
segments: the flowers light purple, appearing at the end of June,
but seldom producing seeds in this climate. It is a native of North
America.
The fifth resembles the sixth, but the stem is three times as high,
and somewhat rugged : the leaves wider, and ovate-lanceolate: the
corymb consisting of numerous flowers, with several peduncles from
the uppermost axils of the leaves, erect, and fastigiate into a sort of
corymb of a dark purple colour. It grows naturally in Carolina,
flowering from July to September.
The sixth species has the stalks near a foot and half high, dividing
into three or four small branches towards the top, each terminated
by a corymb of flowers: the lower leaves opposite, three inches long,
and near half an inch broad at the base, ending in long acute points,
3 76
smooth and sessile; the upper ones are alternate: the tube of the
corolla tv, ice the length of the calyx; segments of the border
roundish, spreading, of a light purple colour: the flowers appear in
June, but seldom produce seeds in this climate. It is a native ot
North America, flowering from June to August.
The seventh species has the stems almost upright, simple, and
then divided into two branches: the leaves opposite on a simple
stem, in five oppositions, softish, rugged; the upper ones alternate:
the flowers from the partings ot the stem and the axils ot the alter-
nate leaves, two together on separate pedicels: the calyx five-parted :
the corollas pale blue, with a crooked tube: the flowers appear at
the end of May, or beginning of June, but are rarely succeeded by
seeds in this climate. It grows naturally in North America.
Culture . — These are generally increased by parting their roots,,
as iljey do not often produce seeds in this climate. The best time
for performing this is in autumn, when the stalks begin to decay.
The roots should not, however, be divided into too small heads,
when they are expected to flower well the following summer; nor
should they be parted oftener than every other year, as, when they
are too often removed and parted, it greatly weakens the roots, so
that they send out but few stalks, and those so weak as not to rise
their usual height, and the bunches of flowers are much smaller.
The large root offsets may be planted out at once where they are
to remain; but the small ones in nursery-rows, for further increase
in size.
When the roots are parted and removed, it is a good way to lay
some old tan, or mulch, upon the surface of the ground about their
roots, to prevent the frost from penetrating; for, as they will have
put out new roots before winter, the frost, when it is severe, often
kills the fibres, whereby the plants suffer greatly, and are sometimes
wholly destroyed.
The first and sixth sorts may be increased pretty expeditiously
by their spreading roots, but the others but slowly this way; of
course it is a better method to have recourse to cuttings. The best
season for planting the cuttings is about the end of April, or the
377
beginning of the following month, when the young shoots from the
roots, which are about two inches high, should be cut off close to
t ie ground, and their tops shortened, being then planted on a bor-
der of light loamy earth, and shaded from the sun until they have
taken root; or if they are planted pretty close together, and covered
vit 1 bell 01 hand-glasses, or in pots, shading them every day from
the sun, they will put out roots in five or six weeks; but on their
beginning to shoot, the glasses should be gradually raised to admit
the free air to them, otherwise they are apt to draw up weak, and
soon spoil: as soon as they are well rooted, the glasses should be
taken off, and the plants inured to the open air; being soon after-
wards removed into a bed of good soil, planting them about six
inches distance every way, shading them from the sun, and watering
till they have taken new root; after which, when kept clean from
weeds, they require no other care till autumn, when they should be
removed into the borders or other parts, where they are designed to
remain.
hen some of the plants are put into pots, and sheltered under a
hot-bed frame in winter, they flower stronger the following summer.
These plants succeed best in a moist rich mellow soil, growing
taller, and flowering more strongly and in larger bunches. In poor
dry soils they often die during the summer, when not constantly
watered with care.
%
Some of the plants afford ornament in the borders, clumps, and
other parts of pleasure-grounds; and those planted in pots to be
placed in court-yards, or other places near the habitation, when
they are in beauty, and being mixed with other flowers, are highly
ornamental.
u
378
2. POLYGALA CHAMiEBUXUS.
BOX-LEAVED MILKWORT.
This genus contains plants of the woody, under shrubby, and
herbaceous perennial kinds.
It belongs to the class and order Diadelphia Octandria , and ranks
in the natural order of Lomentaceai.
The characters are: that the calyx is a five-leaved, small perianth :
leaflets ovale, acute: two below the corolla, one above that, and
two in the middle, subovate, flat, very large, coloured, (the wings)
permanent: the corolla subpapilionaceous: standard almost cylin-
drical, tubular, short, with a small reflex mouth, bifid: wings; keel
concave, compressed, vcntricose towards the tip: appendix of the
keel, in most of the species two three-parted pencil-shaped bodies,
fastened to the keel towards the lip: the stamina have diadelphous
filaments (eight connected) enclosed within the keel : anthers eight,
simple: the pistillum is an oblong germ: style simple, erect: stigma
terminating, thickish, bifid : the pericarpium is an obcordate capsule,
compressed with an acute margin, two-celled, two-valved: partition
contrary to the valves; opening at each margin: the seeds solitary,
ovate (with a glandular umbilicus).
The species cultivated arc: 1. P. mi/rtifoUa , Myrtle-leaved Milk-
wort; 2. P. Chamabuxus , Box-leaved Milk-wort.
The first has a shrubby stem, covered with a smooth brown bark,
rising four or five feet high, and sending out several spreading
branches towards the top: the leaves about an inch long and a
quarter of an inch broad, lucid green, and sessile. The flowers are
produced at the ends of the branches; they are large, while on the
outside, but of a bright purple within: wings expanded wide, and
standard incurved. Jt continues flowering most part of the summer:
each cell of the seed-vessel contains one hard smooth shining seed.
It grows naturally at the Cape of Good Hope.
The second species rises with a slender, branching, wood}' stalk,
about a foot high, when it grows upon good ground, but on a rocky
soil it is seldom more than half that height. The branches are
closely garnished with stiff smooth leaves, of a lucid green: from
between the leaves, towards the top of the branches, the flowers
come out upon very short peduncles; they are white on the outside,
but within are of a purplish colour mixed with yellow, and have a
grateful odour. According to Martyn, it is an elegant little ever-
green shrub, of low growth, with leaves like those of Jiox, producing
flowers from May to October, but most plentifully in May and
June: each flower stands on a peduncle, proceeding from a kind of
triphyllous cup, formed of floral leaves. It is a native of Austria, &c.
Culture . — The first sort may be increased by seeds, which should
be sown in small pots, filled with light loamy earth; soon after they
are ripe, placing them where they may have the morning sun only
till October, when they should be placed under a hot-bed frame,
and bo plunged into old tanners’ bark which has lost its heat, where
they may be defended from frost during the winter, and in the
spring the pots should be plunged into a moderate hot-bed, which
will bring up the plants. When these appear, they should not be
too tenderly treated, but have a large share of free air admitted to
them; when they are fit to transplant, they should be carefully
shaken out of the pots, arid separated, planting each into a small
pot filled with soft loamy earth, and plunged into a very moderate
hot-bed, to forward their taking new root, shading them from the
sun, aud gently refreshing them with water as they may require;
When they are rooted, they must be gradually inured to the open
air, and in June they may be placed abroad in a sheltered situation,
where they may remain till the middle or latter end of October,
according as the season proves favourable; then they must be re-
moved into the green-house; and treated in the same way as the
Orange-tree, being careful not to give them too much wet during
the winter season.
380
{ U
The second sort was formerly thought difficult to raise by seeds;
but at present it is readily increased by parting its creeping roots,
and planting them in bog earth, on a shady border, where it thrives
very well, and spawns much.
The first affords variety when set out among other potted plants
of the green-house kind; and the latter, in the borders, &c.
3. PH YS ALLS ALKEKENGI.
WINTER CHERRY.
♦
This genus comprises plants of the herbaceous and shrubby
ornamental kind.
It belongs to the class and order Pentandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Lurida.
The characters are : that the calyx is a one-leafed perianthium,
ventricose, half-five-cleft, small, five-cornered, with acuminate seg-
ments, permanent: the corolla one-petalled, wheel-shaped: tube
very short: border half-five-cleft, large, plaited: segments wide,
acute: the stamina have five filaments, awl-shaped, very small, con-
verging: anthers erect, converging: the pistillum is a roundish germ:
style filiform, generally longer than the stamens: stigma blunt: the
pericarpium is a subglobular berry, two-celled, small, within a
very large, inflated, closed, five-cornered, coloured calyx: the re-
ceptacle kidney-form, doubled: the seeds very many, kidney-form,
compressed.
The species are: 1 . P. angulata, Tooth-leaved Winter Cherry;
2. P. pubescens, Woolly Winter Cherry; 3. P. Alkekengi, Common
Winter Cherry ; 4. P. Pensylvanica, Pennsylvanian Winter Cherry;
5. P. viscosa , Clammy Winter Cherry; 6. P. somnifera , Clustered
Winter Cherry; 7. P. flex uosa, Fexuous Italian Winter Cherry; 8. P.
381
nrboresccns, l rec- like Physalis, or Winter Cherry; 9 - 1* • Curaasavica.
Curassavian Winter Cherry.
The first has a straight stem, the thickness of the little finger,
about a foot high, three-cornered below, four-cornered above, as are
also the branches, which come out obliquely from top to bottom, in
alternate order, and are thicker at the base: the lower leaves wider
and rounder than those about the middle of the stem, and these
larger than those of the branches, deeply toothed or jagged : the
flowers five-cornered, of an extremely pale yellow colour, with spots
of a darker yellow at the base. It is a native of both the Indies, &c.
I here is a variety which is taller, with entire leaves, smaller
flowers of a paler yellow colour.
The second species branches out very wide close to the ground,
and the branches frequently lie upon it; they are angular and full
of joints, dividing again into smaller branches: the leaves are on
pretty long footstalks, about three inches long and almost two broad,
having several acute indentures on their edges: the flowers produced
on the side of the branches upon short, slender, nodding peduncles;
they are of an herbaceous yellow colour with dark bottoms, and are
succeeded by large, swelling bladders, of a light green, inclosing
berries as large as common cherries, which are yellowish when ripe.
It flowers in July, and is a native of Virginia.
These are both annual plants.
The third has perennial roots, creeping to a great distance: they
shoot up many stalks in the spring a foot high or more: the leaves
of various shapes, some angular and obtuse, others oblong and
acute-poinled, of a dark green, on long footstalks: the flowers axil-
lary, on slender peduncles, white, appearing in July; the berry
round, the size of a small cherry, enclosed in the inflated calyx,
which turns of a deep red in the autumn. It is a native of the
South of Europe, &c.
The fourth species has many procumbent or erect stems, scarcely
a foot in height, somewhat flexuose, roundish, or obscurely angular
on the top, at the flowers branched, having an obscure down scat-
tered over them: the leaves are alternate, ovate, blunt, serrate-
Kk
382
rcpand, almost naked above, obscurely tornentose underneath, next
the flowers in pairs: the flowers axiilary on very short peduncles,
larger than those of the common sort, and of a pale yellow colour.
They arc succeeded by very small yellowish berries, which ripen in
the autumn when the season proves warm. It is a native of North
America, and flowers from July to September.
The fifth has a creeping root, sending up a great number of
smooth stalks, about a foot high, dividing towards the top into
small spreading branches: the leaves heart-shaped or ovate, about
three inches long, and two broad near their base, entire, rough to
the touch, of a pale yellowish green, alternate, on pretty long foot-
stalks: the flowers are towards the top, axillary, on long slender
peduncles, of a dirty yellow colour with purple bottoms. They
appear in June and July, and are succeeded by viscous berries
about the size of the common sort, of an herbaceous yellow colour,
enclosed in a light green swelling bladder. It is a native of America.
The sixth species rises with a shrubby stalk, near three feet high,
dividing into several branches which grow erect, and are covered
with a woolly down: the leaves ovate-lanceolate, almost three inches
long, and an inch and a half broad in the middle, downy, and on
short petioles: the flowers small, of an herbaceous white colour,
sitting very close to the branches, and succeeded by small berries
nearly of the same size as the common winter cherry, and red when
ripe. It is a native of Spain, Sicily, &c. flowering in July and
August.
The seventh rises to the height of five or six feet, sending out
long flexuose branches covered with a gray bark: the leaves oblong-
ovate, often placed opposite, sometimes by -threes round the branches,
to which they sit close: the flowers in clusters at the base of the
petioles, small, of an herbaceous yellow colour: they are succeeded
by round purplish berries having ten cells, each including one seed,
ft flowers in July and August, but not unless the season is warm,
it is a native of the East Indies.
The eighth species has a shrubby stalk, ten or twelve feet high,
dividing towards the top into several small branches, covered with
383
a gray hairy bark: leaves on the lower part alternate, but towards
the end ol the branches opposite; the lower leaves from three to
four inches long, and two broad in the middle, drawing to a point
at both ends; they are ot a pale green, and downy: the flowers from
the axils towards the end ol the branches, one or two at the same
joint opposite, on short nodding peduncles; are small, of a pale
dirty yellow colour, with purple bottoms: berries small, spherical,
led, enclosed in an oval dark purple bladder. It flowers in June
and July.
1 he ninth has a perennial creeping root: the stalks several,
slender, about a foot high, becoming somewhat woody, but seldom
lasting above two years; the leaves alternate, on short footstalks;
they are about two inches long, and an inch and half broad: the
flowers axillary towards the lop, on short slender peduncles: petals
small, sulphur-coloured, with dark purple bottoms: they appear in
July and August, but are rarely succeeded by berries in this climate.
It is a native of Curassao in the West Indies.
Culture. 1 hese plants are all capable of being increased by
seeds; the second, third, fourth, and fifth sorts, also by parting the
roots; the sixth, seventh, eighth, and ninth, likewise by cuttings.
In the first sort, the seed should be sown in the early spring, as
April, in pots of light earth, plunging them in a moderate hot-bed.
When the plants have acquired a few inches in growth they should
be removed into separate pots, gradually inuring them to the open
air, in order that they may be removed with balls into the clumps or
borders. But it is probably a better method to sow them in the
latter end of May in the places where they are to remain, as they do
not bear transplanting well.
They must be raised annually.
In the herbaceous kinds the seeds should be sown in the autumn
as soon as they are ripe, or early in the spring, in the beds, borders*
or clumps where they are to remain; or they may be transplanted
into o 1 her beds, to remain till the following autumn, when they mav
be removed to the situations where they are to remain.
The roots may be parted either in the early autumn or spring
384
season, when the weather is mild. The divided parts should have
root-fibres left at the bottoms and a bud in each at the tops, in order
to their succeeding properly.
In the sixth and seventh sorts, the seeds should be sown in pots
of light mould in the early spring and plunged in a mild hot-bed.
When the plants have had a little growth they should be pricked out
into separate small pots, proper shade and water being given; being
afterwards managed as the shrubby exotics of less tender plants.
They may likewise be raised from cuttings made in the later
spring or summer months, which should be placed in pots of light
mould and plunged in the hot-bed, due shade and water being given
till they have stricken root.
And the two last sorts may be raised from seeds or cuttings in
the same way, by the aid of the bark liot-bed of the stove.
The first and the other herbaceous sorts are curious ornamental
plants in the borders, clumps, and other parts of pleasure-grounds,
and the four best shrubby sorts in the green-house and stove
collections.
PLATE XL VI.
1. RUDBECKIA PURPUREA.
PURPLE RUDBECKIA.
This genus contains plants of the herbaceous biennial and peren-
nial kinds.
It belongs to the class and order Syngenesia Polygamia Frustranea,
and ranks in the natural order of Composite Oppositifolice.
The characters are: that the calyx is common with a double row
©f scales; scales flat, widish, curtailed, six in each row: the corolla
compound radiate: corollels hermaphrodite, numerous, in a conical
disk; females about twelve, very long in the ray: proper of the her-
maphrodite, tubular-funnel-form, with a five- toothed border: female
ligulale, lanceolate, with two or three teeth, flat, pendulous : the
stamina in the hermaphrodites: filaments five, capillary, very short :
anther cylindrical, tubular: the pistillum in the hermaphrodites:
germ four-corned: style filiform, the length of the corollet: stigma
two-parted, revolute: in the females: germ very small: style none:
stigma none: there is no pericarpium: calj r x unchanged: the seeds
in the hermaphrodites solitary, oblong, crowned with a membrana-
ceous four-toothed rim: in the females none: the receptacle chaffy,
conical, longer than the common calyx: chaffs the length of the
seeds, erect, channelled-concave, deciduous.
The species cultivated are: 1 . R. laciniata , Broad Jagged-leaved
Rudbeckia; 2. R. digitata, Narrow Jagged-leaved Rudbeckia; 3. R.
hirta, Hairy Rudbeckia; 4. R. purpurea. Purple Rudbeckia; 5. R.
angustifolia , Narrow Simple-leaved Rudbeckia; 6. R. triloba , Three-
lobed Rudbeckia.
3 I)
386 '
The first is by some divided into two species, which are thus
described: the root of the former is perennial, but the stalk is an-
nual: the lower leaves are composed of five broad lobes, deeply cut
into acute points, and some of them jagged almost to the midrib;
the outer lobe is frequently cut into three deep segments : the stalks
rise seven or eight feet high, and divide at top into several branches;
are smooth, green, and have single, oval heart-shaped leaves, some
indented on their edges, others entire: the peduncles naked, termi-
nated by a single flower with yellow rays, like the sun-flower, but
smaller : the latter is also perennial, and has smooth green stalks ;
but they rise higher : the leaves have all five lobes, which are much
narrower, end with sharper points, and are very acutely indented
on their sides: the flowers are smaller, and the petals narrower.
They are both natives of North America, flowering here in July.
The second species has a perennial root like the former: the
leaves at bottom are composed of seven or nine lobes, some entire,
others jagged to the midrib; they are of a dark green and smooth:
the stalks rise six feet high, and divide into many branches; they are
of a purple or iron colour, and very smooth : the stem-leaves to-
wards the bottom are hand-shaped, and composed of five lobes;
higher up they have but three lobes, and at top the leaves are single:
the flowers are smaller than those of the preceding, but of the same
shape and colour. It is a native of North America, flowering in
August and September.
In the third, the root continues four or five years: the leaves are
oblong, ovate, and hairy: the stalks rise a foot and half high, and
have one or two leaves near the bottom : the peduncle is naked near
a foot in length, and is terminated by one pretty large yellow flower,
shaped like the sun-flower: the florets of the ray are very stiff, and
slightly indented at their points: the disk is very prominent, and of
a dark purple colour. The flowers will continue six weeks, and there
is a succession of them from the middle of July, till the frost puts a
stop to them. It is a native of Virginia.
The fourth species is a perennial plant like the third. The leaves
are longer and broader, are smooth, and have three veins: the pe-
\
387
duncles are taller, and have two or three narrow leaves on each,
placed alternately: on the top is one flower, with long narrow, re-
flexed, peach-coloured florets in the ray: the diskis very prominent,
and of a dark purple colour: it flowers at the same time with the*
third, but the flowers are of not so long duration. It is a native of
Carolina and Virginia,
The fifth has the root perennial: the stalks four or five feet high:
the leaves narrow, smooth, opposite: the florets in the ray of the
flower yellow, long, twelve in number: disk dark red : the scales of
the calyx spreading and almost awl-shaped. It is a native of Virgi-
nia, flowering in August and September.
Ihe sixth species is biennial: the lower leaves are divided into
three lobes, but those upon the stalks are undivided; they are hairy,
and shaped like those of the first sort: the stalks branch out on their
sides, and are better furnished with leaves than the others: the flowers
are very like those of the first sort, but smaller. It grows naturally
in several parts of North America.
Culture. All the sorts of these plants may be increased by off-
sets, parting the roots and seeds.
The offsets in the perennial sorts should be taken oft’ and planted
out in the early autumn: when the stems decay the roots may also
be divided and planted out at the same time, or in the early spring
months.
As these plants are often liable to go off soon, some should be
frequently raised to keep up the stock ; and as others have a ten-
dency to become biennial, and decay without increasing the root,
they should have the flower-stems cut down in the early summer, to
encourage the growth of the root offsets, for slipping in the following
autumn.
All the sorts may be raised from seed, and the biennial sorts must
always be raised annually in that way; likewise such of the peren-
nial kind as are biennially inclined, sowing the seeds in April, in a
border of light earth, raking them in; and when the plants are two or
three inches high, pricking them out in nursery-rows till autumn*
A
388
then planting them out where they are to remain. They should
have a light dry soil and rather warm situation.
They afford much ornament and variety in the borders and
clumps, among other flowering plants.
2. ROSA LUTEA.
SINGLE YELLOW ROSE.
This genus contains plants of the deciduous flowering shrub
and evergreen kind.
It belongs to the class and order Icosandria Polygynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Senticoscc.
The characters are: that the calyx is aone-leafed perianth: tube
ventricose, contracted at the neck; with the border spreading five-
parted, globular : segments long, lanceolate-narrow (in some of
them two alternate ones appendicled on both sides ; two others,
also alternate, naked on both sides ; the fifth appendicled on
one side only): the corolla has five petals, obcordate, the length
of the calyx, inserted into the neck of the calyx: the stamina have
very many filaments, capillary, very short, inserted into the neck of
the calyx: anthers three-cornered: the pistillum has numerous germs,
in the bottom of the calyx: styles as many, villose, very short, com-
pressed close by the neck of the calyx, inserted into the side of the
germ: stigmas blunt: there is no periearpium: is a fleshy berry,
turbinate, coloured, soft, one-celled, crowned with the rude seg-
ments, contracted at the neck, formed from the tube of the calyx :
the seeds numerous, oblong, hispid, fastened to the inner side ot the
calyx.
The species cultivated are: 1 . R. lutea, Single Yellow Rose;
2. R. sulphurea , Double Yellow Rose ; 3. R. blanda, Hudson’s- Bay
Rose; 4. R. cinnamomea, Cinnamon Rose; 5. R. arvensis , White Dog
Rose; 6. R. pimpinnellifolia, Small Burnet-leaved Rose; 7. R- spino-
\
zm n'T^.v vkt -r v , 1 . x - %y ~ H '
389
sissima, Scotch Rose ; 8. R. parviflora, Small-flowered American
Rose; 9. R. lucida, Shining-leaved American Rose; 10. R. Carolina,
Carolina Rose; 11 . R.villosa, Apple Rose; 12 . R. proxnucialis , Pro-
vence Rose; 13. R. centifolia , Hundred-leaved Rose; 14. R. gal/ica,
Red Rose; Id. R. damascena , Damask Rose; 16", R. seinpewirens
Evergreen Rose; 17. R.pumila, Dwarf Austrian Rose; 18. R.turbi-
nata, Frankfort Rose; 19. R. rubiginosa. Sweet Briar Rose; 20. R.
muscosa. Moss Provence Rose; 21. R. moschata , Musk Rose; 22. R.
alpina , Alpine Rose ; 23. R. scmperflorcns , Deep-red China Rose;
24. R. alba , White Rose.
I he first has weak stalks, which send out many slender branches
closely armed with short crooked brown prickles: the leaflets two or
three pairs, ovate and thin, smooth, of a light green, sharply serrate:
the flowers on short peduncles, single, bright yellow, without scent.
It is a native of Germany, See.
There is a variety termed the Austrian Rose, which has the stalks,
branches and leaves like those of the Single Yellow Rose, but the
leaves are rounder. The flowers are also larger: the petals have
deep indentures at their points; are of a pale yellow on the outside,
and of a reddish copper colour, orange-scarlet, or Barre colour
within; are single, have no scent, or a disagreeable one, and soon
fall away. It has sometimes flowers entirely yellow on one branch,
and copper-coloured on another.
The second species differs from the preceding, not only in the
doubleness of the flowers, but in having the leaflets simply serrate,
not glandular, pubescent and glaucous underneath; whereas in that
they are doubly serrate, glandular and glutinous, and of a shining
green colour, the stipules lacerated; the fruits hemispherical and
glandular, which in the other are subglobular and smooth : the
prickles on the stem are of two sorts in this; a few being larger, and
many smaller. It is a native of the Levant, flowering later than
that, as in July.
The third has the stems, when full grown, unarmed; the younger
ones, or those of the first year, are armed with slender straight pric-
kles bent a little back at the top: branches round, unarmed, shin-
u
390
ing, reddish: the leaflets commonly seven, oblong, sharply and al-
most equally serrate, smooth: the petioles smooth, generally armed
with one or two spinules. It is a native of Newfoundland and
Hudson’s Bay, flowering from May to August.
The fourth species rises about four feet high: the branches are
covered with a purplish smooth bark, and have no spines, except at
the joints immediately under the leaves, where they are commonly
placed by pairs; they are short and crooked: the leaflets seven,
ovate, serrate, hairy on their under side: the leaves of the calyx nar-
row and entire: the flower small, with a scent like cinnamon, whence
its name. But, according to Parkinson, the shoots are somewhat
red, yet not so red as the double kind, armed with great thorns,
almost like the Eglantine bush; thereby showing, as well by the
multiplicity of its shoots as the quickness and height of its shooting,
its wild nature: the roses are single, somewhat large, and of a pale
red colour. It is a native of the South of Europe.
There is a double variety, in which the shoots are redder; the
flowers small, short, thick, and double, of a pale red colour at the end
of the leaves (petals), somewhat redder and brighter towards the
middle. It is the smallest and earliest of the double garden roses,
flowering in May.
The fifth has round, glaucous, often mahogany-coloured stems;
with very long, thong-like branches, bowing, with scattered, hooked
prickles, smaller than in the common Dog-Rose: the leaflets five or
seven, but mostly five, ovate, pointed, smooth, simply serrate, glau-
cescent underneath: the petioles prickly: peduncles three or five in
a terminating cyme, (rarely solitary) mahogany-coloured, covered
with a glandular roughness, not all exactly from one point, accom-
panied by a few lanceolate bractes, and each bearing a single white
flower, like the common Dog-Rose, but never red or blush-coloured,
and less fragrant: fruit oblong; but in ripening it becomes globose,
and deep red: the styles, as soon as they have passed through the
neck of the calyx, are compacted into a cylinder; resembling a single
style, terminated by a knob composed of the stigmas, which distin-
guishes it from the other species. It is a native of England, See
the sixth species has been confounded with what is commonly
called the Scotch Rose; and some think it is not distinct from that.
In the garden plant, according to Pallas, there are larger and seta-
ceous prickles intermixed, and nine leaflets, the lower ones smaller.
The flowers are white, and the segments of the calyx entire.
And the Siberian shrub is very elegant, a foot and half or at
most two teet in height; the trunk thorny all over, the thickness of
the little finger, very much branched, the branches collected into an
ovate form; the spines on the trunk and branches very frequent,
bristle-shaped, transverse or reclining, gray: the leaves very small,’
on red petioles, sometimes smooth, sometimes with small prickles on
them: the stipules very narrow with wider earlets, external and ser-
rate. the leaflets commonly seven, but sometimes nine or five, the
size of the little finger nail, oval, cut round, sharply double-serrate,
stiffish, rugged, more or less reluse, on some shrubs rather acute:
the peduncles sometimes rough, sometimes smooth, with a ternate
and simple leaf, almost to the flower: the fruit globose, smooth, and.
when ripe black, dry and insipid, being crowned with the segments
of the calyx. It is a native of the South of Europe, as well as Asia,
flowering here in May and June.
I he seventh has its stems about two feet high, upright, much
branched, with numerous straight, unequal, very slender needle-like
prickles, on the young branches, which often disappear from the old
ones: the leaflets seven or nine, small, roundish, blunt, serrate,
smooth, sessile: their common petiole is sometimes prickly: the pe-
duncles solitary, one-flowered, smooth, or very seldom prickly: the
stipules small, halbert-shaped, toothed: the lube of the calyx almost
hemispherical, smooth: the segments are entire: the petals white or
cream-coloured, yellow at the base, delicately fragrant, sometimes
striped with red: the fruit globose, deep reed, black when quite ripe,
smooth, but sometimes somewhat prickly. It is a native of most
parts of Europe.
There are several varieties, as the Striped-flowered, or with va-
riegated flowers, red striped with white.
The Red Scotch Rose, which seldom rises more than a foot high :
392
the stalks are covered with a brown bark, and are closely armed
with small spines; the leaves are very small; the flowers are also
small, sessile, and of a livid red colour: the fruit is round, of a deep
purple colour inclining to black when ripe.
And, according to Withering, there is also a variety with prickly
peduncles, and cream-coloured flowers, changing to white.
Lawrence likewise mentions a double Scotch Rose.
The eighth species very much resembles the two following sorts;
but differs in having the stem two feet high, the petioles hairy at the
top, and the flowers in pairs. It rises with several slender stems to
the height of two or three feet, covered with a brownish green bark,
and armed with a few sharp spines: the leaflets are seven or nine,
oblong-ovate and sharply serrate: the leaves of the flower-cup have
often linear leafy elongations : the corolla is single and of a pale
reddish colour.
There is a variety with a double flower.
The ninth rises with several smooth stalks to the height of five or
six feet : the young branches are covered with a smooth purple
bark: the leaves are composed of four or five pairs of spear-shaped
leaflets, smooth on both sides, of a lucid green on the upper surface,
but pale on the under, and deeply serrate: the segments of the ca-
lyx long, narrow and entire: the flowers of a livid red colour, single,
with little scent, appearing in July.
The tenth species has the stem five or six feet high, smooth: the
stipular prickles two : the leaflets seven, oblong-ovate or nearly lan-
ceolate, smooth, not shining, but opaque, serrate, paler underneath .
the petioles prickly: the peduncles several, branched, forming a co-
rymb, unarmed, with glandular hairs scattered over them: the leaflets
of the calyx undivided, hispid on the outside: the petals obcordate,
red. It is a sort that flowers late; and, like the two preceding, a
native of North America.
The eleventh grows upright to the height of four feet or more :
the branches are upright and short: the prickles on the stem and
branches scattered, small, awl-shaped, nearly straight: the leaflets
seven, elliptical, bluntish, clothed on both sides with short velvet-
r
3.93
like down, fragrant when rubbed, their serratures fringed with glands:
the petioles downy, prickly, glandular: the peduncles terminating,
mostly solitary, one-flowered, rough with rigid glandular bristles:
the germ globular, bristly : the segments of the calyx long, downy,
pi ickly on the outside: the corolla of a full rose-colour, not very
odoriferous: the fruit globular, larger than in any other sort, and for
the most part bristly and blood-red. It is found in Europe and Asia,
and known as the cultivated sort in plantations, &c., both in a single
and double state.
The fruit has a pleasant acid pulp surrounding the seeds, and is
sometimes made into a conserve or sweetmeat, and served up at table
in deserts, &c.
The twelfth species is well known in gardens, and one of the
most beautiful sorts: the flowers are sometimes very large, and the
petals closely folded over each other, like cabbages, whence it is
called the Cabbage Rose: the flowers have the most fragrant odour
of all the soi ls.
According to Parkinson, the Great Double-Damask Provence,
or Holland Rose, has its bark of a reddish or brown colour: the
leaves likewise more reddish than in others, and somewhat larger.
It usually grows very like the Damask Rose, and much to the same
height: the flowers are of the same deep blush colour, or rather some-
what deeper, but much thicker, broader, and more double by three
parts almost, the outer leaves turning back, when the flower hath
stood long blown, the middle part itself being folded hard with small
leaves: the scent comes nearest the Damask Rose, but is much short
of it.
There are several varieties, as the Red Provence Rose: the stem
and branches are not so great as those of the other, but greener, the
bark not being so red: the flowers are not so large, thick and double,
but of a little deeper damask or blush colour, turning to red, but net
coming near the full colour of the best Red Rose: nor is the scent
so sweet as that of the Damask Provence, but coming near that of
the ordinary Red Rose. It is not so plentiful in bearing as the Da-
mask Provence.
3 li
3.94
The Blush Provence Rose, in which the stalks rise from three to
four feethio-h, and are unarmed: the leaves are hairy on their under
side: the peduncles have some small spines: the segments of the
calyx are semi-pinnate : the corolla has five or six rows of petals,
which are large, and spread open; they are of a pale blush colour,
and have a musky scent.
The White Provence Rose, which differs only in the colour of the
flowers.
The Great and Small Dwarf Provence Roses, called Rose de
Mcaux, differ from each other in little except size: the smaller of the
two is generally known by nursery-men and gardeners by the name
of Pompone Rose. It throws out numerous stems, which rarely ex-
ceed a foot or a foot and half in height; usually straight, rigid, and
very prickly: the flowers very small, and distinguished by the bril-
liant colour of the central petals, appearing in June.
All the sorts flower from July to August.
The thirteenth rises with prickly stalks about three feet high: the
leaves have three or five leaflets, which are large, oval, smooth, and
of a dark green with purple edges: the peduncles are set with brown
bristly hairs: the segments of the calyx are smooth and semipinnate:
the flowers are very double, and of a deep red colour, but have little
scent. It is a native of China.
The varieties are very numerous; as the Dutch Hundred-leaved
Rose; the Blush Hundred-leaved Rose; the Singleton’s Hundred-
leaved Rose.
The Single and Double Velvet Rose, which, according to Park-
inson, has tire old stem covered with a dark-coloured bark, but the
young shoots of a sad green, with few or no thorns: the leaves are
of a sadder green than in most roses, and very often seven on a stalk:
the flower is single; or double with two rows of petals, the outer
larger, of a deep red like crimson velvet; or more double, with six-
teen petals or more in a flower, most of them equal: they have all
less scent than the ordinary Red Rose.
The Burgundy Rose, which is an elegant little plant, not more
than a foot or eighteen inches in height.
The Sullan Rose; the Stepney Rose; the Gurnet Rose; the
Bishop Rose; and the Lisbon Rose.
lhe fourteenth species lias the stalks growing erect, and scarce
any spines, they rise from three to four feet high : the leaves are
composed of three or five large oval leaflets, which are hairy on their
underside: the leaves of the calyx are undivided: the flowers are
large, but not very double, spread open wide, and decay soon ; they
are of a deep red colour, and have an agreeable scent. “ Parkinson
gives the Red Rose the epithet of English, as this and the White are
the most antient and known Roses to the country, and assumed by
oui precedent kings of all others, to be cognizances of their dignity,
and because the Red is more frequent and used in England than in
other places. The flowers, he says, vary in colour; some are of an
oiient led 01 deep crimson colour, and very double, although never
so double as the White; some again are paler, tending somewhat to
a damask ; and some are of so pale a red, as that they are rather the
colour of the Canker Rose; yet all for the most part with larger
leaves than the damask, and with many more yellow threads (sta-
mens) in the middle: the scent is much better than in the White, but
not comparable to the excellency of the Damask Rose; yet this,
being well dried and kept, will hold both colour and scent longer
than the Damask/’
There are several varieties: as the Red Officinal Rose; the Mundf
Rose, which has the flowers very elegantly striped or variegated
with red and white; in other circumstances it so perfectly resembles
the Red Rose, that there can be no doubt of its being a variety of
that; indeed it frequently happens that a Red Rose or two appears
on the same plant with the variegated flowers.
The Chi filing Rose, the Marbled Rose, and the Double Virgin
Rose, which have great affinity with each other, according to
Miller.
lhe fifteenth rises with prickly stalks eight or ten feet high, co-
vered with a greenish bark, and armed with short prickles: the leaves
are composed of five or seven oval leaflets, dark green above, but
pale underneath; the borders frequently turn brown and are slightly
396
serrate; the peduncles are set with prickly hairs; the calyxes are
semipinnate and hairy; the corolla is of a soft pale red, and not \ery
double, but has an agreeable odour; the heps are long and smooth.
It is a native of the South of France, See.
There are several varieties; as the Red Damask Rose, the Blush
Damask Rose, which differ only in the shade of colour.
The York and Lancaster Rose, which agrees with the Damask in
stalk, leaf, & c., differing only in the flower being variegated with
white stripes. Mr. Hart’s Rose has the white stripes more distinct:
the flowers in these being less double than in several others, are fre-
quently succeeded by fruit, and have ripe seeds, from which other
varieties may be obtained. According to Parkinson, “ sometimes
one half of the petal is of a pale whitish colour, and the other half
of a paler damask than common; or one petal is white or striped with
white, and the other half blush or striped with blush ; sometimes also
striped or spotted over, and at other times little or no stripes or marks,
and the longer it remains blown open in the sun, the paler and the
fewer stripes, marks or spots will be seen in it. The smell is of a
sweet Damask Rose scent.”
The Red Monthly Rose, the While Monthly Rose, which are so
called from their continuing to blow in succession during the greater
part of the summer; not that they blow in every month, as the name
implies. They are in every respect like the Damask Rose; unless
it be that they are more full of prickles than that.
The Blush Belgic Rose, which rises about three feet high, with
prickly stalks : the leaves are composed of five or seven leaflets,
which are oval, hairy on their under side, and slightly serrate : the
peduncles and calyxes are hairy, and without prickles; the calyxes
are large and semipinnate; the flowers very double, of a pale flesh
colour, with little scent, generally in great quantities.
The Red Belgic Rose, which differs only in having the colour of
the flower a deep red.
The Great Royal Rose, and the Imperial Blush Damask Rose.
The sixteenth species has slender stalks which trail upon the
ground unless they are supported, and if trained up to a pole or the
stem of a tree will rise twelve or fourteen feet high; they are armed
with crooked reddish spines, and have small leaves, with seven oval
acute leaflets, of a lucid green, and serrate: the leaves continue on
all the year, the flowers are small, single, white, and have a musky
odour. In their natural place of growth they continue in succession
great part of the year, but their time of flowering in this climate is
June. It is a native of Germany.
I he seventeenth has the branches with a great abundance of
prickles, which fall off on the stems: the fruits are large and pear-
shaped. It is a native of Austria and Italy.
Ihe eighteenth species has the young shoots covered with a pale
purplish bark, set with a number of small prickles like hairs: the
older branches have but few thorns: the fruit is very large: the
flower is thick and double as a red-rose, but so strong swelling in the
bud, that many of them break before they can be full blown; and
then they are of a pale red-rose colour, between a red and a damask,
with a very thick broad hard umbone of short yellow threads in the
middle: the segments of the calyx are quite entire: the smell is
nearest a red rose.
Hie nineteenth has yellow hooked prickles on the stem, which is
five or six feet high: the leaflets seven, very fragrant, elliptic or
subovate, above smooth and wrinkled, underneath rust-coloured with
resinous atoms or little dots: serratures glandular: the petioles also
glandular and prickly: the peduncles muricate and in corymbs:
the calyx glandular: the petals rose-colour, white at the base: the
fruit scarlet, rnuricate, but sometimes smooth, farinaceous, in-
sipid.
Ihe cultivated plant grows larger and more erect: the leaves are
‘ind much sweeter than in the wild one, the rusty colour of
them disappears, and the whole puls on a more vigorous appearance:
the sweet scent is supposed to proceed from the gland. It is a na-
tive of most parts of Europe.
I here are varieties with double flowers: as the Common Double
Sweet Briar, the Mossy Double Sweet Briar, the Evergreen Double
Sweet Briar, the Marbled Doubled Sweet Briar, the Red Double
Sweet Briar, the Royal Sweet Briar, and the Yellow Sweet Briar.
The twentieth species, which is mostly denominated the Moss
Rose, from the moss-like pubescence on the calyx, has the stalks and
branches closely armed with brown spines: the peduncles and calyx
are covered with long hair-like moss: the flowers are of an elegant
crimson colour, and have a most agreeable odour. It is known to
us only in its double stale, and the country to which we are indebted
for it is not ascertained.
The twenty-first, or Musk Rose, rises with weak stalks to the
height of ten or twelve feet, covered with a smooth greenish bark,
and armed with short strong spines : the leaflets seven, light-green
and serrate: the flowers in large bunches, in form of umbels, at the
end of the branches, are white, and have a fine musky odour, ap-
pearing in July and August, and continuing in succession till the
frost stops them. The stalks are too weak to support themselves.
There is a variety with double flowers.
The editor of Miller’s Dictionary considers the Evergreen Musk
Rose of Miller to be the same with this.
The twenty- second species is a low shrub, with reddish-brown
stems, the lower half or thereabouts of which is covered with
straight awl-shaped slender white not pungent prickles ; the upper
part is quite naked: the stipules ciliate-glandular at the edge: the
petioles hispid, and glandular: the leaflets commonly seven, smooth
on both sides, ovate, biserrate, ciliate, glandular: the peduncles
naked, unarmed: flowers solitary, red, middle-sized. It is a native
of the Alps, &c. flowering in June and July.
The twenty-third has a height seldom exceeding three feet: the
flowers large in proportion to the plant, semidouble, with great
richness of colour (dark red) uniting a most delightful fragrance,
coming out in succession during the greater part of the year, only
more sparingly in the winter months: the segments of the calyx
leafy at the end, one larger than the rest: the germs and peduncles
sometimes, but rarely, smooth. It is a native of China.
• V <• V-
TVf t. %” t i; V
399
The twenty-fourth species in its wild stale has ovate leaves,
smooth and deep green above, paler and slightly hairy underneath,
unequally serrate and blunt: the stem and petioles villose, prickly:
the peduncles solitary, long, hispid: fruits ovate, smooth, but more
frequently having a few slender prickles on them: calyxes smooth,
green, half-pinnate. It is a native of Europe, China, See.
According to Parkinson, there are two varieties of the White
Garden Rose; one attaining sometimes the height of eight or ten
feet, with a stock of a great bigness, the other seldom higher than
Damask Rose. Both have somewhat smaller and whiter-green
leaves than in many other roses, five most usually on a stalk, and
paler underneath ; as also a whiter-green bark, armed with short
prickles. The flowers in the one are whitish, with an eye of
blush, especially towards the bottom, very double, and for the
most part not opening so fully as the Red or Damask Rose. In
the other more white, less double, and opening more. Some have
only two or three rows of petals; and all have little or no
smell.
Culture . — In all the sorts the increase may be effected by suckers,
layers, or by budding upon stocks of other sorts of roses; but this
last method is only practised for some peculiar sorts, which do not
grow well upon their own stocks, and send forth suckers sparingly.
Where more sorts than one are to be had upon the same plant, such
sorts only should be budded upon the same slock as are nearly equal
in their manner of growth, otherwise the strong one will draw all the
nourishment from the weaker.
The suckers should be taken off in October, and planted out
either in nursery-rows, or the places where they are to remain; as
where they are permitted to stand upon the roots of the old plants
more than one year, they grow woody, and do not form so good
roots as if planted out the first year.
The best method to obtain good-rooted plants is to lay down the
young branches in autumn, which will take good root by the autumn
following; especially when watered in dry weather; when they may
u
400
be taken off from the old plants, and be planted out where they are
to remain. The seeds are sometimes sown in the autumn, to pro-
duce new varieties, in beds of light mell-ow earth, or in drills, espe-
cially for the Common Sweet Briar kinds, and for raising hedges- of
them.
Almost all the sorts delight in a rich moist soil and an open situa-
tion, in which they produce a greater quantity of flowers, and those
much fairer, than when they are upon a dry soil, or in a shady
situation. The pruning which they afterwards require is only to
cut out their dead wood, and take off all the suckers, which should
be done every autumn; and if there are any very luxuriant branches,
which draw the nourishment from the other parts of the plant, they
should be taken out, or shortened, to cause them to produce more
branches, it there be occasion for them to supply a vacancy; but it
is best to avoid crowding them with branches, which is as injurious
to these plants as to fruit-trees; for, if the branches have not equal
benefit from the sun and air, they will not produce their flowers so
strong, or in so great plenty, as when they are more open, and
better exposed to the sun, so as to have a more free circulation of
air. As the Moss Provence Rose seldom sends out suckers, and does
not strike very freely by layers, it is often increased by budding it
upon stocks of the other sorts; but the plants are best when raised
from layers.
The best sort for flowering early and late is the Monthly, next to
which in flowering in the open air is the Cinnamon, which is imme-
diately followed by the Damask Rose, then the Blush, York, and
Lancaster; after which, the Provence, Dutch Hundred-leaved, White,
and most other sorts: and the latest sorts are the Virginia and Musk
Roses, which, if planted in a shady situation, seldom flower until
September; and, if the autumn proves mild, continue often till the
middle of October. And the plants of the two sorts of Musk Roses
should be placed against a wall, pale, or other building, that their
branches may be supported, otherwise they are so slender and weak
as to trail upon the ground. These plants should not be pruned
until spring, because their branches are somewhat tender; so that
when they are cut in winter, they often die after the knife; these
produce their flowers at the extremity of the same year’s shoots in
large bunches, so that their branches must not be shortened in the
summer, lest the flowers should be cut off. The shrubs will grow to
be ten or twelve feet high, and must not be checked in their growth,
if intended to flower well. They are all highly ornamental plants,
mostly for the shrubbery borders and clumps, being planted accord-
ing to their habits of growth.
PLATE XLVII.
1. RHODODENDRON PONTICUM.
PONTIC RHODODENDRON.
This genus contains plants of the hardy, deciduous, and ever-
green, flowering, shrubby kinds, Dwarf Rose-bay.
It belongs to the class and order Decandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Bicornes.
The characters are: that the calyx is a five-parted permanent pe-
rianth: the corolla one-petallcd, wheel-funnel-form: border spread-
ing, with rounded segments: the stamina have ten filiform filaments,
almost the length of the corolla, declined. Anthers oval: the pis-
tillum is a five-cornered retuse germ. Style filiform, the length of
the corolla. Stigma obtuse: the pericarpium is an ovate capsule,
subangular, five-celled, divisible into five parts: the seeds numerous,
very small.
The species are: 1 . R. ferrugineum, Rusty-leaved Rhododendron;
2. R. hirsutum , Hairy Rhododendron; 3. R. chamcecistus , Dwarf Rho-
dodendron, or Rose- bay ; 4. R. ponticum , Purple Rhododendron;
5. R. maximum. Broad-leaved Rhododendron.
The first rises with a shrubby stalk near three feet high, sending
out many ^regular branches, covered with a purplish bark. The
leaves aie lanceolate, an inch and half long, and half an inch broad
in the middle, entire, with reflexed borders, lucid green on then-
upper surface, and. rusty-coloured underneath, placed all round the
branches without order. The flowers are produced in round bunches
at the ends of the branches: the corolla is funnel-shaped with a short
tube, and is cut into five obtuse segments at the brim, spreading a
little open, and of a pale rose colour. It is a native of Switzerland,
flowering from May to July.
403
The second species seldom rises two feet high, and sends out
many short woody branches, covered with a light brown bark The
leaves are ovate-lanceolate, about half an inch long, and a quarter
°: an ,nch broad > s,ttin S Pretty close to the branches; they are en-
tire, and have a great number of fine ferruginous hairs on their
edges and under side. The flowers arc produced in bunches at the
ends of the branches. The tube of the corolla is about half an inch
long: the five segments of the brim are obtuse, spread half opem
and are of a pale red colour. It is a native of the mountains of
Switzerland.
The third is a small shrub, very much branched, the extreme
branches leafy. The leaves are oblong, hard, on short reddish pe-
tioles. The peduncles one, or more, an inch long, villose, reddish
jrown, terminating. Calyx deeply five-cleft, of the same colour
with the peduncle; the segments acute. The corolla purple, the
segments ovate. The stamens longer than these. The style longer
than the stamens. It is a native of Austria, &c.
I he fourth species has an upright trunk, shrubby, commonly
the height of a man, but sometimes only half so high, frequently
thicker than the human arm, very much branched from the bottom
irregularly; the wood white, the bark ash-coloured. The branches
round, scattered, with a smoothish testaceous bark. The leaves
alternately scattered, coriaceous, large, quite entire, very smooth,
becoming ferruginous underneath, scarcely nerved except the mid-
rib, having a longitudinal streak on the upper suface, of a wide-
lanceolate form, more attenuated towards the thick petiole. The
flowering- buds formed in autumn for the year following, and con-
sisting of ferruginous, ovate-acute, concave, very smooth, imbricate
scales. The flowers in a short raceme at the end of the branchlets,
about ten, and very handsome. It is a native of the Levant, flower-
ing in May and June.
I lie filth species rises in its native soil, fifteen or sixteen feet
high, with a shrubby stalk, sending out a few branches towards (he
top. The leaves stiff, smooth, six inches long and two broad, of a
lucid green on their upper side, and pale on their under, whilst
404
young; but afterwards changing to the colour of rusty iron: they
have short thick footstalks, and are placed without order round the
branches: between these the buds are formed for the next year's
flowers; these swell to a large size during the autumn and spring
months till the beginning of June, when the flowers burst out from
their covers, forming a roundish sessile bunch or corymb. It is a
native of North America, flowering here from June to August.
Culture . — These plants may be increased by sowing the seeds,
which are very small, as soon as possible after they are procured,
either in a shady border, or in pots filled with fresh loam, having
them very lightly covered with a little fine mould, and plunging the
pots up to their rims in a shady border, and in hard frost covering
them with bell or hand-glasses; taking them off in mild weather.
When they are sown early in autumn, the plants come up the fol-
lowing spring, when they must be kept shaded from the sun, espe-
cially the first summer, and duly refreshed with water; in the autumn
following removing them to a shady situation, on a loamy soil,
covering the ground about the roots with moss, to guard them from
frost in winter and keep the ground moist in the summer season.
They may also be increased from suckers or offsets, which they
produce plentifully where they grow naturally, but seldom in this
climate.
They are very ornamental in the border, clumps, and other parts
of shrubberies.
2. ROBINIA HISPIDA.
ROSE ACACIA.
This genus comprises plants of the hardy deciduous tree and
shrub sorts, with tender kinds for the stove.
It belongs to the class and order Diadelphia Decandria , and ranks
in the natural order of Papilionacea or Leguminosct .
The characters are : that the calyx is a one-leafed perianth, small,
bell-shaped, four-cleft; the three lower toothlets more slender; the
upper fourth toothlet wider, scarcely emarginate to the naked eye,
all equal in length: the corolla papilionaceous: standard roundish,
larger, spreading, blunt: wings oblong, ovate, free, with a very short
blunt appendix; keel almost semiorbicular, compressed, blunt, the
length of the wings: the stamina have diadelphous filaments, (simple
and nine-cleft) ascending at top : anthers roundish : the pistillum is
a cylindrical, oblong germ: style filiform, bent upwards: stigma
villose in front at the top of the style: the pericarpium is a legume
large, compressed, gibbous, long: the seeds few, kidney-form.
The species cultivated are : 1. R. Pseud- Acacia, False or Common
Acacia; 2. R. hispida , Rose Acacia, or Robinia; 3. R. Caragana ,
Siberian Abrupt-leaved Robinja; 4. R. frutescens. Shrubby Robinia;
5. R. pygtnaa, Dwarf Robinia; 6‘. R. spinosa, Thorny Robinia; 7. R.
violacea , Ash-leaved Robinia; 8. R. mitis , Smooth. Indian Robinia.
It grows very fast whilst young, so that in a few years from seed,
the plants rise to eight or len feet high, and it is not uncommon to
see shoots of this tree six or eight feet long in one summer: ihc
branches are armed with strong crooked thorns : the leaflets eight
or ten pairs, ovate, bright green, entire, sessile: the flowers come
out from the side of the branches in pretty long bunches, hanging-
down like those of Laburnum: each flower on a slender pedicel,
: \y ^ *> ^ '\p- Xf
U/ V • , -v
L
^Ar.,
406
while, and smelling very sweet: they appear in June, and when the
trees are lull of dower, make a fine appearance and perfume the air
round them; but they seldom continue more than a week. It is a
native of North America, where it grows to a very large size, and
the wood is much valued for its duration.
There is a variety which has no thorns on the branches, but
which is easily known at first sight by its peculiar appearance.
And the Echinated, or Prickly-podded American False Acacia,
in which the pods are much shorter, and closely beset with short
prickles, but in other respects agrees with the common sort.
The second species rises in its native situation sometimes to the
height of twenty feet, but in this climate seems to be of low growth;
the branches spread out near the ground, and produce their dowers
very young; the young branches, and also the peduncles and
calyxes, are closely armed with small brown prickles, or rather stiff
bristly hairs, like raspberries and some sorts of roses: the leaves are
like those of the first sort, but the leadets are larger and rounder :
the dowers are larger and of a deep rose colour, but they have no
scent: they come out early in June, and make a fine appearance;
each dower is on a short separate pedicel; the legumes flat oblong.
It is a native of Carolina.
The third has arboreous trunks, commpnly branched from the
bottom, slender, with a smooth, shining, coriaceous bark, covered
by a greenish ash-coloured skin: branches alternate, very much
divided; twigs rod-like, weak, very leafy, ash-coloured or greenish,
with longitudinal nerves running from bud to bud: buds alternate,
frequent, bearing both leaves and dowers, unarmed, with the stipules
of the bud-leaves soft, but in the new branches spinescent, divarica-
ting, rigid. It is a native of Siberia, dowering in April and May.
The fourth species has a branched trunk from the bottom, with a
dusky or greenish-ash-coloured bark; there are commonly many
lateral shoots or suckers from the root: the branches rod-like, pliant,
loaded with lca\cs and dowers, of a shining yellowish colour, with
longitudinal gray nerves, with triple spines: the leaves on the shoots
of the year alternate, with spinescent stipules; from the buds in
40 ?
bundles, wnl, unarmed stipules: the leaflets clustered, obovnic, am-
nualed at the base, with a spinule at the end: petiole spineseem
after the leaves are fallen, hardening with the stipules into a triple
spine the peduncles on the branches of the preceding year from
each bud, one, two, or three, bent a little at the joint, one-do, vered
It is a native of Siberia, by the Volga, &c.
The fifth has trunks covered with a shining yellowish bark: wood
of a very deep bay, almost as hard as horn: the older twms round
with a beautifully golden shining cuticle; branclilels gray, with very
frequent two-spined buds: the spinules slender like needles, spread-
ing arising from the stipules, in the older branches deciduous: the
leaflets four or six in the spontaneous shrub clustered in bundles
quite sessile, linear acuminate, a little hispid: the peduncles spring-
ing singly from moft of the buds on the branchlets among the leaves
the length of the leaflets, bent at the joint. In this climate it is a
low shrub, seldom rising more than three feet. The dowers are vel-
low, and appear in April. It is a native of Siberia.
The sixth species resembles the third sort, but is distinguished
by its stift or thorny stipules: it is a shrub above the heioht of a
man: the leaflets six or eight, ovate, even: common petiole wood v
the whole of it perennial, thorny at the end: the stipules awl-shaped,’
thorny, perennial: the trunk is scarcely an inch and half in diameter,
with branches often a fathom in length, subdivided, twisted and
diflused, so as to form a hemispherical head, full of branches and
thorns. Being covered with flowers during the whole summer it
appears very beautiful : the wood bay-coloured within, on the outside
yellow, and very hard: the cuticle on the younger branches greenish
yellow, less shining, and more strigose than in the fifth sort, with
ash-coloured longitudinal nerves, running from branch to branch:
the branches are round, divaricating, alternate: the thorns spreading
out every way almost at right angles, alternate, very large, arising
bom the permanent petioles enlarged, marked also with the scars of
the leaflets, and having at the base on each side a small, bristle-
shaped spinule, standing up, and arising from the stipules: there are
several leaves and two or. three flowers from the axils of all the
u
408
spines on the branches: the petioles are spinescent: the leaflets com-
monly two pairs, but sometimes three and even four, linear-lanceo-
late, mucronate at the end with a spinule, opposite and remote: the
peduncles are so short that the flowers seem to be sessile. It is a
native of Siberia.
On account of the length and toughness of the branches, and its
large stout thorns, it is admirably adapted to form impenetrable
hedges, and is sufficiently hardy to bear our climate.
The seventh is an upright tree without thorns, growing to the
height of twelve feet: the leaves alternate, numerous, shining; having
three leaflets on each sitlc, sometimes two, very seldom five; these
are ovate, blunt, emarginate, entire, petioled, opposite, two inches
long: the racemes axillary, half a foot in length, pedicels short,
two-flowered, numerous: the flowers have the smell and coloui of
violets. It is a native of Carthagena.
The eighth species has a shrubby stem, three feet high, upright,
branched : the leaflets ovate-lanceolate, smooth, bright green, two or
three-paired: the racemes terminating, short: the corolla yellow:
the legume oblong, narrowing to each end, smooth: the branches
round, unarmed: the leaflets five, ovate, smooth, quite entire: the
racemes have three flowers fixed at each tooth, each on its proper
pedicel: the calyx subtruncate. It is a native of the East Indies, &c.
Culture . — The first six hardy sorts are all capable of being raised
from seeds, cuttings, layers, and suckers; but the seed method is
said to afford the best plants.
The seeds should be sown about the end of March or beginning
of the following month, on a bed of light mould, being covered to
the depth of half an inch. In the first sort and varieties the plants
mostly appear in the course of six or eight weeks; but in the other
kinds often not till the next spring. They should be well weeded and
watered, and when sufficiently strong be set out in the spring or
autumn in nursery-rows, for two or three years, in order to remain
to have proper growth for final planting out.
The cuttings should be made from the young shoots, and planted
out in the beginning of autumn, in a shady border where the soil is
409
mellow. They are mostly well rooted in the course of a twelve-
month, when they may be removed into nursery-rows as above.
I he layers should be made from the young wood, being laid
down in the autumn, when in the course of the year they mostly be-
come well rooted, and may be taken off and planted out in nursery-
rows as the seedling plants.
The suckers, which are produced in plenty from the two first
sorts, which may be removed in the early autumn or spring, and
planted out in nursery-rows or in beds, to be afterwards removed
into them.
The two last, or tender sorts, may likewise be raised from seeds
and cuttings, but they must be sown and planted in pots, filled with
good mould, to have the assistance of a hot-bed in the stove, by
being plunged in it. When the plants have attained a little
growth, they should be shaken out of the pots, and planted separately
in small pots filled with the same sort of earth, plunging them in the
tan-bed, affording due shade till well rooted, managing them after-
wards as other tender stove plants.
The plants are most tender while young; they should therefore
be kept in the stove tan-bed till they have acquired strength, when
they may be preserved in the dry stove, with a temperate heat in
winter, and be exposed in the open air in summer, in a warm shel-
tered situation when the weather is fine.
1 he hardy sorts have a fine effect in the border, clumps, and
other parts of pleasure-grounds, and the tender kinds afford variety
in the stove collections.
3 G
r ■ .
PLATE XLVTII.
1. SYMPHYTUM ORIENTALE.
EASTERN COMFREY.
This genus contains plants of the hardy herbaceous perennial
kind.
It belongs to the class and order Petandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Asperifolice.
The characters are: that the calyx is a five-parted perianth,
erect, five-cornered, acute, permanent: the corolla one-petalled,
bell-shaped: tube very short: border tubular-bellying, a little thicker
than the tube : mouth five-toothed, obtuse, reflexed : throat fenced
by five lanceolate rays, spinulose at the edge, shorter than the bor-
der, converging into a cone: the stamina have five awl-shaped fila-
ments, alternate with the rays of the throat; anthers acute, ereet,
covered: the pistillum is as four germs: style filiform, length of the
corolla: stigma simple: there is no pericarpium: calyx larger,
widened: seeds four, gibbous, acuminate, converging at the tips.
The species cultivated are: 1. S. officinale, Common Comfrey:
t. S. tuberosum, Tuberous-rooted Comfrey; 3. S. orientale. Oriental
Comfrey.
The first has a perennial root, fleshy, externally black; the stem
two or three feet high, upright, leafy, winged, branched at the top,
clothed with short bristly hairs that point rather downward: the
leaves waved, pointed, veiny, rough; the radical ones on footstalks,
and broader than the rest; the clusters of flowers in pairs on a
common stalk, with an odd flower between them, recurved, dense,
hairy: the corolla yellowish-white, sometimes purple: the rays
downy at each edge. It is a native of Europe and Siberia.
•t : <t\U (tui £' 4'/ /fv A< > h> ii\
J
.
411
There are varieties with white flowers, purple flowers, with blue
flowers, and with red flowers.
The second species has the roots composed of many thick fleshy
knots or tubers, which are joined by fleshy fibres: the stalks rise a
foot and half high, and incline on one side: the leaves on the lower
part are six inches long, and two inches and a half broad in the
middle, ending in acute points, and not so rough and hairy as the
first; they are alternate and sessile: the two upper leaves on every
branch stand opposite, and just above them are loose bunches of
pale yellow flowers, the corolla of which is stretched out further
beyond the calyx than in the common sort. It is a native of Ger-
many, &c. and flowers from May to October.
The third has a perennial root: the stalks two feet high: the
leaves rounder, and armed with rough prickly hairs: the flowers in
bunches like the first sort, but blue: they appear in March, but
seldom produce seeds in this climate. Found near Constantinople.
Culture . — These plants may be increased by seeds or parting the
roots, but the latter is more practised. The seed should be sown in
the spring, in a border of common earth; in the autumn the plants
will be proper to set out where they are to remain, or to remove into
other pots. The roots should be parted in the autumn, and planted
out either in beds about a foot from plant to plant, or where they
are to remain ; almost every part will grow, and the plants are
hard y, and succeed in any soil or situation : they only require to be
kept clean afterwards. They produce variety in mixture in the
borders.
412
2. SALVIA INDICA.
INDIAN SAGE.
This genus contains plants of under-shrubby, herbaceous, and
shrubby kinds.
in the natural order of Verticillatce.
The characters are: that the calyx is a one- leafed perianth,
tubular, striated, gradually widening and compressed at the top :
mouth erect, two-lipped; lower lip two-toothed: the corolla one-
petalled, unequal: tube widening at the top, compressed: border
ringent, upper lip concave, compressed, curved inwards, emarginate;
lower lip wide, trifid, middle segment larger, roundish, emarginate:
the stamina have two filaments, very short; two threads are fastened
transversely to these almost in the middle, on the lower extremity of
which is a gland, on the upper an anther: the pistillum is a four-
cleft germ: style filiform, very long, in the same situation with the
stamens: stigma bifid: there is no pericarpium. Calyx very slightly
converging, having the seeds in the bottom of it: the seeds four,
roundish.
The species cultivated are: 1. S. officinalis, Garden Sage; 2. S.
grandiflora. Broad-leaved Garden Sage; 3. S. triloba, Three-lobed
Sage, or Sage of Virtue; 4. S', sclarea, Common Clary; 5. S. argentea.
Silvery-leaved Sage or Clary; 6. S. verbenaca. Vervain Sage or Clary;
7- S. Indica, Indian Sage or Clary; 8. S. Horminwn , Red-topped
Sage or Clary; 9- S. glutinosa, Yellow Sage or Clary; 10. S. Mcxicana,
Mexican Sage; 11. S. Canariensis, Canary Sage; 12. S. Africana,
Blue-flowered African Sage; 13. S. aurea, Gold-flowered African
Sage; 14. S. pomifera, Apple-bearing Sage; 15. S. formosa, Shining-
leaved Sage.
It belongs to the class and order Diandvia Monogynia, and ranks
413
, ^ ie ^ rst * s a branching shrub, about two feet in height: the
younger branches are tomentose and whitish: the leaves are wrinkled,
cinereous white or tinged with dusky purple, on very short petioles,’
sometimes eared at the base: the flowers terminating, in long spikes
composed ot six-flowered whorls, approximating, yet distinct. It is
a native of the south of Europe and Barbary.
The varieties are: the Common Green Sage, the Wormwood
Sage, the Green Sage with a variegated leaf, the Red Sage, the Red
Sage with a variegated leaf, the Painted or Parti-coloured Sage with
led lea\es striped with white, or white, red, and green mixed, found,
says Johnson, “ in a country garden by Mr. John Tradescant, and
by him imparted to other lovers of plants/' There is also Spanish
or Lavender-leaved Sage, in which the leaves are linear-lanceolate,
very narrow and quite entire, in clusters on the side of the stalks;
they are very hoary, and the branches are covered with a hoary
down: the leaves on the upper part of the stalk arc narrower than
those of Rosemary ; the flowers grow in closer spikes, and are of a
light blue colour.
Lut the vaiiely with red or blackish leaves is the most common
in cultivation: and the Wormwood Sage is in greater plenty than
the Common Green-leaved Sage.
In the second species the stalks do not grow so upright as those
of the Common Sage; they are very hairy, and dividelnto several
branches: the leaves are broad, woolly, on long petioles, serrate, and
rough on the upper surface: the leaves on the flower-stalks are
oblong-ovate, on shorter petioles, and very slightly serrate: the
whoils ate pretty far distant, and few flowers in each; they are of a
pale blue, and about the same size with those of the common sort.
It flowers in June, and in good seasons the seeds ripen in autumn.
'Phis sage is preferred to all the others for tea. It is often called
Balsamic Sage.
The third has the leaves narrower than those of the common sort;
they are hoary, and some of them are indented on their edges to-
wards the base, which indentures have the appearance of ears. The
spikes of flowers are longer than those of the two preceding sorts.
i
414
and the whorls are generally naked: the flowers are smaller, and of
a deeper blue than those of the Common Sage. It is a native of
the south of Europe.
The fourth species has the lower leaves large, in good ground
seven or eight inches long, and four broad at the base, ending in
blunt points: the stems large and clammy, about two feet high,
with leaves of the same shape, but smaller, and sending out small
opposite side branches: the flowers in loose terminating spikes,
composed of whorls, of a pale blue colour. It is biennial, and a
native of Syria, &c. flowering from July to September.
It is observed, that “ a wine is made from the herb in flower,
boiled with sugar, which has a flavour not unlike Frontiniac.”
The fifth has the leaves of a thick consistence, having several
irregular indentures on their borders: the stem near a foot and half
high, sending out two or four branches near the bottom, which grow
erect, the whorls of flowers large, towards the top barren. It is a
native of the island of Candia, and biennial, flowering in June.
The sixth has a perennial brown root, the thickness of the middle
finger, striking deep into the earth, and furnished with numerous
fibres: the stems nearly upright, two feet high, set with horizontal
somewhat viscid hairs, purplish, especially at the joints: the root-
leaves on long petioles, varying in form, oblong, rounded at the end,
sometimes a little pointed, not unfrequenlly heart-shaped at the
base, but more commonly the leaf runs down on each side the
foot-stalk, and to a greater length on one side than on the other,
very slightly hirsute, on the margin irregularly waved and serrate or
toothed, paler beneath, veiny and marked with small glandular con-
cave dots: stem-leaves somewhat remote, the lowermost on short
footstalks, theu ppermost sessile: the flowers in whorls, almost naked,
containing about six flowers. It is a native of all the four conti-
nents, flowering during the whole summer from June, and even in
October.
The seventh has the lower leaves heart-shaped, acutely crenale,
of a thick consistence, seven or eight inches long, and four broad at
the base, where they are eared: the stem four feet high, having two
v
415
or three pairs ot smaller leaves on the lower part of the joints: the
upper part, for the length ol two feet, has whorls of flowers, at two
or three inches distance from each other, without any leaves under
them: the calyx is hairy and blunt: the helmet of the corolla arched,
erect and blue, terminating in a blue point; the two side segments
of the under lip are of a violet colour; the middle segment, which is
indented at the point, is white, and curiously spotted with violet on
the inside; the two side lobes turn yellow before the flower drops.
It is a native of India, flowering from May to July.
The eighth has the stems erect, about a foot and half high: the
leaves shaped like those of the common Red Sage, gradually dimi-
nishing in size to the top: the stems have whorls of small flowers, and
aie terminated by clusters of small leaves, and forming two varieties;
one with purple and another with red tops. For the sake of this
coma they are preserved in gardens for ornament. They flower in
June and July, and their seeds ripen in the autumn. It is a native
of the south of Europe.
The ninth has an abiding root, composed of strong woody fibres:
the leaves four inches long, and three broad at the base, of a pale
yellowish green colour, upon footstalks three or four inches long:
the stems strong, near four feet high, having smaller leaves below,
and the upper part closely set with whorls of large yellow flowers.
The whole plant is very clammy, and has a strong scent, somewhat
like common Garden Clary. Ihe flowers are used in Holland
to give a flavour to the Rhenish wines. It is a native of Germany,
See. flowering from June to November.
The tenth has the stem shrubby, eight or ten feet high, sending
out slender four-cornered branches of a purplish colour: the leaves
thin, pale green, and hairy on their under side, on long slender
footstalks: the flowers in close thick spikes at the end of the
branches, having a fine blue colour. It is a native of Mexico,
flowering from May to J uly .
The eleventh has the stem shrubby, five or six feet high, dividing
into many branches covered with a flocky down : the leaves three
inches and a half long, and an inch and half broad at the base.
416
where are two acute angular cars: petioles long and woolly: the top
of the stalk branches out into many footstalks, forming a sort of
panicle: the flowers are of a light blue colour, and are ranged in
whorled spikes, having two small leaves under each whorl. It is a
native of the Canary Islands, flowering from June to September.
The twelfth rises with a shrubby stalk four or five feet high,
dividing into branches: the leaves are ovale, of a gray colour: the
flowers come out in whorls towards the end of the branches; they
are of a fine blue colour, larger than those of the common Sage,
appear in succession most of the summer months, and those which
come early are often followed by seeds ripening in autumn. It is a
native of the Cape.
The thirteenth also rises with a shrubby stalk seven or eight feet
high, covered with a light-coloured bark, sending out branches the
whole length, which grow almost horizontally: the leaves are of a
gray colour: the flowers, in thick short spikes at the end of the
branches, are very large, and of a dark gold colour. It is a native
of the Cape, flowering from May to November.
The fourteenth has the stem shrubby, four or five feet high,
dividing into several branches: the flowers of a pale blue colour:
the branches have often punctures made in them by insects, pro-
ducing protuberances as big as apples, in the same manner as galls
upon the Oak, and the rough balls upon the Briar. It is remarked
by Martyn, that the common Sage has the same excrescences in the
island of Candia or Crete, and that they carry them to market there
under the name of Sage Apples. It was found at Candia.
The fifteenth has the stem suflVuticose, the height of a man,
upright, brachiate, somewhat knotty, loosely chapped, ash-coloured :
the branches and branchlets opposite, spreading, four-cornered,
naked at the base, rufous: shoots four-grooved, green at the top,
clammy: the leaves spreading, acute (in the garden bluntish), cre-
nate-serrate, somewhat wrinkled, veined, with the midrib and veins
prominent only beneath, subcoriaceous, greenish, but paler on the
back: petiole scarcely half as long as the leaf, round on one side,
grooved on the other: flowers very many, from the axils of the
shoots, in a sort of whorl, in the garden commonly five together, the
two lower of which are later: they are on short, spreading, one-
flowered peduncles, jointed at the top. It is a native of Peru,
flowering most part of the summer.
Culture. These plants are in most of the sorts raised without
much difficulty.
Culture in the Sage Kind .—! This in all the varieties may be effected
by slips or cuttings of the young shoots from the sides of the
branches, sometimes also by bottom rooted offsets, and likewise by
seed . Slips both of the former and same year s growth may be used.
Those of the first sort may be employed in April, but the latter
not till May, or later; these, however, most readily strike root, and
assume a free growth.
In either case moist weather should be chosen; and having re-
course to some good bushy plants, a proper quantity of the outward
robust side shoots, about five, six, or seven inches long, should be
slipped off, trimming off all the lower leaves, then planted out in
some shady border, with a dibble, in rows half a foot asunder,
putting them down almost to their tops, giving water directlv, to
settle the earth close, as well as to promote an early emission of
root-fibres, and repeating the waterings occasionally in dry weather:
the slips in general soon emit fibres, and shoot freely at top; when
they have a tendency to spindle up .with, slender shoots, or run up to
flower, it is proper to top them short, in order to force out laterals
below, to asume a bushy growth : they mostly form tolerably bushy
plants by the autumn, when, or in the spring following, they may
be removed, with balls of earth about their roots, and planted where
they aie to remain, either in four feet beds, or in continued rows, a
foot and half asunder, if designed as a close plantation for use:
those designed for the pleasure-ground should be disposed in the
borders, See. so as to afford variety.
Where there are rooted offsets, they may be slipped off separately
with the fibres to them, either as the plants stand in the ground, or
the bunches of plants taken up and divided into as many separate
418
slips as are furnished with roots, being planted out at once where
they are to remain. . . ,
The plants raised from young slips generally form the strongest
and most bushy plants.
In raising these plants from seed, which is but seldom practised,
it should be sown in April, in a bed of light rich earth, raking it in :
the plants soon come up; and when about two or three inches high,
should be pricked out, the strongest in nursery rows, hail a foot
asunder, to gain strength till the autumn or spring following, and
then planted out with balls where they are to stand.
In the after-culture of this species and varieties, all that is re-
quisite is the keeping them clean from weeds in summer, cutting
down the decayed flower stalks in autumn, and slightly digging
between the rows in the same season, to keep them clean and decent
during the winter, &c. But where this digging is not done in the
autumn it should not be omitted in the spring.
The leaves of the Sage should be gathered with care and atten-
tion, not to cut the tops too close, to render the plants naked and
stubby, especially when late in autumn and winter; m which they
would be more liable to suffer from severe frost than when the head
is preserved somewhat full and regular: besides, in this state the
plants continue longer in a prosperous free growth.
When, in any old plantation, naked, stubby, or decayed parts
occur, they should be cut out, and any straggling irregular growths
reduced to order by occasional pruning in spring or summer, by
which the plants will more readily emit fresh shoots and form full
heads.
Fresh plantations of Sage should be formed as the old ones
decline. .
In continuing them where the ground is much impoverished, a
little dry rotten dung should be pointed in lightly, to give more
vigour to the plants.
Culture in the Clary Kind .— These in the herbaceous kinds are
easily raised from seed, and in the perennial sorts by parting the roots.
The seed should be sown in March, in any bed or border of
common earlh, raking it in; and when the plants have got leaves of
two or three inches growth, they should be planted out in showery
weather, in rows eighteen inches distant, and at the same distance
in the lines: they soon strike root, and grow large, furnishing large
leaves, fit for use in autumn, winter, and the following spring.
The perennial sorts are raised from seed in the same manner,
setting the young plants out in the summer in nursery-rows till
autumn, when they should be planted out into the borders, &c.
The annual sorts may be sown in spring in the borders, in
patches, to remain.
The roots in the perennial kinds may be parted in autumn, or
early in the spring, and planted out where they are to remain.
Culture in the tender Shrubby Kinds . — These are easily increased
by cuttings of the young shoots; they should be planted in pots in
the spring, and plunged in a hot-bed, where they soon emit roots at
bottom and shoots at top, and should be gradually hardened to the
full air: but cuttings planted in summer will often strike without
the aid of a hot-bed when planted either in pots or in a bed of
natural earth, under frames and lights, or covered close with hand-
glasses, and shaded from the mid-day sun, being occasionally
watered.
The young plants should afterwards be potted off separately, and
managed as other shrubby exotics of the green-house.
The last sort requires a warm dry green-house in winter, and to
be very sparingly watered.
Some of the sorts are useful as culinary plants, others for the
purpose of ornament in the borders, &c. and the tender sorts in
green-house collections.
PLATE XLIX.
1. SANGUINARIA CANADENSIS.
CANADA PUCCOON.
This genus contains a plant of the low herbaceous flowering
kind.
It belongs to the class and order Polyandria Monogynia , and ranks
in the natural order of Rhoeadece.
The characters are : that the calyx is a two-leaved perianth,
ovate, concave, shorter than the corolla, caducous : the corolla ha s
eight petals, oblong, blunt, spreading very much, alternately interior
and narrower: the stamina have very many filaments, simple, shorter
than the corolla: anthers simple: the pistillum is an oblong com-
pressed germ: style none: stigma thickish, two-grooved with a streak,
height of the stamens, permanent: the pericarpium is an oblong cap-
sule, ventricose, sharp at both ends, two-valved : the seeds very many,
round, acuminate
The species is *S. Canadensis , Canadian Sanguinaria, Bloodwort,
or Puccoon.
It has a tuberous, thick, fleshy root, placed transversely, with
several slender fibres descending from it, of a reddish saffron colour,
and yielding a juice of the same hue, which is bitter and acrid, and
flows also from the leaves and footstalks when cut. In the spring
the root puts forth slender round smooth stems, palish green or
brownish tinged with purple, each terminated by a little conical
head, which expands into a white flower of eight petals, at first con-
cave, then flat, and finally rolled back so as to be convex, marked
with slender streaks : filaments white, with saffron-coloured anthers,
hen the flowers are about expanding, a single leaf comes out upon
V' nt <* x." r r ^ ^
0^_'V V V-
-Put rd' ^ ^ ^ JfZ’it* & to&arsky FkctSM
Canada Futw on .
, . n E?urj\ft by FSiin/cm
2 r [aj'i/raga craft ift/ta
( ca/ leaved Jaa'/frat/c
421
each flower-stalk, at first small, compressed, and protecting the flower
with its foot-stalk; but afterwards becoming larger, and unfolding
into lobes, like those of the fig, which are thickish, smooth, internally
of a deep glaucous green, externally of a whitish glaucous colour
with frequent veins, most conspicuous on the outside; on petioles
which are flat and slightly grooved on the inside, and convex on the
outside. Three or four flower-stems arise from each root, and are
surrounded at the base by oblong, membranaceous, tender, striated
scales: the root, leaves, and flowers have no smell. It is a native of
America, and flowers here in the beginning April.
There are varieties with single flowers, with semi-double flowers,
and full flowers.
Culture. I his plant is readily increased by parting the roots,
and planting them out in the borders or other places where they
are to remain, in the autumnal season, when the leaves and stems
decay.
They should have a loose soil, with a mixture of bog earth and
rotten leaves, and sheltered situation, not too much exposed to the
sun : the roots should not be parted oftener than every two years.
They afford variety in the borders, clumps, and other parts among
other low-growing bulbous-rooted plants.
2. SAXIFRAGA CRASSIFOLIA.
OVAL-LEAVED SAXIFRAGE.
'1 ms genus contains plants of the low hardy herbaceous peren-
nial kind.
It belongs to the class and order Decandria Digynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Succulent#.
The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed perianth, five-
parted, short, acute, permanent : the corolla has five petals, spread-
422
ing, narrow at the base: the stamina have ten awl-shaped filaments:
anlhers roundish: the pistillum is a roundish acuminate germ, end-
ing in two short styles: stigmas blunt: the pericarpium is a subovate
two-beaked capsule, two-celled, opening between the points : the
seeds numerous, minute.
The species mostly cultivated are : 1. S. Cotyledon, Pyramidal
Saxifrage; 2. S. grant/lata, White Saxifrage; 3. S. crassifolia , Thick-
leaved Saxifrage ; 4. S. umbrosa , London Pride ; .5. S. hypnoules ,
Mossy Saxifrage, or Ladies’ Cushion ; 6. S. sarmentosa, China Saxi-
frage; 7. S. rot undij olia, Round-leaved Saxifrage.
There are other species that may be cultivated.
The first has the panicle very much branched, many-flowered, or
branched a little with few flowers: the petals unspotted or spotted;
and according to Miller, who has made three species of it, the roots
are perennial and fibrous, and the leaves are gathered into circular
heads, embracing each other at the base like the common House-
leek, in some of the sorts tongue-shaped, about two inches long,
and a quarter of an inch broad: the stem about a foot high, pur-
plish, a little hairy, and sending out several horizontal branches the
whole length : the flowers are in small clusters at the end of the
branches; white with several red spots on the inside. But in others
the leaves are smaller. It is a native of the Alps.
It is observed, that when these plants are strong they produce
very large pyrarmds of flowers, which make a fine appearance; and
being kept in the shade, and screened from wind and rain, continue
in beauty a considerable time: they flower in June. There are seve-
ral varieties.
The second species has the root composed of several little grains
or knobs, attached to one main fibre, and throwing out small fibres
from their base: the stem is erect, round, pubescent, leafy, some-
what viscid, branched and panicled at top, of a brown or reddish
hue, with which colour the leaves, See. are also tinged, giving the
whole herb a rich glowing appearance; these parts are also clothed
with the same kind of hairs, especially the calyx, which is very
clammy to the touch : the leaves are somewhat fleshy, lobed, and
V
423
cut; those next the root on long footstalks; those on the stem alter-
nate, subsessile. It is a native of Europe, flowering in May.
It varies with double flowers, in which state it is cultivated as an
ornamental plant.
The third has the root superficial, black, scaly, with the relics of
dead leaves, the thickness of a finger or thumb, round, sending down
filiform fibres from the lower surface: the stems from the axils of the
leaves of the year preceding at the lops of the roots alternate, very
short, almost upright, covered with the sheaths of the leaves, quite
simple, but branched in autumn: the leaves three or four, alternate,
spreading very much, obovate-oblong, crenulate, subretuse, very
smooth, veined, a span long, flat, coriaceous: the petioles shorter
by half than the leaves, roundish, channelled, smooth, with a wide
membrane at the base, of an ovate form, embracing, and in the win-
ter season serving for a gem: the scape or peduncle terminating,
solitary, erect, a span high, the thickness of the little finger, roundish,
very smooth, purplish, almost naked, many -flowered : the panicle con-
tracted, naked, blood-red, composed of pedate racemes : the flow-
ers inferior, drooping, pedicclled : the pedicels short, round, rugged.
It is observed, that “ the stem changes every year into root; that
which flowers one year losing its leaves during the winter, turning
to the ground, becoming black, and putting forth fibres:” and after
the plant has flowered, the stem puts forth branches from the axils
of the leaves, which have the panicle of flowers for the next year
included in their gems.
According to Curtis, the leaves are large, red on the under, and
of a fine shining green on their upper surface, and may be ranked
among the more handsome kinds of foliage : the flowering stems,
according to the richness and moisture of the soil in which they are
planted, rise from one to two or even three feet high; at lop sup-
porting a large bunch of purple pendulous flowers, expanding in
April and May, and, if the season prove favourable, making a fine
appearance. It is a native of Siberia.
It is remarked, that “ there is another Saxifrage in gardens, ex-
ceedingly like this in appearance, but differing, in producing larger
bunches of flowers, and in having larger, rounder, and more heart-
shaped leaves/’
The fourth species has the leaves all radical, aggregate in tufts,
spreading, running down into the petiole, even and quite smooth,
often purple beneath : the scape a span high, erect, red, hairy,
many-flowered, with a few small alternate bractes: the flowers up-
right: the calyx finally reflexed : the petals obovate-lanceolate, white
or flesh-coloured, most beautifully dotted with yellow and dark red:
the germ altogether superior, rose-coloured: the capsule ventricose,
tipped with purple. It is a native of Ireland and England, flower-
ing in June and July. It has the names of None-so-pretty, and
London Pride.
'Phe fifth has long slender fibrous roots, throwing many procum-
bent leafy shoots, Avhich grow matted together, forming thick tufts:
from the common origin of these arises a solitary erect round stem,
bearing two or three straggling linear undivided leaves, and termi-
nating in an upright panicle of a few large white flowers: the leaves
are alternate, linear, acute, pale green, smooth, their edges only
often hairy with soft white woolly threads: the leaves on the shoots
simple and undivided; those at the bottom of the stem all deeply
three-cleft, with the segments divaricate. According to Withering,
the stem, fruitstalks, and calyx are thickly set with short hairs ter-
minated by red globules, and the rest of the plant thinly set with fine
white hairs. It is a native of Britain, flowering in May, and often
again sparingly in July and August.
The sixth species has the root-leaves pelioled, cordate-suborbi-
cular, hairy, crenate, with blunt lobules, oleraceous, having while
veins on the upper surface, beneath liver-coloured : the petioles
roundish, longer than the leaf : the stem herbaceous, round, a foot
and half high, almost leafless, pubescent, as the whole herb is, with
hairs standing out; the whole raceme compound, the partial racemes
drooping at the end before they flower. Branched runners proceed
in abundance from the axils of the root-leaves, terminating in root-
ing off-sets: three of the petals are smaller, whitish stained with red;
two larger, white. It is observed, that “ its round variegated leaves,
\
425
and strawberry-like runners, with the uncommon magnitude of the
two lower pendent petals, joined to the very conspicuous glandular
nectary, in the center of the flower, half surrounding the germ, render
it strikingly distinct. It is a native of China and Japan, flowering
in June and July.
The seventh has the lower leaves almost round, on long footstalks,
deeply divided, hairy and green above, pale beneath: the stems
erect, about a foot high, channelled and hairy, with kidney-shaped
leaves: the stem puts out a few slender footstalks from the upper
pai t, which, together with the stem itself, are terminated by small
clusters of flowers, white spotted with red. It is a beautiful plant, and
a native of Switzerland, &c.
Culture . — The first sort may be readily increased by planting off-
sets taken from the sides of the old plants in small pots filled with
fresh light earth, placing them in the shade during the summer, but
letting them be exposed to the influence of the sun in winter: all the
off-sets should be taken off, as by that means they will flower much
stronger: the young plants afford flowers the second year.
The second sort may likewise be increased in the same way*
which should be planted out where they are to remain in July, when
the stems decay, in fresh undunged earth, giving them a shady situa-
tion till winter: they should be set out in large tufts, and when in
the open ground have a shady place assigned them.
The third sort may be increased with little trouble by parting the
roots, and planting them out in the spring or autumn in the open
ground, or in pots in the former situation, being protected in severe
weather, and in the latter removed to the green-house or a garden
frame.
The fourth may also be raised by off-sets in the same way, a
shady situation being chosen.
The fifth sort is easily increased by planting its trailing rooted
branches in the autumn where they are to remain: it should have a
moist soil and shaded situation.
The sixth may be readily raised by the runners, which may be
3 I
426
planted in pots to be placed in the green-house, though it will bear
the open air in mild winters in a warm sheltered situation.
The last may be increased by parting the roots and planting them
out in the early autumn: it should have a moist shady situation, with
a rather stiff loamy soil.
They all afford ornament and variety in the clumps, borders, and
other parts of pleasure-grounds; except the sixth, which must have
a place in the green-house collection.
PLATE L.
1. SYRINGA VULGARIS.
LILAC.
This genus contains plants of the deciduous flowering shrubby
kind.
It belongs to the class and order Diandria Monogynia , and ranks in
the natural order of Sepiaritz.
The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed perianth, tubu-
lar, small: mouth four-toothed, erect, permanent: the corolla one-
petalled, funnel-form : tube cylindric, very long: border four-parted,
spreading and rolled back: segments linear, obtuse: the stamina
have two filaments, very short: anthers small, within the tube of the
corolla: the pistillum is an oblong germ: style filiform, length of the
stamens: stigma bifid, thickish: the pericarpium is an oblong cap-
sule, compressed, acuminate, two-celled, two-valved : valves con-
trary to the partition: the seeds solitary, oblong, compressed, acu-
minate at both ends, with a membranaceous edge.
The species cultivated are: 1. S. vulgaris , Common Lilac: 2. 5.
Persica, Persian Lilac.
The first is a shrub, which grows to the height of eighteen or
twenty feet in good ground, and divides into many branches; those
of the White sort grow more erect than the Blue; and the Purple or
Scotch Lilac has its branches yet more diffused. The branches of
the White are covered with a smooth bark of a gray colour; in the
other two it is darker; the leaves of the White are of a brighter
green; they are heart-shaped in all, almost five inches long, and three
inches and a half broad near the base, placed opposite, on foot-
428
stalks an inch and half in length. The buds of the future shoots,
which are very turgid before the leaves fall, are of a very bright green
in the White sort, but those of the other two are dark green. The
flowers are always produced at the ends of the shoots of the former
year; and below the flowers other shoots come out to succeed them;
as that part upon which the flowers stand decays down to the
shoots below every winter. There are generally two bunches or
panicles of flow r ers joined at the end of each shoot; those of the Blue
are the smallest, the flowers also are smaller, and placed thinner than
either of the others; the bunches on the White are larger, but those
of the Scotch are larger still, and the flowers fairer; it of course makes
the best appearance: the panicles of flowers grow erect, and, being
intermixed with the bright green leaves, have a fine effect, which
with the fragrancy of the flowers, renders it one of the most beauti-
ful shrubs of the garden; the flowers appear early in May, or to-
wards the end of April, and when the season is cool continue three
weeks; but in hot seasons soon fade. It is supposed a native of
Persia.
f
There are several varieties: as with white flowers, with blue flow-
ers, with purple flowers, or Scotch Lilac.
The second species is a shrub of much lower growth than the com-
mon sort, seldom rising more than five or six feet high : the stems are
covered with a smooth brown bark: the branches are slender, plia-
ble, extend wide on every side, and frequently bend down where
they are not supported : the leaves two inches and a half long, and
three fourths of an inch broad, of a deep green colour: the flowers
in large panicles at the end of the former year’s shoots, as in the for-
mer; of a pale blue colour, and having a very agreeable odour.
They appear at the end of May, soon after those of the common
sort, and continue longer in beauty, but do not perfect their seeds
in this climate.
There are several varieties : as the common purple-flowered, white-
flowered, blue-flowered, and the laciniated or cut-leaved.
Culture . — These plants are mostly raised by suckers or layers, and
I
42.9
sometimes by seeds. The suckers should be taken off in the autumn
or spring, with root-fibres to them, and be planted out either in
nursery-rows, to remain a year or two, or where they are to remain.
The layeis may be made from the young pliant shoots, and be laid
down in the autumn, in the usual way, when in the autumn following
they may be taken off and planted out, as in the suckers. The first
soi t may likewise be raised from seeds sown in a bed of common
earth, in the autumn or spring, keeping the plants clean when they
come up. i hey aflord variety in the large borders and other parts
of shrubberies.
2. SARRACENA FLAVA.
YELLOW SARRACENA.
This genus contains plants of the herbaceous perennial kind.
It belongs to the class and order Polyandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Succulenta.
The characters are: that the calyx is a double perianth; lower
three-leaved : leaflets ovate, very small, deciduous ; upper five-
leaved; leaflets subovate, very large, coloured, deciduous: the corolla
has five ovate petals, bent in, covering the stamens: claws ovate-
oblong, straight: the stamina have numerous small filaments: anthers
simple: the pistillum is a roundish germ : style cylindrical, very
short: stigma clypeate, peltate, five-cornered, covering the stamens,
permanent: the pericarpium is a roundish five-celled capsule: the
seeds numerous, roundish, acuminate, small.
The species are: 1. S. Jiava, Yellow Side-saddle Flower; 2. S.
purpurea , Purple Side-saddle Flower.
The first has the leaves near three feet high, small at the bottom,
but widening gradually to the top; they are hollow, and arched over
450
at the mouth like a friar’s cowl: the flowers grow on naked pedicels,
rising from the root to the height of three feet, and are of a green
colour. It is a native of Carolina, Virginia, &c. flowering in June
and July.
The second species has a strong fibrous root, which strikes deep
into the soft earth, from which arise five, six, or seven leaves, in pro-
portion to the strength of the plant; these are about five or six
inches long, hollow like a pitcher, narrow at their base, but swell
out large at the top; their outer sides are rounded, but on their inner
side they are a little compressed, and have a broad leafy border
running longitudinally the whole length of the tube; and to the
rounded part of the leaf there is on the top a large appendage or ear
standing erect, of a brownish colour; this surrounds the outside of
the leaves about two thirds of the top, it is eared at both ends,
and waved round the border : from the centre of the root, between
the leaves, arises a strong, round, naked footstalk, about a foot
high, sustaining one nodding flower at the top : the leaflets of the
upper calyx are obtuse, and bent over the corolla, so as to cover
the inside of it; they are of a purple colour on the outside, but green
within, only having purple edges: the petals are of a purple colour,
and hollowed like a spoon. It is a native of most parts of North
America, in boggy situations.
Culture . — As these plants grow naturally in soft boggy situations,
they are raised with difficulty here. The best mode is to procure
them from the places of their natural growth, and to have them
taken up with large balls of earth to their roots, and planted in tubs
of earth; they should be constantly watered during their passage,
otherwise they decay before they arrive: as there is little probabi-
lity of raising these plants from seeds, so as to produce flowers in
many years, if the seeds should even grow, young plants should be
taken up for this purpose, as they are more likely to stand than
those which have flowered two or three times. When the plants
are brought over, they should be planted into pretty large pots,
which should be filled with soft spongy earth, mixed with rotten
431
»
wood, moss, and turf, which is very like the natural soil in which
they grow. These pots should be put into tubs or large pans
which will hold water, with which they must be constantly sup-
plied, and placed in a shady situation in summer; but in winter
be covered with moss, or sheltered under a frame, otherwise they
will not live in this climate ; having free air admitted in mild
open weather.
*
PLATE LI.
1. SCABIOSA ATROPURPUREA.
SWEET SCABIOUS.
This genus contains plants of the herbaceous, annual, biennial,
perennial, and shrubby kinds.
It belongs to the class and order Tetrandria Monogynia , and ranks
in the natural order of Aggregate.
The characters are: that the calyx is a common perianth, many-
flowered, spreading, many-leaved: leaflets in various rows surround-
ing the receptacle, and placed upon it, the inner ones gradually
less: proper perianth double, both superior; outer shorter, mem-
branaceous, plaited, permanent; inner five-parted, with the segments
subulate-capillaceous: the corolla universal equal, often from un-
equal ones: proper one-petalled, tubular, four or five-cleft, equal or
unequal: the stamina have four filaments, subulate-capillary, weak:
anthers oblong, incumbent: the pistillum is an inferior germ, in-
volved in its proper sheath as in a calycle: style filiform, length of
the corolla: stigma obtuse, obliquely emarginate: there is no peri-
carpium: the seeds solitary, ovate-oblong, involute, crowned vari-
ously with proper calyxes: the receptacles common convex, chaffy,
or naked.
The species mostly cultivated are: 1 . S. alpina , Alpine Scabious;
2. S. leucantha , Snowy Scabious; 3. S. succisa, Devil’s-bit Scabious;
4. S. integrifolia, Red-flowered Annual Scabious; 5. S. tatarica, Giant
Scabious; 6. S, gramuntia, Cut-leaved Scabious; 7- S. stellata, Starry
Scabious; 8. S. atropurpurea, Sweet Scabious; 9- S. argent ea. Silvery
Scabious; 10. S. gramimfolia , Grass-leaved Scabious; 11. S.Africana ,
African Scabious; 12. S. Cretica, Cretan Scabious.
'N‘ )
■■ * ' -■ ' V V * r v \ t; k: r r; V c; r r 01-OL:C£: x.X:
ri 5 i
la i ntcJ by JyJ Edwa rju Z crukn Tubb/hed Oct 1 “ISOS, by &Kea rrleyJTett Street
< icaiiOxTei alropu rpureez J/'i//*
J n ret Sea it ous
1/ '*)/** , < y/ />" " u hzht
ne(f-ff 4 >wene<i r Sytu 7 S
Jlrujra ved by Z Sanfcvt
The first has a perennial root, composed of many strong fibres
which run deep in the ground: the stems several, strong, chan-
nelled, upwards of four feet high: the leaflets four or five pairs,
unequal in size and irregularly placed, ending in acute points: the
flowers are on naked peduncles, at the ends of the branches, of a
whitish yellow colour, appearing at the end of June. It is a native
of the Alps of Switzerland, &c.
The second species has a perennial root: the lower leaves almost
entire, serrate: stem stiff, two feet high, bifid at top, spreading; in
the division arises a naked peduncle, which, as also the divisions,
are each terminated by a single flower, composed of many white
florets. It is a native of the south of France, &c.
The third has also a perennial, oblong, blackish root, near the
thickness of the little finger, often growing obliquely, stumped at the
lower end so as to appear as if bitten off, whence its trivial name,
and furnished with long whitish fibres: the stem from a foot to
eighteen inches in height, upright, branched at top, round, rough
with hair, and often of a reddish colour: the branches are lengthened
out, and each bears one flower: the root-leaves are ovate, quite en-
tire, blunter than the others; the stem-leaves lanceolate, the lower
ones remotely toothed, but the upper ones entire; all dark-green,
rather coriaceous, harsh and hairy: the flowers in nearly globular
heads. It is a native of Europe, flowering from August to the end
of October.
The fourth species has an annual root: the stem is not hispid:
the branches patulous: the root-leaves like those of the Daisy, ovate,
bluntish, rugged, more acutely serrate; stem-leaves few; branch-
leaves lanceolate, embracing, ciliate at the base, seldom toothed or
pinnatifid, very long. It is a native of Germany, flowering from
June to August.
The fifth rises with a strong branching stalk four or five feet high,
closely armed with stiff prickly hairs; lower hail's spear-shaped,
about seven inches long, and near four broad in the middle, deeply
cut on the sides; the stem-leaves more entire, some of them sharply
434
serrate; those at the top linear and entire: the flowers from the sides
and at the top of the stalks, white, and each silting in a bristly
calyx: the root is biennial. It is a native of Tartary, &c.
The sixth species has the root-leaves villose, ash-coloured, deeply
pinnatifid; with the pinnules blunt, distinct, the lower ones linear
and entire, the upper gradually wider, blunt, gash-toothed: the
stem-leaves bipinnate, with the leaflets linear, narrow, unequal,
scarcely pubescent: the stem afoot and half in height: it flowers
very late, even in November, and is perennial. It is a native of the
south of France, &c.
The seventh is annual, the stems three feet high, hairy: the
leaves oblong, deeply notched; the upper ones cut almost to the
midrib into fine segments: the flowers on long peduncles: the re-
ceptacles are globular: the florets large, spreading open like a star,
of a pale purple colour. It is a native of Spain and Barbary,
flowering in July and August.
It varies with different jagged leaves, and will} red and white
flowers..
The eighth species has a fibrous annual biennial root, crowned
with a large tuft of oblong leaves, variously jagged and cut on the
edges: the stems upright, numerously branched on every side, three
feet high or more: the calyx is twelve-leaved, recurved, linear, the
length of the corolla: the flower very dark purple, with white an-
thers: the fruit ovate: the receptacle subulate, with bristle-shaped
chaffs. It flowers from June to October: the flowers are very
sweet, and there is a great variety in their colour, some being of a
purple approaching to black, others of a pale purple, some red and
others variegated. It also varies in the leaves, some being finer cut
than others: and sometimes from the side of the calyx come out
many slender peduncles sustaining small flowers, like the (proliferous
or) Ilen-and-chicken Daisy.
The ninth is a low perennial plant, with a branching stalk
spreading wide on every side; the leaves are of a silvery colour;
the flowers are small, pale, and have no scent: the stem has white
435
hairs thinly scattered over it: the root-leaves are somewhat toothed:
stem-leaves undivided, and ciliate towards the base. It is a native
of the Levant, flowering from June to October.
The tenth species has a perennial root, from which arise three or
four stalks, the lower parts of which have linear leaves about four
inches long, and the eighth of an inch broad, of a silvery colour,
ending in acute points: the upper part of the stalk is naked for six
or seven inches in length, and sustains at the top one pale-blue
flower. It is a native of the mountains of Dauphine flowering in
July.
The eleventh has a weak shrubby stalk, which divides into several
branches, and rises about five feet high : the leaves arc ovate-lanceo-
late, three inches long, and an inch and half broad, deeply crenate,
of a light green, and a little hairy: the peduncle terminating, sus-
taining one pale flesh-coloured flower. It is a native of Africa,
flowering from July to October: it varies in the leaves. The variety
with the leaves finely cut, has, according to Miller, the stalks hairy,
and dividing into several branches: the bottom leaves are lanceo-
late crenate and entire; but those on the upper part of the stalk are
bipinnate: the flowers are produced on long naked footstalks from
the end of the branches; are of a pale flesh-colour and large, but
no scent.
The twelfth rises with a shrubby stalk three feet high, and divides
into several woody knotty branches: the leaves are narrow, silvery,
entire, four inches long, and a quarter of an inch broad: the flowers
stand upon very long naked peduncles at the end of the branches,
and are of a fine blue colour. It is a native of Candia and Sicily.
According to Miller, the plant from Candia has shorter and much
broader leaves, and not so white as those of the Sicilian ; the flowers
are not so large, and are of a pale purple colour.
Culture . — All the annual and biennial sorts may be increased by
seed, which should be sown in a bed or border of common mould,
or in pots to be forwarded in the hot-bed in *the early spring
months; but the biennial sort is better sown in the latter end of the
summer, as about August, as they flower stronger and more fully
J
436
the following summer. Some may however be sown at both
seasons.
When the plants have attained some growth, in the spring-sown
sort, they should be pricked out in the places where they are to
grow, on beds, to be afterwards removed: and in the autumn-sown
sorts into nursery-rows, six or eight inches apart, to be removed into
the places where they are to remain, with balls about their roots, in
the following spring, being duly watered and kept free from weeds.
The starry sort is best sown in patches in the borders or clumps
where the plants are to flower.
The herbaceous perennial kinds may be readily increased by
sowing the seeds in a bed or border of good light earth, in the spring
season, the plants being planted out when they have attained a little
growth where they are to grow: they are also capable of being
raised by parting the roots and planting them out where they are to
grow in the autumn.
The shrubby kinds may be readily raised by planting slips or
cuttings of the young branches in the spring or summer season, in
the former season in pots, and plunged in a moderate hot-bed, or
under a glass frame; but in the latter, in the open ground, being
well shaded and watered. They soon become tolerably well rooted,
and in the autumn may be potted off into separate pots filled with
light loamy earth, and managed in the same manner as other exotic
green-house plants during the winter.
The annual and perennial sorts afford ornament and variety
among other plants of the flower kind in the borders, &c. and the
shrubby kinds produce variety in green-house collections.
437
2. SCILLA CAMPANULATA.
BELL-FLOWERED SQUILL.
This genus contains plants of the hardy, bulbous-rooted, peren-
nial kind.
It belongs to the class and order Hexandria Monogynia , and ranks
in the natural order of Coronaria.
1 he characters are: that there is no calyx; the corolla has six
ovate petals, spreading very much, deciduous; the stamina have six
awl-shaped filaments, shorter by half than the corolla: anthers
oblong, incumbent: the pistillum is a roundish germ: style simple,
length of the stamens, deciduous: stigma simple: the pericarpium
is a subovate capsule, smooth, three-grooved, three-celled, three-
valved : the seeds many, roundish.
The species are: 1. S. maritima, Officinal Squill; 2. S. Lilio -
Hyacinthus, Lily-rooted Squill; 3. S. Ita/ica, Italian Squill; 4. S.
Peruviana , Peruvian Squill; 5. S. amoena, Nodding Squill; 6 . S. cam-
panulata, Spanish Squill; 7. S. autumnalis , Autumnal Squill.
The first has a very large root, somewhat pear-shaped, composed
of many coats as in the Onion, and having several fibres coming
out at the bottom, and striking deep in the ground. From the
middle of the root arise several shining leaves, a foot long, and two
inches broad at their base, lessening all the way to the top, where
they end in points; they continue green all the winter, and decay in
the spring: then the flower-stalk comes out, rising two feet high,
naked about half way, and terminated by a pyramidal thyrse of
flowers, which are white. It is a native of Spain, Portugal, &c.
flowering here in April and May.
There are varieties with a red, and with a white root.
The second species has a scaly root like the Lily; it is oblong
4S8
and yellow, very like that of Martagon: the leaves are shaped like
those of the White Lily, but are smaller: the stalk is slender, and
rises a foot high ; it is terminated by blue flowers, which appear in
June. It is a native of Spain, Portugal, &c.
The third has a roundish solid bulb, like that of the hyacinth:
the leaves come out sparsedly, and are very like those of the English
hare-bells: the stem seven or eight inches high, terminated by
clustered flowers of a pale blue colour; at first disposed in a sort of
umbel or depressed spike, but afterwards drawing up to a point and
forming a conical corymb.
The fourth species has a large solid root, raised a little pyramidal
in the middle, covered with a brown coat, from this come out before
winter five or seven leaves, six or eight inches long, of a lucid green,
keeled, and spreading almost flat on the ground: from the centre of
these come out one, two, or three scapes, thick, succulent, six or
eight inches high, terminated by a conical corymb of flowers, upon
pretty long pedicels.
There are varieties with a deep blue, and with a white flower; it
is often known by the name of Hyacinth of Peru. It is a native of
Spain, Portugal, and Barbary.
The fifth has a large solid purplish root, from which come out
five or six leaves, lying on the ground, above a foot long, and an
inch broad, keeled, channelled, and of a lucid green; from among
these arise two, three, or four purplish stalks, eight or nine inches
high, sustaining towards the top five or six flowers, which come out
singly from the side; they are of a violet-blue colour, and appear in
April. It is a native of the Levant.
In the sixth species the bulb is oblong, white, whence come out
five or six leaves a foot long, and half an inch broad, of a lucid
green, and a little keeled : scape nine or ten inches high, firm, and
sustaining many flowers at the top, disposed in a loose panicle, each
on a pretty long pedicel which is erect, but the flower itself nods:
the corolla is of a deep blue-violet colour. It is a native of Spain
and Portugal, flow r ering in May.
The seventh has the bulb ovate-roundish, coated, whitish: the
439
leaves numerous, much shorter than the scape, two or three inches
long, linear, obtuse, channelled, spreading, scape from three or four
to six inches in height, round, upright, striated, below whitish green,
above purplish, appearing villose when magnified. Sometimes there
is a second scape: the flowers six, ten, or even twenty in a corymb,
which is soon lengthened out into a raceme. It is a native of
France, Spain, &c.
It is observed, that “ most old writers distinguish a larger and a
smaller sort; but these differ merely in size: and some have noticed
a variety with white flowers.”
Culture . — These plants may be increased by offsets from the
roots, and by seeds, but the first is the better mode.
The offsets may be taken off* every other year, and be planted
out at the time the leaves and stems decay.
The seed should be sown in the autumn, on light mould, in
shallow boxes or pans, in the same manner as the Hyacinth, the
same circumstances being attended to in the culture. The plants
are long in flowering in this way, except in the last species, which
should have a dry loamy soil.
The first sort, as being a native of the sea-shores, cannot be well
propagated in other situations, as the plants are apt to be destroyed
by the frosts in winter, and to grow indifferently in the summer
season from the want of salt water.
They afford variety in the beds and borders of pleasure-grounds.
PLATE LII.
1. SEDUM ANACAMPSEROS.
EVERGREEN ORPINE.
This genus contains plants of the hardy herbaceous succulent
kind.
It belongs to the class and order Decandria Pentagynia , and
ranks in the natural order of Succulents.
The characters are : that the calyx is a five-cleft perianth, acute,
erect, permanent: the corolla has five petals, lanceolate, acuminate,
flat, spreading: nectaries five; each a very small emarginate
scale, inserted into each germ at the base on the outside: the
stamina have ten awl-shaped filaments, length of the corolla: an-
thers roundish: the pistil lum has five oblong germs, ending in
more slender styles: stigmas obtuse: the pericarpium five capsules,
spreading, acuminate, compressed, emarginate towards the base,
opening on the inside longitudinally by a suture : the seeds nume-
rous, very small.
The species cultivated are 1 . S. Telephium , Orpine Stonecrop;
2. S. Anacampseros, Evergreen Orpine; 3. S. Aizoon, Yellow Stone-
crop; 4. S. populifolium, Poplar-leaved Stonecrop; 5. S. stellatum,
Starry Stonecrop ; 6. S. Cepsa, Purslane-leaved Stonecrop ; 7- S,
dasyphyllum , Thick-leaved Stonecrop; 8. S. rejiexum , Yellow Stone-
crop; 9 . S. rupestre, Rock Stonecrop; 10. 5. Hispanicum, Spanish
Stonecrop; 11 . S. album, White Stonecrop; 12. S. acre, Biting
Stonecrop, or Wall Pepper; 13. S. sexangulare, Insipid Stonecrop;
14. S. Anglicum, English or Mild White Stonecrop; 15. S. annuum,
Annual Stonecrop.
The first has a perennial tuberous root: the stems from one to
two feet high and upwards, upright, simple or unbranched, leafy,
round, smooth, solid, reddish and often dotted with red: the leaves
almost covering the stem, sessile, ovate, fleshy, tooth-serrate, smooth
and even, of a blueish-green colour: the corymbs terminating,
many-flowered, close or heaped together: the flowers deep purple,
very rarely white in this climate, though that seems to be the most
common colour in some foreign countries. It is a native of
Portugal.
©
There are several varieties, as with purple flowers, with white
flowers, with broad leaves, and the Greater Orpine.
T he second species has fibrous perennial roots: the stems trailing:
the leaves standing alternate round the steins, almost an inch loner
and half an inch broad: the flowers in a compact corym, sitting
close on the top of the stem: they are star-shaped, of a purple
colour, and appear in July. It is an evergreen; and a native of
Germany.
The third has a perennial root, composed of many thick fleshy
fibres, from which come out several stalks rising near a foot high :
the leaves are alternate on every side, thick, two inches and a half
long, and three quarters of an inch broad, and slightly serrate: the
flowers bright yellow. It is a native of Siberia, flowering from Julv
to September.
The fourth species has the leaves cordate, thick and fleshy: the
stem herbaceous, branched, erect, patulous, even, a foot high.' the
leaves alternate, remote, only at the ramifications, blunt, flesh v,
smooth. When it grows in an open situation, exposed to the sun[
the leaves and stalks become of a bright red colour. It is a native
of Siberia, and the only hardy Sedum cultivated with us that has a
shrubby stalk . the leaves are deciduous. It flowers in July and
August, and is proper for a rock plant.
I he fifth is a low annual plant: the stalks rise three inches high,
dividing at top into two or three parts: the flowers come out singly
from the side of the stalk; are white, star-pointed, and succeeded °bv
star-pointed rough capsules. It is a native of Germany, &c.
1 lie sixth species has also an annual root: the stalks six or seven
inches high, dividing into smaller branches, which sustain small
white flowers, growing in large panicles.. It is a native of Germany,
France, See.
There is a variety which has the stem more erect, and the lower
leaves in threes or fours, the next opposite, and the uppermost
alternate.
The seventh has a perennial (biennial) root, composed of small
while fibres: the stems numerous, weak, prostrate and creeping,
about three inches long or somewhat more, branched, in tufts,
round, weak, clammy, leafy: the flowering branches erect: the
leaves mostly opposite, closely imbricate, sessile, very thick and
fleshy, broader than long, convex on the lower, nearly plane on the
upper surface, glaucous often with a tinge of purple; doited and
sometimes having a net of red veins: on the flowering branches
they are alternate. It is a native of many parts of Fiiirope, as
France, &c.
When introduced into a garden, it propagates itself freely upon
w'alls, in waste places, and about garden pots; and no plant is
better adapted to the purpose of decorating rock-work, as it grows
without any trouble, in any aspect, multiplying very much by young
shoots, and always looks beautiful.
The eighth species has also a perennial root: the stems round,
leafy, branched at the base, often hanging down, erect at the top:
the leaves scattered, alternate, adnate-sessile, loose at the base, and
produced, erect above, compressed, acuminate, extremely succulent,
smooth, rather glaucous, frequently tinged with red; the lower ones
turned back; when old they easily fall off: the flowers are in a ter-
minating subeymed panicle, with many-flowered branches, for the
most part recurved : the flowers erect, bright yellow. It is a native
of Europe, and is common here on walls and thatched roofs, and
rocks in the northern counties, flowering in July.
The ninth is a little smaller than the eighth: the leaves closely
imbricate (before flowering) in five or six rows, glaucous, flatted a
little, acuminate; on the flowering stem somewhat remote, as in that
sort, all erect, not bent back at the point. According to YV ilhering.
the disposition of the leaves in five or six rows may be best observed
by viewing the plant with the ends of the branches opposed to the
eye: the panicle subeymed, many-flowered, with the branchlets
scarcely reflexed: the flowers of a bright yellow or gold colour, often
six-cleft. It is a native of England and Wales, &c. perennial,
flowering in July.
This, as well as the above, is cultivated in Holland and Germany
to mix with lettuces in salads.
The tenth has a slender, fibrous, perennial root: the stems seve-
lal, a hand high, rec.ining at the base, and then erect, round, tinged
with red: the leaves, on the flowering stems, pale green dotted with
purple, oblong, thickish, round on one side and flat on the other;
towaids the top, under the flowers, more swelling and shorter:
leaves on young plants or barren shoots, in bundles, glaucous, with-
out any purple dots, thinner, from a narrow base widening gradually,
and ending in a blunt point: the stems divide at top into a few
branchlets, forming a sort of umbel, (or rather cyme) bearing sessile,
star-like white flowers, stained with pale purple from a purple
groove running along the petals: these are six, sometimes seven in
number, keeled and cusped. It is a native of Spain and Carinthia,
flowering in July.
I he eleventh species has a perennial, fibrous root: the stems
decumbent at bottom, and there throwing out fibres; flowering stems
upright, from three inches to a span in height, round, leafy, branched,
smooth: the leaves scattered thinly, spreading out horizontally, ses-
sile, cylindrical, very blunt, smooth, fleshy, somewhat glaucous and
generally reddish; panicle terminating, alternately branched, siib-
cymose, many-flowered, smooth. It is a native of Europe, on rocks,
walls and roofs, flowering in July.
It is eaten by some as a pickle.
The twelfth has also a perennial, fibrous root: the stems nume-
rous, growing in tufts, much blanched, decumbent, and creeping at
the base, then upright, three inches high, smooth, round, very leafy:
the leaves closely imbricate, blunt, flatted a little, from upright
spreading, loose at the base: the cymes terminating, solitary, few-
444
flowered: ilie flowers erect, sessile. It is a native of Europe,
flowering in July.
The thirteenth species has the habit of the preceding sort, but
is somewhat larger: the leaves are subcylindrical; not ovate, and
come out mostly by threes in a double row, and hence appear to be
imbricate in six rows; this is most obvious in the young shoots:
they are very spreading, loose at the base, and scarcely gibbous:
the cyme is leafy : the flowers of a golden-yellow colour. It is not
acrid. It is a native of many parts of Europe, flowering at the end
of June.
The fourteenth has an annual, fibrous root: the stems in tufts,
decumbent at the base, smooth, red, leafy: the leaves mostly alter-
nate or nearly opposite, bluntish, somewhat glaucous, produced and
loose at the base: the cymes terminating, solitary, almost leafless,
racemed: the flowers erect, five-cleft. It is a native of Britain and
Norway.
The fifteenth species is also an annual plant, with an erect stalk,
seldom rising above two or three inches high ; the leaves are of a
grayish colour: the flowers are small and white, and grow at the top
of the stalk, in a reflexed spike. It is a native of the North of
Europe.
Culture . — These plants are all raised without much difficulty, by
proper care and attention to have the soil dry and of the poor sandy-
kind.
Culture in the Orpine sorts .—' These may all be readily increased
by planting cuttings, during the summer months, in light mould in a
shady situation, or in pots placed in similar situations. The plants
in the open ground, as well as those in pots, should be kept clean
from weeds, and be watered frequently when the weather is dry.
They may likewise be raised by parting the roots, and planting
them in a similar manner in the spring or autumn. When the
plants are once well established, they spread rapidly, and require
little or no care.
Culture in the Stonecrop kind . — These are raised without much
trouble, by planting out their trailing stalks in the spring or summer
445
season, which readily take root. They thrive most perfectly on old
walls, buddings, or rock-works. Where cuttings or roots of the
perennial kinds are planted in some soft mud, placed upon such
situations, they quickly take root and spread into the different joints
anc crevices, covering the whole in a very short time.
J he seeds of the annual sorts also, when sown soon after they
become ripe in such situations, soon come up and support them-
selves without further trouble.
Most of the perennial sorts are kept in the nurseries in full
p ants, fit for setting out in the borders, pots, &c. either in the sprint
or flowering the same year, or in the autumn to flower in the follow-
ing year . 1
These plants may be planted out in any dryish light soil, in
jorders, beds, and other places, and in the sides of dry banks, or in
any elevated rubbishy soil, as well as in pots to move to different
parts occasionally; or also some of the evergreen kinds, to introduce
m their pots among winter plants under shelter, to increase the
variety. In most sorts, they may also be introduced as rock plants,
to embellish artificial rock-works, ruins, and other similar places in
pleasure-grounds. The Stonecrops and other low trailing kinds may
also be made to occupy the tops of any low walls, pent-houses,
sheds, or other low buildings.
The twelfth and thirteenth sorts may likewise be disposed in
patches towards the front of borders, & c. as they spread thick and
tufty close to the ground, and flower abundantly; and being planted
in pots, are proper to place in the outside of windows, copings of low
walls, and m balconies, and court yards, in assemblage with other
low fancy plants; they will closely overspread the surface, and
flower profusely as far as they extend.
446
2. SOPHORA TETRAPTERA.
WINGED-PODDED SOPHORA
This genus contains plants of the herbaceous, flowery, perennial,
and shrubby exotic kinds.
It belongs to the class and order Decandria Monogynia , and ranks
in the natural order of Pdpilionacece or Leguminosa.
The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed perianth,
short, bell-shaped, gibbous at the base above : mouth five-
toothed, oblique, obtuse: the corolla papilionaceous, five-pelalled:
standard oblong, gradually wider, straight, refiexed at the sides:
wings two, oblong, appendicled at the base, length of the standard:
keel two-petalled, with the petals conformable to the wings, the
lower margins approximating and boat-shaped: the stamina have
ten filaments, distinct, parallel, awl-shaped, length of the corolla
within the keel: anthers very small, rising: the pistillum is an
oblong germ, cylindrical: style size and situation of the stamens:
stigma obtuse: the pericarpium is a legume very long, slender, one-
celled, knobbed at the seeds: the seeds very many, roundish.
The species cultivated are: 1 . S. tetraptera, Wing-podded So-
phora; 2. S. microphylla, Small-leaved Shrubby Sophora; 3. S. alope-
curoides, Fox-tail Sophora; 4. S. australis, Blue Sophora; 5. S. tinc-
toria, Dyer’s Sophora; 6. S. alba, White Sophora; 7- & tomentosa ,
Downy Sophora; 8 . S. Occident alls, Occidental Sophora; 9- S. japo-
nica. Shining-leaved Sophora; 10. S. capensis, Vetch-leaved Sophora;
11. S. aurea, Golden- flowered Sophora; 12. S. myrtillijolia. Round-
leaved Sophora.
The first is a magnificent tree, displaying its pendulous branches
of large golden flowers in May and June. It is a native of New
Zealand.
r
|
447
The second species is a smooth tree, with small leaves almost
wedge-shaped ; the flowers large and yellow; the legume compressed,
torn lose, flat at the back and belly, keeled at the sides with longitu-
dinal membranes. It is a native of New Zealand, flowering in May
and June.
The third has a perennial creeping root, from which arise several
erect stalks from three to four feet high: the leaves unequally pin-
nate: the flowers pale blue and small, in long axillary spikes stand-
ing erect close to the stalk: they smell sweet. It is a native of the
Levant, flowering in July and August.
The fourth species has a herbaceous stem, most commonly de-
cumbent: the leaves cuneate-oblong, smooth, yellowish green; the
stipules ensiform, longer than the shortest petiole; the flowers are
blue. It is a native of Carolina, flowering in June and July.
The fifth has a perennial root, from which arise several stalks
about a fool and half high, sending out from the bottom a great
number of small branches: the flowers come out towards the end of
the branches in short spikes; are yellow, and appear in July. It is
a native of Barbadoes and Virginia.
The sixth species has the stem even, high, dark purple: the leaves
like those of Laburnum, even, elliptic, smooth on both sides, an inch
and half long: the stipules scarcely any: the raceme a foot long,
pendulous: the flowers white, the size of those of Laburnum. It
flowers in June, and is a native of Virginia and Carolina.
The seventh species has a downy stem, six or seven feet high:
the leaves unequally pinnate, composed of five or six pairs of leaf-
lets : the flowers in short loose axillary spikes, large and yellow, not
unlike those of Spanish Broom, void of scent: the pods larger,
woolly, five or six inches long, having four or five large swellings, in
each of which is a roundish brown seed as big as a pea. It is a
native of Ceylon.
The eighth is a shrub, with a round hoary-pubescent stem, and
round spreading subtomentose branches, six or seven feet in height:
the leaves on alternate, long, spreading, round, hoary petioles, thick-
ened at the base: leaflets opposite, mostly six-paired with an odd
448
oue , entire, flat, hoary, white tomentose beneath, on short round
petioles: the flowers in a sort of spike: the peduncle terminating,
erect, a foot long, simple, round, many-flowered: flowers close,
biggish, ped uncled, yellow. It is a native of the West Indies;
flowers there in Muy and June.
The ninth species has the branches round, even, purplish: the
leaves alternate, unequally pinnate; leaflets subopposile, on very
short petioles, oblong, blunt with a point, quite entire, glaucous
beneath, smooth, spreading an inch long: the flowers on panicled
racemed branchlels, of a white colour. It is a native of Japan.
The tenth is a tender pubescent shrub, when more advanced in
its wild state naked: the leaves alternate, unequally pinnate: leaf-
lets twenty-three, narrow-lanceolate, equal, quite entire, shining
above, subtomentose beneath: the raceme terminating, composed
of white recurved flowers. It is a native of the Cape.
The eleventh species is a shrub the height of a man: the root
has the smell and taste of liquorice: the stem upright, round tuber-
cled, gray: branches alternate, spreading, like the stem: the leaves
alternate, unequally pinnate, spreading, eight inches long: petioles
round on one side, channelled on the other, pubescent: the leaflets
from twelve to fifteen pairs, opposite, on short petioles, those ot the
outmost longer, quite entire, one-nerved, bright green, paler beneath,
spreading very much, flat: the stipules linear, acute, pubescent,
brownish, erect, permanent: the racemes axillary, solitary, pedun-
cled, spreading, bracted, pubescent, four or five inches long: the
flowers alternate, nodding, yellow, eight or nine lines in length, on
round pedicels jointed at the top. It is a native ot Africa, and
flowers there in July.
The twelfth has a shrubby, round, leafy, even stem : the branches
almost upright, tomentose, somewhat angular towards their tops: the
leaves scattered, on short petioles, ten lines long, and four broad,
quite entire, rounded at the end with a reflexed point, grooved above
and keeled beneath, coriaceous. On each side of the petiole an
awl-shaped tomentose stipule, twice as long as the petiole: the
flowers towards the end of the branches from the axils of the leaves,
449
solitary, on peduncles the length of the adjacent leaf, white-totnen-
tose: seldom two-flowered. It is a native of the Cape, flowering
from November to January.
Culture. The first five sorts are hardy, and may be increased by
seeds or parting the roots.
The seeds should be sown in the spring in pots of fine mould,
and when the plants are come up they should be removed into
separate pots, till they have obtained sufficient strength, when they
may be planted out where they are to grow.
I he roots may likewise, in many of the sorts, be parted at the
same season and planted in pots, or where they are to remain.
The first and second sorts may also be raised from cuttings and
layers, planted or laid down at the same season. These, when
planted against a wall, so as to be protected from frost in winter,
succeed very well.
All the other sorts are tender, and require the hot-house or stove.
They are increased by sowing the seed in the early spring, in pots
filled with fine mellow light mould, and plunged in the hot-bed
under glasses, or in the bark-bed. When the plants have advanced
a little in growth, they should be removed into separate pots, filled
with soft loamy mould, being well watered and replunged in the
bark-bed till fresh rooted; being afterwards managed as other exotic
stove plants, but with little water. They likewise sometimes suc-
ceed by layers and cuttings, treated in the same manner.
The first sorts afford variety in the borders and among potted
plants, and the latter in stove collections.
PLATE LI II.
1. SEMPER VIVUM ARACHNOIDEUM.
COBWEB HOUSELEEK.
This genus contains plants of the succulent, hardy, herbaceous,
evergreen, and shrubby perenial kinds.
It belongs to the class and order Dodecandria Pohjginia, (Dode-
cagynia,) and ranks in the natural order of Succulent ce.
The characters are: that the calyx is a six to twelve-parted pe-
rianth, concave, acute, permanent : the corolla has six to twelve
petals, oblong, lanceolate, acute, concave, a little bigger than the
calyx ; the stamina have from six to twelve filaments (or more), su-
bulate-slender : anthers roundish : the pistillum from six to twelve
germs, in a ring, erect; ending in as many spreading styles: stigmas
acute.
The species cultivated are: 1 . S. tectorum, Common Houseleek;
2. S. globiferum. Globular Ilouseleek ; 3. S. aruclmoideum, Cobweb
Houseleek; 4. S. montanum , Mountain Ilouseleek; 5. S. arboreum >
Tree Houseleek; 6. Canariense, Canary Houseleek.
The first has a perennial fibrous root: the root-leaves in form of
a full-blown double-rose, sessile, wedge-shaped or obovate, somewhat
more than an inch long, very fleshy, thick, flat above, a little con-
vex beneath, keeled and whitish, smooth on both sides, the edoes
fringed with hairs and generally tinged with red, pointed, upright
gradually smaller inwards; offsets on long footstalks, globular, the
size of a pigeon’s egg or larger, composed of erect leaves lying over
each other: the flowering-stem upright, from nine inches to a foot
in. height, round, fleshy, pubescent, having alternate, lanceolate,
thinner leaves on it, of a reddish colour, at top branched and form-
451
ing a sort of corymb; the branches spreading and bending back: the
flowers numerous, clustered, upright, pubescent, flesh-coloured, all
growing one way. It is a native of Europe, flowering in July.
The second species has the leaves much narrower, and the heads
furnished with a greater number of them than those of the first sort,
which grow more compact, and are closely set on their edges with
hairs: the offsets are globular, their leaves turning inward at the top,
and lying close over each other; these are thrown off from between
the larger heads, and, falling on the ground, take root, whereby it
propagates very fast: the flower-stalks are smaller, and do not rise
so high as those of the former; and the flowers are of a paler colour.
It is a native of Russia, Austria, &c. flowering in June and July.
The third has much shorter and narrower leaves than the first :
the heads are small and very compact: the leaves are gray, sharp-
pointed, and have slender while threads crossing from one to the
other, intersecting each other in various manners, so as in some mea-
sure to resemble a spider’s web: the flower-stalks about six inches
high, succulent and round, having awl-shaped succulent leaves
placed on them alternately: the upper part divides into two or three
branches, upon each of which is a single row of flowers ranged on
one side; each composed of eight lanceolate petals, of a bright red
colour, with a deep-red line running along the middle; they spread
open in form of a star. It is a native of Switzerland and Italy,
flowering in June and July.
The fourth species greatly resembles the first, but the leaves are
smaller, and have no indentures on their edges: the offsets spread out
from the side of the older heads, and their leaves are more open and
expanded: the flower-stalk is nine or ten inches high, having some
narrow leaves below; the upper part is divided into three or four
branches, closely set with deep red flowers composed of twelve pe-
tals, and twenty-four stamens with purple anthers. It is a native of
Germany, See. flowering in June and July.
The fifth rises with a fleshy smooth stalk eight or ten feet high,
dividing into many branches, which are terminated by round heads
or clusters of leaves lying over each other like the petals of a double
rose, succulent, of a bright green, and having ver} r small indentures
on their edges: the stalks are marked with the vestiges of the fallen
leaves, and have a light brown bark: the flower-stalks rise from the
centre of these heads; and the numerous bright-yellow flowers form a
large pyramidal spike, or thyrse. It is a native of Portugal, &c.
flowers through the winter, commonly from December to March.
The sixth species seldom rises above a foot and a half high, un-
less the plants are drawn up by tender management: the stalk is
thick and rugged, chiefly occasioned by the vestiges of decayed
leaves: at the top is a very large crown of leaves, disposed circularly
like a full-blown rose, large, succulent, soft to the touch, and pliable,
ending in obtuse points which are a little incurved : the flower-stalk
comes out from the centre, and rises near two feet high, branching
out from the bottom, so as to form a regular pyramid of flowers,
which are of an herbaceous colour. It is a native of the Canary
Islands, flowering in June and July.
A variety of this with variegated leaves was obtained from a
branch accidentally broken from a plant of the plain sort, at Bad-
mington, the seat of the Duke of Beaufort.
Culture . — The different herbaceous sorts are all capable of being
increased without difficulty by planting their off-set heads, which
should be slipped with a few root fibres to them, and planted in the
spring season on rubbish rock-works, or other places, or in pots for
variety: and the tender green-house sorts may be raised from cut-
tings of the branches and from seeds ; but the first is the better
method.
The cuttings should be made from the smaller branches in the
early summer months, and be planted out in pots, or a bed of fine
earth, in warm shaded situations: where the cuttings are succulent,
they should be laid in a dry place for a few days to heal over the
cut part; they should be shaded from the sun; and those in pots
lightly watered in dry weather: when they are become well rooted,
they should be carefully removed into separate pots of a middle
size, being placed in the green-house. Some forward these plants by
means of bark hot-beds.
The seeds of the Canary kind should be sown in the autumn or
protecfthl m f P ° tS f m ° Uld ’ Pladng them in a S^den-frame to
p hem from frost, having the air freely admitted in mild wea-
^ P ^ tS arC C ° me Up ’ and have a litt,e strength, they
should be removed into small pots and placed in the green-house.
e first sorts are ornamental on walls, buildings, and rock-works
hoiise plants P ° tS; ^ ^ ^ am ° ng ° ther P ° tted g ree "-
2. STRELITZIA REGINA.
CANNA-LEAVED STRELITZIA.
kinJ IIIS gCnUS affords a pIant of the herbaceous exotic perennial
It belongs to the class and order Pent andria Monogmia, and ranks
in the natural order of Scitaminea.
The characters are: that the calyx is an universal spathe, termi-
nating’ one-leafed, cl > a "neHed, acuminate, from spreading declining
many-flowered, involving the base of the flowem; partial spathes
lanceolate, shorter than the flowers: perianth none: the corolla is
irregular: petals three, lanceolate, acute; the lowest boat-shaped-
the two upper bluntly keeled : nectary three-leaved : the two lower
leaflets a little shorter than the petals, from a broad base awl-shaped
waved at the edge, folded together, including the genitals, towards’
the tip behind augmented with a thick appendix, in form of half an
arrow head; the lowest leaflet short, ovate, compressed, keeled-
the stamina have five filaments, filiform, placed on the recep-
tacle : three in one leaflet of the nectary; two with the style enclosed
in the other leaflet : anthers linear, erect, commonly longer than the
filaments, included: the pistillum is an inferior germ, oblong ob-
tusely three-cornered: style filiform, length of the stamens: stigmas
454
three, awl-shaped, higher than the petals, erect, at the beginning of
flowering lime glued together: the pericarpium is a subcoriaceous
capsule, oblong, obtuse, indistinctly three-cornered, three-celled, thiee-
valved : the seeds numerous, adhering in a double row to the central
receptacle.
The species is S. Regina, Canna-leaved Strelitzia.
It has all the leaves radical, petioled, oblong, quite entire, with
the margin at bottom waved and curled, very smooth, glaucous be-
neath, coriaceous, a foot long, permanent: the petioles somewhat
compressed, three feet long and more, the thickness of the thumb,
sheathing, erect, smooth : the scape the length and thickness of the
petioles, erect, round, covered with alternate, remote, acuminate
sheaths, green with a purple margin : the general spathe a span long,
green on the outside, purple at the edge; partial spathes whitish :
the petals yellow, four inches long : the nectary blue : according to
Curtis, the spathe contains about six or eight flowers, which becom-
ing vertical as they spring forth, form a kind of crest, which the
glowing orange of the corolla, and fine azure of the nectary, render
truly superb. A native of the Cape.
Culture . — These plants are raised from seeds, brought from their
native situation, and sown in pots of good fine mould, plunged in a
hot-bed to get them up; the plants when of some growth should be
removed into separate pots, and be replunged in the tan-pit of the
stove; afterwards, when the plants are large, they should have plenty
of mould, that the roots may be extended into the rotten tan, and in
that way render them more strong for blowing their flowers: it may
likewise sometimes be raised from the roots, when they are suffered
to strike in the above manner ; it is said to succeed best in the dry
stove and conservatory.
It is highly ornamental among stove plants.
P154
Tai ntfJ by ft ,{#,t rr/f
, Sollduuo y/nr/u
Wt/h w le<( Ot'd f f( Id’ H Rod
london JhibU/heJ Mnr 1.MO& />v GKca rxrlcy Fleet Slrttl
oner to etequris y Jynr r/i /////
' Rouble purple urou mlir/ * J/u////jv/
. E turra m/ b v Jf\
/// nreunt
Broom
ww^- wry-wK' v v * ^ • v\%x xr «c *_ x
^$JVL<JZkX Ok
PLATE LIV.
1. SO LI DA GO STRICT A.
WILLOW-LEAVED GOLDEN ROD.
This genus contains plants of the tall, herbaceous, flowering,
perennial kind.
It belongs to the class and order Syngenesia Polygamia Superjlua ,
and ranks in the natural order of Compositce JDiscoidea.
The characters are: that the calyx is oblong, imbricate, common:
scales oblong, narrow, acuminate, straight, converging: the corolla
is compound radiate : corollets hermaphrodite tubular, very many,
in the disk: female ligulate, fewer than ten, (commonly five) in the
ray : proper of the hermaphrodite funnel-form, with a five-cleft, patu-
lous border: — female ligulate, lanceolate, three-toothed: the stamina
in the hermaphrodites: filaments five, capillary, very short: anthers
cylindrical, tubular: the pistillum in the hermaphrodites: germ ob-
long: style filiform, length of the stamens: stigma bifid, spreading: —
in the females: germ oblong: style filiform, length of the hermaphro-
dite: stigmas two, revolute: there is no peri carpi um: calyx scarcely
changed: the seeds in the hermaphrodites solitary, obovate-oblong ;
seed-down capillary: — in the females very like the others: the re-
ceptacle flattish, naked.
The species cultivated arc: 1. S. Virgaurea, Common Golden-rod ;
2. <$. Canadensis , Canadian Golden-rod ; 3. S. altissima. Tall Golden,
rod ; 4. S. Mexicana, Mexican Golden-rod ; 5. &. viminea , Twiggy
Golden-rod ; 6'. S. bicolor. Two-coloured Golden-rod ; 7. S. rigida ,
Hard leaved Golden-rod; 8. S. ccesia, Maryland Golden-rod; 9. S.
jlexicaulis, Crooked-stalked Golden-rod; 10. S. sempervirem , Narrow-
leaved Evergreen Golden-rod.
: il
456
The first has a perennial root, of long simple fibres : the stem
very various in height, from ten inches to three feet, commonly
branching into a panicle, more or less flexuose, never entirely stiff
and straight, leafy, angular, striated, a little downy; at the base
round and often purple : the leaves elliptic-lanceolate, somewhat
rugged, and stiffish ; those next the root wider, on longer petioles,
and more widely serrate; stem-leaves for the most part indistinctly
crenate-serrate, sometimes almost quite entire, varying in size, often
recurved ; the upper ones gradually diminishing into lanceolate
downy bractes: all somewhat hairy, or covered with short stiff down,
paler underneath; footstalks winged: the flowers in terminating and
axillary erect clusters or corymbs, forming a dense leafy pubescent
panicle, which varies extremely as to luxuriance and number of
flowers; in a barren soil and on mountains being shorter, more dense
and less compound. They are of a golden colour. It is a native of
Europe, Siberia, and Japan, flowering from July to September. It
has sometimes the names of Wound-wort and Aaron’s rod.
There are several varieties ; as the purple-stalked broad leaved,
which has the stalks stiff, purplish brown, two feet high: the panicles
axillary and terminating ; each flower on a long slender footstalk,
pale yellow, appearing at the beginning of August: the leaves lan-
ceolate, almost four inches long, and a quarter of an inch broad,
deeply serrate, pale green beneath.
The Common Golden-rod, which has the lower leaves ovate-lan-
ceolate, two inches long and an inch broad, slightly serrate, on pretty
long footstalks: the stems slender, a foot and half high ; with small,
narrow, entire, sessile leaves: the flowers in panicled bunches, clus-
tered together, forming a thick erect spike, appearing in August and
September. The narrow-leaved, which has the stalk round, smooth,
a foot and half high : the leaves narrow-lanceolate, an inch and
quarter long, and an eighth of an inch broad, almost entire, sessile"
the flowers in small clustered branches from the axils, to which they
sit very close ; and the stalk is terminated by a roundish bunch.
The Dwarf Golden-rod, which has the lower leaves indented : the
stalk seldom more than a foot high, branching out almost from the
457
bottom : the branches terminated by short, clustered, erect ' spikes :
the leaves on the stem and branches very narrow, acute-pointed and
entire: lhe Welch Golden-rod, which has the lower leaves narrow-
lanceolate, an inch and halt' long, and a quarter of an inch broad,
smooth, slightly serrate, a little hoary on the underside: the stalk
about six inches high, with the same sort of leaves on it, only smaller:
the flowers in roundish clustered terminating spikes, much larger
than those of the common sort, and appearing five or six weeks ear-
lier in the season.
The second species has the stalks round, smooth, and two feet
high ; the leaves narrow and rough, with three longitudinal veins,
two inches and a half long, and a quarter of an inch broad in the
middle, sessile, ending in acute points, and having sometimes a few
slight serratures: the flowers in a roundish terminating panicle,
the lower spikes of which are reflexed, but those at the top erect
and joined very close. These appear in July. It is a native of
Canada.
The third has the stems numerous, straight, rigid, from three to
four feet and a half high, the thickness of a straw or more at the
base, round, slightly streaked, hirsute, clothed from top to bottom
at short distances with leaves, which are widish, oblong, pointed,
rough, at their upper and lower parts thinly eremite, in the middle
serrate, the serratures minutely crenate; those on the upper branches
not serrate, but only minutely crenate; they are green on both
sides, with a few oblique veins, and are hairy along the nerve and
veins at the back, but without hairs every where else: the flowers
very many, on the upper branches, in long rod-like spikes, some-
what reflexed, having four, five, or six florets in the ray: they appear
in August and September. It is a native of New England, Virginia,
and Carolina.
There are several varieties; as the Tallest Golden-rod — the
Hairy Golden-rod — the Recurved Golden-rod — the Virginia Golden-
rod.
The fourth species has oblique stalks, a foot and half high, smooth,
3 N
453
with a brown bark: the leaves smooth, spear-shaped, entire, three
inches long, and three quarters of an inch broad: the flowers come
out on branching footstalks on the side of the stalks, arc ranged on
one side, and have a few small leaves under the flowers, which appear
at the end of August. It is a native of North America.
The fifth has smooth erect stalks, a foot and half high: the leaves
narrow, smooth, entire, dark green: the flowers in close compact pa-
nicles at the top of the stalk ; spike short, clustered : the flowers
large, bright yellow, appearing in September. It is a native of North
America.
The sixth species has the lower leaves oval, six inches long, and
three broad, ending in acute points, serrate, having several strong
longitudinal veins on long footstalks which have leafy borders or
wings: the stalks a foot and half high, branching out almost from
the bottom, garnished with small, spear-shaped, entire leaves : the
branches grow erect, arc closely furnished with small leaves, and are
terminated by short close spikes of white flowers; or rather, having
a yellow disk and a white ray, in close racemes. It is a native of
North America, flowering in September.
The seventh has the stalks two feet high: the lower leaves ovate,
stiff, smooth and entire, four inches long, and two inches and a half
broad, on footstalks four inches in length ; those on the upper part
of the stalk are spear-shaped, entire, and embrace the stalk half
round : the flowers in loose, spreading, terminating panicles; spikes
short, clustered, bright yellow, appearing in August. It is a native
of New England.
The eighth species has the stalk slender, smooth, a foot and half
high : the leaves narrow-spearshaped, two inches long, and half an
inch broad, indented on their edges, and ending in acute points: the
flowers in a loose terminating panicle, with the spikes closer and
thicker towards the top. It is a native of Maryland, flowering in
September.
The ninth has the lower leaves four inches long, and almost two
broad ; their footstalks two inches long, having a membrane or wing
459
on each side: the stalk rises two feet high; they are slender, smooth,
and of a light purple colour: the leaves ovate-lanceolate, indented,
near two inches long, and three quarters of an inch broad, of a pale
green on their under side: the flowers are produced in short bunches
from the axils almost the whole length; the lower spikes are an
inch long, but the upper ones are almost round : the flowers are of
a brimstone colour, and appear late in August. It is a native of
Canada.
The tenth species is remarkable for its red stalk, higher than a
man, with very smooth and somewhat fleshy leaves, a little rugged at
the edge, continuing the whole winter; it flowers very late, so that
in the Northern countries the frost commonly prevents them from
opening. It is a native of North America.
Culture. Ihese plants are all readily increased by slipping or
putting the roots, and planting them out in the autumn or winter
soon after their stems decay, or very early in the spring before they
begin to shoot ; but the former is the better season, in the places
where they are to grow: they succeed in almost any soil or situation,
and afterwards require only to be kept clean from weeds, and to have
the decayed stems cut down when they begin to decay in the autumn.
When they have increased considerably in the roots, they should
always be slipped as above.
In planting out they require much room, as they spread consi-
derably.
1 hey afford considerable variety and ornament in larger borders
and clumps.
460
2. SENECIO EL EG A NS.
DOUBLE PURPLE GROUNDSEL.
This genus contains plants of the herbaceous, annual, and pe-
rennial kinds.
It belongs to the class and order Syngenesia Polygamia Superjiua ,
and ranks in the natural order of Composite Discoidea.
The characters are: that the calyx is common calycled, conical,
truncate: scales awl-shaped, very many, parallel in a cylinder con-
tracted above, contiguous, equal, fewer covering the base imbricate-
wise, the tops mortised : the corolla compound, higher than the ca-
lyx: corollets hermaphrodite, tubular, numerous in the disk: females
ligulate in the ray, if any present: proper in the hermaphrodites
funnel-form: border reflex, five-cleft : in the females, if any, oblong,
obscurely three-toothed : the stamina in the hermaphrodites, fila-
ments five, capillary, very small: anther cylindric, tubular: the pis-
tillum in both: germ ovate: style filiform, length of the stamens;
stigmas two, oblong, revolute: there is no pericarpium: calyx coni-
cal, converging: the seeds in the hermaphrodites solitary, ovale:
pappus capillary, long; in the females very like the hermaphrodites:
the receptacles naked, flat.
The species cultivated are: 1 . S. liieracifolius , Hieracium-leaved
Groundsel; 2. S. Pseudo-China, Chinese Grounsel; 3. S. ha status,
Spleenwort-leaved Groundsel ; 4. S. elegans , Elegant Groundsel, or
Purple Jacobaea.
The first is an annual plant, with a round, channelled, hairy
stalk, rising three feet high: the flowers in a stale of terminating um-
bel, composed of dirty-white florets. It is a native of North Ame-
rica, flowering in August.
The second species has a perennial root, composed of some thick
fleshy tubers, sending out many fibres on every side; from which
come out some large cut leaves shaped like those of the turnep, but
smooth : the flower-stalk slender, a foot and halt high, sustaining at
the top a few yellow flowers. It is a native of the East Indies.
The third has a herbaceous perennial stalk, branching out at the
bottom, and rising about two feet and a half high ; having narrow
leaves at bottom, seven 01 eight inches long! the upper leaves are
smaller, and embracing; they are very clammy: the upper part of the
stalk divides into several very long peduncles, each sustaining one.
yellow flower. It is a native of the Cape, flowering most part of thtr
summer.
The fourth species is an annual plant, having many herbaceous
branching stalks, near three feet high : the flowers are produced in
bunches on the top of the stalks; are large, the ray of a beautiful
purple colour, and the disk yellow. It is a native of the Cape, flow-
ering from June or July tall the beginning of autumnal frosts.
There are varieties with very double purple, and with equally
double white flowers. The former is now chiefly cultivated.
There are many other species that may be cultivated for
variety.
Culture . — The first and two last sorts are readily increased by
planting cuttings of the branches in pots filled with fine mould in the
summer season, shading them till they have taken root; and, as the
winter approaches, removing them under the protection of the green-
house, where they should remain till May, when they may be planted
out in the borders or clumps.
They may likewise be raised from seed, which should be sown in
the spring inpots, an dp laced in a gentle hot-bed.
The second sort should be more carefully attended, being raised
from off-sets, which should be planted in pots in the spring season,
aqd plunged in the hot-bed of the stove, where the plants should be
constantly kept.
The first and two last sorts afford variety in borders, and among
potted plants; and the second in stove collections.
462
3. S PARTI UM JUNCEUM.
SPANISH BROOM.
Tins genus contains plants of the deciduous and evergreen
kinds.
It belongs to the class and order Diadelphia Decandria and ranks
in the natural order of ' P apilio?iacece or Leguminosa.
The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed perianth, cor-
date-tubular: at the upper edge very short, below towards the tip
marked with five toothlets, coloured, small: the corolla papiliona--
ceous, five-celled : standard obcordate, the whole reflexed, very
large : wings ovate, oblongj shorter than the standard, annexed to
the filaments: keel two-petalled, lanceolate, oblong, longer than the
wings, (the carinal margin connected by hairs,) inserted into the fila-
ments : the stamina have ten connate filaments, adhering to the
germ, unequal, gradually longer ; the uppermost very short; the
lower nine-cleft : anthers oblongish : the pistillum is an oblong germ,
hirsute: style awl-shaped, rising: stigma growing to the upper side
of the top, oblong, villose: the pericarpium is a cylindric legume,
long, obtuse, one-celled, two-valved: the seeds many, globe-kidney
form.
The species cultivated are: 1. S. scoparium, Common Broom;
2. S. junceum , Spanish Broom ; 3. S. radiation. Starry Broom ; 4. S.
monospermum , White-flowered Single-seeded Broom; 5. S. spharocar-
pum, Yellow-flowered Single-seeded Broom; 6. S. Scorpius, Scorpion
Broom; 7- S. angulation, Angular-branched Broom; 8. S. spinosum
Prickly Broom.
The first grows from three to six feet high or more, very much
branched; the branches upright, rushy, evergreen, angular, flexible,
leafy, smooth except the very young ones which are downy ; the
4(53
loaves ternate, small, ovate, acute, downy and edged with soft hairs
bending inwards; the leaf-stalks are also slightly hairy, and flat-
tened : the flowers axillary, solitary or two together, rarely three,
nodding, on round smooth peduncles, furnished on each side with a
very minute stipule, of a fine yellow colour. It is a native of Eu-
rope, flowering in May and June.
There are several varieties, some of which merit a place amon<r
flowering shrubs; as that with a purple calyx, and the flowers strongly
tinged with orange, as well as that which is very hoary.
The second species has the branches smooth, flexible, eight or
ten feet high ; the lower ones have small tooth leaves, at the end of
the shoots of the same year; the flowers are disposed in a loose
spike, are large, yellow, have a strong agreeable odour, appear in
July, and in cool seasons continue in succession till September. It
is a native of all the Southern countries of Europe.
There is a variety with double flowers.
'I’lie third has low stems, with opposite four-cornered branches ;
the leaves opposite, sub-sessile: leaflets sessile, thin, subpubescent :
the petioles extremely short, but permanent, three-cornered, gibbous,
very blunt, thicker than the branchlet to be supported: the flowers
terminating, in threes, sessile. In its natural state it is a low shrub;
when cultivated it becomes much larger, though rarely exceeding
two feet and a half in height, but the branches spread very much
and form a large bush; they are angular and pliable, and always
come out by pairs opposite: the leaves narrow and awl-shaped
placed lound the stalk, spreading out like the points of a star: the
flowers in small spikes at the end of the branches, bright yellow, but
not more than half the size of the second sort, and without scent. It
flowers in June, and is a native of Italy.
I he foui th species has a thick stalk, covered with a rugged bark
when old ; it rises eight or nine feet high, sending out many slender
rush-like branches of a silvery colour, almost taper, which terminate
in very slender bending ends; these have a few narrow spear-shaped
leaves on the lower branches: the flowers are produced in very
short spikes or clusters on the side of the branches : are small and
464
white. It is a native of Spain and Portugal, flowering in June and
July.
The fifth has an upright stem : the branches numerous, slender,
round, smooth, slightly striated, having a few tubercles scattered
over them, below leaflets : the leaves on the younger branchlets
small, lanceolate, deciduous, silky, with very short hairs pressed
close: the flowers small, racemed, each on a very short pedicel. It
is a native of the South of Europe and Barbary, flowering in June
and July.
The sixth species is a shrub wholly covered with alternate spines,
on which the flowers are placed ; this renders it quite inaccessible :
the branches and leaves are striated and ash-coloured, and the latter
are a little villose: the flowers are yellow and rather large. It is a
native of the South of Europe and Barbary, flowering in March and
April.
The seventh has the stalks and branches slender, having a few
trifoliate and single leaves towards the bottom : the branches have
six angies or furrows : the flowers small, of a pale yellow colour,
produced in loose spikes at the ends of the branches, rarely produc-
ing seeds in this climate. It is a native of the Levant.
The eighth species has stalks live or six feet high, sending out,
many flexible branches, armed with long spines: flowers terminat-
ing in clusters, each upon a long pedicel : corolla bright yellow, ap-
pearing in June. It is a native of Italy and Spain.
Culture . — The three first sorts are hardy, but the others more
tender, especially in their young growth.
They are all capable of being raised from seeds, and the double-
blossomed sorts by layers and cuttings. The seeds should be sown
in the early spring, as about April; the hardy sorts in beds of com-
mon earth, either in drills or by bedding in to the depth of an inch :
but in the tender sorts in pots or beds hooped over to protect them
in frosty weather. In the following spring they should be removed
into nursery-rows or larger pots, according to the kinds, shortening
their tap-roots, and setting them out in rows two feet apart, at the
distance of one in the rows, to remain two or three years, when they
465
may be planted out in the shrubbery, or other places: the tender
:>oi ts in pots being removed to the green-house or garden for pro-
tection in winter, being managed as the hardy sorts of plants of this
kind.
The layers should be laid down in the autumn or spring, and
the cuttings may be planted out in the spring or summer, some in
the open ground, and others in pots plunged in the hot-bed to pro-
mote their striking root. They may be managed afterwards as the
other sorts.
This is the only certain mode of preserving the varieties.
I lie hai dy sorts are very ornamental in the borders, clumps, and
other parts, and the tender kinds in greenhouse collections, and among
other more hardy potted plants.
3 O
PLATE LV.
1. SPIRAEA lobata.
LOBE-LEAVED MEADOW SWEET.
This genus contains plants of the shrubby and herbaceous kinds.
It belongs to the class and order Icosandria Pentagynia, and
ranks in the natural order of Pomacea.
The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed five-cleft
perianth, flat at the base, with acute segments; permanent: the
corolla has five petals, inserted into the calyx, oblong-rounded: the
stamina have more than twenty filaments, filiform, shorter than the
corolla, inserted into the calyx: anthers roundish: the pistillum has
five or more germs: styles as many, filiform, length of the stamens:
stigmas headed : the pericarpium is an oblong capsule, acuminate,
compressed, two-valved: the seeds tew, acuminate, small, fastened
to the internal suture.
The species cultivated are : 1. S. salicifolia, Willow-leaved
Spiraea: 2. S. tomentosa. Scarlet Spiraea; 3. S. hypericifolia, Hype-
ricum-leaved Spiraea; 4. S', argentea, Silvery-leaved Spiraea; 5 . S.
chamcedrifolia, Germander-leaved Spiraea; 6. S. crenata, Ilawlhorn-
leaved Spiraea; 7 . S. triloba, Three-iobe-leaved Spiraea; 8. S. opuli-
folia, Currant-leaved Spiraea; 9- S', sorbifolia , Service-leaved Spiraea;
10. S. Aruncus, Goat’s-beard Spiraea; 11. S'. Jilipendula, Common
Dropwort; 12. S. ulmaria , Common Meadow Sweet; 13. S. trijo-
liata, Three-leaved Spiraea.
The first has the stalks very taper, and rough towards the top,
and covered with a reddish bark: the leaves about three inches long,
and an inch broad in the middle, bluntly serrate, and of a bright
green colour. In rich moist ground the stalks rise five or six feet
UtMtUd by Syd Edwards
/ Spirtea lobata
Lobe leaved Meadow
London LuiliftifJ Afnil_LL3fl6. fy GKenrOey Fits'- JW ~
2 JtsrrtnrAtuta iridtoides.
/ n.r /mver/ « ihryriMchium .
« fweel
r)
f
467
high, but in moderate land from three to four; as their whole height
is one year’s growth from the root: they are terminated by spikcs & of
pale red or flesh-coloured flowers. It flowers in June and July; and
in moist seasons there are frequently young shoots from the root
which flower in autumn. It is a native of Siberia.
There are several varieties: as the Flesh-coloured Willow-leaved,
the Alpine Willow-leaved, the Panicled Willow-leaved, and the
Broad Willow-leaved Spiraea.
Fhe second species has the stalks slender, and branching out
neai the ground, with a purple bark covered with a gray meal}''
down: the leaves smaller than those ot the first, downy and veined
on then under side, but ot a bright green above: the branches ter-
minated by a thick raceme ot flowers, branched towards the bottom
into small spikes: the flowers very small, ot a beautiful red colour,
appearing in July, August and September. It is a native of
Pensyl vania.
'Fhe third rises with several slender shrubby stalks five or six
feet high, covered with a dark brown bark, sending out small side
branches the whole length: the leaves small, wedge-shaped, having
many punctures on their surface: the flowers in small sessile umbels,
each on a long slender pedicel, and while: they appear in May and
June; and as the flowers are produced almost the whole length of
he branches, it makes a good appearance during the time of flower-
ing. It is a native of Italy and America.
The fourth species has striated erect branches, with short branch-
lets: the leaves alternale, pelioled, silky-tomentose on both sides:
the racemes longer than the branch lets: the flowers very small, with
villose germs. It is a native of New Granada.
The fifth has abundant shoots, seldom two ells high, the thick-
ness of the finger, wand-like, branched : the wood brittle: the bark
of the shoots yellowish-brown, with prominent dots scattered over it :
the branches alternate, commonly angular, with a testaceous bark
somewhat striated, and in the younger branches covered with a
tender ash-coloured epidermis, which falls off; the annual shoots are
grooved and pubescent: the leaves alternate, softish, pubescent with
468
prostrate hairs, quite entire at the base, but commonly gash-serrate
from the middle to the end, where they are sharp: corymbs at the
top of the stems frequent, many-flowered, terminating the annual
alternate shoots: in gardens and in moist shady places these corymbs
are more elongated; but in a ruder soil most ot the peduncles aie
clustered at the top like an umbel: the flowers biggish, white, having
a weak virose smell, and fugacious. It is a native of Siberia, &c.
It varies very much, with larger or smaller leaves, more 01 less
cut, but more commonly quite entire and ovate-acute.
The sixth species has several stems, scarcely two ells high, very
much branched from the bottom: the branches rod-like, round, with
a testaceous bark cloven longitudinally: the leaves on the younge*
branches and annual shoots alternate, attended with smaller ones in
little bundles, hoary or glaucous, three-nerved, hardish, vaiyingin
form and size; on the luxuriant shoots or branches sometimes ovate-
acute, widish, serrulate from the tip beyond the middle; but com-
monly oblong, bluntish, crenulate, or serrulate towards the tip, or
more commonly quite entire: the corymbs at the ends of the annual
twigs, very abundant, disposed along the branches on one side in
hemispherical clusters: the flowers smallish, white, odoious. It is a
native of Spain, &c. flowering here in April and May.
The seventh has numerous stems, scarcely thicker than a swan s
quill, very much branched, upright, with a gray bark more or less
pale, and somewhat angular, with sharp streaks running down from
the branches: the branches and branchlets alternate, those of the
last year very smooth and yellow, leafy, and terminated by an
umbel: the leaves alternate, on very short petioles, smooth, glaucous,
wide-ovate, retuse, gash-trilobate: they vary even in the garden,
with fewer or more frequent gashes, with the teeth or lobes obtuse
or acute, in breadth, &c.: the umbels very frequent at the ends of
the annual branches: peduncles often more than thirty, besides a
few axillary ones scattered below the umbel: the flowers middle-
sized, white. It is an elegant shrub, and a native of Siberia.
The eighth species rises with many shrubby branching stalks,
eight or ten feet high in good ground, but generally five or six :
they are covered with a loose brown bark which falls off': the leaves
about the size and shape of those of the common currant bush,
ending in acute points, and serrate on their edges: the flowers are
produced in roundish bunches at the end of the branches; are white
with some spots of a pale red. It is a native of Canada and Virginia.
It is commonly known in the nurseries by the name of Virginian
Gelder Rose.
The ninth rises with shrubby stalks like the first, but sends out
horizontal branches, which are slender, and covered with a brown
bark: the leaves are of a thin texture, and a bright green colour on
both sides, slightly and acutely serrate: the flowers in terminating-
panicles, small and white. It is a native of Siberia, flowering in
Angust.
The tenth species has a perennial root: the stem annual, from
three to four feet high: the leaves doubly pinnate; each having three
or four pairs of oblong leaflets terminated by an odd one: they are
two inches long, and almost an inch broad, serrate, and ending in
acute points: the flowers disposed in long slender spikes, formed
into loose terminating panicles; they are small, white, and of two
sexes in the same spike. It is a native of Germany, flowering in
June and July.
The eleventh has a perennial root, consisting of oval tubers or
solid lumps, hanging from the main body by threads, which has
given occasion to its common names, Filipendula and Dropwort.
These tubers enable the herb to resist drought, and render it very
difficult to be eradicated: the stem is erect, from a foot to a foot
and half in height, angular, smooth, leafy, a little branched at top:
the leaves alternate, interruptedly pinnate, serrate, and jagged,
smooth, composed of several pairs of leaflets, all of each set uniform
or nearly corresponding in size; the terminating leaflet three-lobed:
a pair of roundish united indented stipules at the base of each leaf,
embracing the stem: the flowers many in a cymose loose erect
panicle, cream-coloured often tipped with red, or red on the outside.
It is an elegant plant, which in gardens grows very luxuriant, and
has often double flowers. It flowers early in July.
470
The twelfth has a perennial fibrous root: the stems erect, three
or four feet high, angular and furrowed, tinged with red, leafy,
branched in the upper part: the leaves interruptedly pinnate: leaf-
lets very unequal in size, sharply serrate, clothed beneath with white
down, the end one remarkably large and three-lobed: a pair of
rounded serrate stipules are joined to the common leaf- stalk, and
clasp the stem: the flowers white, in a large compound cyme,
the side-branches of which rise much above the central one: it per-
fumes the air with the sweet hawthorn-like scent of its plentiful
blossoms from June to August.
There are varieties with double flowers, and with variegated
leaves.
The thirteenth has a perennial root: the stalks annual, about a
foot high, sending out branches from the side the whole length: the
leaves for the most part trifoliate, but sometimes single or in pairs;
they are about an inch and half long, and half an inch broad]
ending in acute points, sharply serrate, of a bright green above,
and pale beneath: the flowers in loose terminating panicles, on
slender peduncles. It is a native of North America, flowering in
June and July.
Culture . — In all the shrubby sorts, this may be performed by
suckers, layers, and cuttings.
The suckers should be taken off in the autumn and planted out
where they are to remain, or in nursery-rows, to attain a fuller
growth.
The fiist soil requires to be cleared of these suckers every two
years at furthest.
The layers should be put down in the autumn or in the spring,
and may be taken off and planted as above, in the autumn or spring
following: all the sorts may be raised in this way; but it is most
proper for such soils as do not send oft' suckers.
The cuttings may be made from the shoots of the preceding
summer, and be planted out in a shady border i 1 t early autumn:
when they have become well rooted they may be removed and
managed as the others: they succeed in this way with more difficulty
than in either of the others.
All the herbaceous sorts may be increased by seeds, or parting
the roots. ‘ &
The seed may be sown in the autumn or early in the spring; but
the first is the better mode, on a bed of fine mould: when the plants
appear they should be kept clear from weeds till the autumn, when
they may be planted out where they are to remain, or in the nursery
for a year or two.
1 he loots should be parted in the autumn or spring, when the
stems decay, before they shoot out new ones, being planted imme-
diately where they are to grow.
lhe double-flowered and striped varieties can only be preserved
in this way.
They all afford variety and ornament in the shrubbery and other
parts.
2. SISYRINCHIUM IRIDIOIDES.
IRIS-LEAVED SISYRINCHIUM.
This genus contains plants of the flowery perennial kind.
It belongs to the class and order Monadelphia Triandria, and
ranks in the natural order of Ensatce.
Lhe characters are: that the calyx is a common ancipital spathe,
two-valved : valves compressed, acuminate: proper several, lanceo-
late, concave, obtuse, one-flowered: the corolla one-petalled, supe-
rior, six-parted : segments obovale with a point, from erect spreading:
three outer alternate, a little wider: the stamina have three filaments,
united into a subtriquetrous tube shorter than the corolla, distinct at
the top: anthers bifid below, fastened by the back: the pistilJum is
472
an obovate inferior germ: style three-sided, length of the tube:
stigmas three, thickish, awl-shaped at the top, erect: the pericarpium
is an obovate capsule, rounded, three-sided, three-celled, three-
valved; with the partitions contrary: the seeds several, globular.
The species are: 1. S. Bermudiam , Iris-leaved Sisyrinchium;
2. S. anceps, Narrow-leaved Sisyrinchium.
The first has a fibrous root, from which arise some stiff sword-
shaped leaves, four or five inches long, and half an inch broad, of a
dark green colour: from among these comes out the stalk (scape) six
inches high; it is compressed, and has two borders or wings running
the whole length, and three or four spear-shaped leaves embracing
it; these grow erect, and are hollowed like the keel of a boat: the
stalk is terminated by a cluster of six or seven flowers, on short
peduncles, and enclosed in a two-leaved, keel-shaped sheath, before
they open; they are of a deep blue colour with yellow bottoms,
which, when fully expanded, are an inch over. It is a native of
Bermuda.
The second species has a perennial fibrous root, from which arise
many very narrow spear-shaped leaves, about three inches long, and
scarcely an eighth of an inch broad, of a light-green colour: the
slalks about three inches high, very slender, compressed and bor-
dered, having short, narrow, sword-shaped, embracing leaves: they
are terminated by two small pale-bue flowers, enclosed in a two-
leaved sheath, upon longer peduncles than those of the first sort,
flowering about the same time. It is a native of Virginia.
It is observed, that the leaves, stalks, and flowers of the first sort
are three times as large as in the second, and the sheath encloses six
or seven flowers; whereas the second has rarely more than two, and
these expand only for a short time in the morning, while in the
former they continue open the whole day.
Culture . — These plants may be increased by seeds and parting
the roots : in the former method the seeds of the first sort should be
sown in the autumn as soon as they become ripe, on a border which
has an eastern aspect, in drills at three or four inches distance,
473
covering them about half an inch with fine mould; they should
afterwards be kept clean from weeds with care. They succeed best
in a loamy soil in a shady situation, and where the ground has not
been manured.
In the latter sort the seed should be sown in pots, in order that
they may be protected in the green- house.
The first affords ornament in the large open borders and clumps,
and the latter among other green-house plants.
1
/
PLATE LVI.
1. TRADESCANTIA VIRGINICA.
VIRGINIAN SPIDERWORT.
This genus furnishes a plant of the hardy herbaceous perennial
kind.
It belongs to the class and order Hexandria Monogyma, and
ranks in the natural order of Ensatce.
The characters are: that the calyx is a three-leaved perianth,
leaflets ovate, concave, spreading, permanent: the corolla has three
orbicular petals, flat, spreading very much, large, equal: the stamina
have six filiform filaments, length of the calyx, erect, villose, with
jointed hairs: anthers kidney-form : the pistillum is an ovate germ,
obtusely three-cornered: style filiform, length of the stamens: stigma
three-cornered, tubulous: the pericarpium is an ovate capsule,
covered by the calyx, three-celled, three-valved: the seeds few,
angular.
The species is T. Virginica , Common Virginian Spiderwort, or
Flower of a Day.
There are other species that may be cultivated.
It has roots composed of many fleshy fibres: the stalks smooth,
rising a foot and half high : the leaves long, smooth, keeled, em-
braching: the flowers in clusters, composed of three large spreading
purple petals: they appear early in June; and though each flower
continues but one day, yet such is the profusion, that there is a suc-
cession of them through the greater part of the summer. It is a
native of Virginia and Maryland, flowering in June.
There are varieties with deep blue flowers, with white flowers,
with red flowers, and with purple flowers.
v ■ V- m :: V v; r h; r OUOL/Jfc *,
y tt . ^ -«.
!$*
47o
Culture. They are readily increased by parting the roots, and
planting them out in the autumn, or early in the spring, in a bed or
border of common earth.
And also by seeds sown at the same seasons in similar situations,
the plants being pricked out into other beds in the summer, and
lemoved in the autumn to the places where they are to grow.
J hey all oid oinainent in the common borders among other
flower plants.
2. TRILLIUM SESSILE
SESSILE TRILLIUM.
I ills genus furnishes plants of the low, luberoos-rooted, flowerv,
perennial kind.
Jt belongs to the class and order Jlexandria Trigynia , and ranks
in the natural order of Sarmentaceiz.
The characters are: that the calyx is a three-leaved perianth,
spreading: leaflets ovate, permanent: the corolla has three petals
subovate, a little bigger than the calyx: the stamina have six awl-
shaped filaments, shorter than the calyx, erect: anthers terminating,
oblong, length of the filaments: the pistillum is a roundish germ:
styles filiform, recurved: stigmas simple: the pcricarpium is a
roundish berry, three celled the seeds many, roundish.
The species are: 1. T. cenuium, Drooping Trillium; 2. T. erection,
Upright Trillium ; 3. T. sessi e, Sessile flowered Trillium.
The first has a perennial tuberous root: the stem is erect, a foot
high, simple, round, slightly striated, smooth: the leaves three
logettn 1 , tcimi a ting, on short f otstalks, spreading, rhomboidal,
pointed, entire, veiny, smooth, paler beneath: the flowers solitary,
among the leaves, without bracles. the flower-stalk round, a little
waved, smooth. It is a native of North America,
476
The second species has a taller stalk: the three leaves are placed
at a distance from the flower, which stands upon a long footstalk,
and is erect: the petals are purple, larger, and end with sharper
points. It is a native of Virginia, Canada, See.
The third has a purple stalk: the three leaves grow at the top
like the first; but they are much longer, and end in acute points:
the petals are long, narrow, and stand erect ; are of a dark brownish
red: the calyx leaves are streaked with red: the leaves mottled. It
grows in Carolina and Virginia.
Culture . — These plants may be increased by seeds, which should
be sown on a shady border as soon as they become ripe in the
autumn: when they appear in the spring, the plants should be kept
clean from weeds, and in the autumn following be planted out
where they are to remain and flower.
They succeed best in a light soil, where the situation is rather
shaded. They afford variety in such places.
3 . THALICTRUM AQU ILEGIFOLI UM.
FEATHERED COLUM BIN E .
This genus contains plants of the hardy, herbaceous, fibrous-
rooted, perennial kinds.
It belongs to the class and order Polyandria Polygynia , and ranks
in the natural order of Multisiliqua.
The characters are: that there is no calyx, unless the corolla be
taken for it: the corolla has four petals, roundish, obtuse, concave,
caducous: the stamina have very many filaments, wider at top,
compressed, longer than the corolla: anthers oblong, erect: the
pistillum, styles very many, very short: germs many, commonly
pedicelled, roundish: styles none: stigmas tliickish: there is no
pericarpium: the seeds many, grooved, ovale, tailless.
r
477
The species cultivated are: 1. T. tuberosum , Tuberous-rooted
Meadow Rue ; 2. T. Cormiti, Canadian Meadow Rue; 3. T. fwtidum,
T etid Meadow Rue; 4. T. angustifolium , Narrow-leaved Meadow
Rue; 5. T. lucidum, Shining-leaved Meadow Rue; 6. T. aquilegi-
foiium, Columbine-leaved Meadow Rue, or .Feathered Columbine.
The first has knobbed roots: the leaves small, obtuse, indented
in three parts at their points, of a grayish colour and smooth: the
stalks rise a foot and half high, and are naked almost to the top, where
they divide into two or three small ones, under each of which is
placed one leaf; every division is terminated by a small bunch of
pretty large flowers, disposed almost in form of an umbel, each
composed ot five white petals. It is a native of Spain, flowering in
June.
The second species attains the height of three feet: the stems
suffruticose, dark purple, branched: leaves resembling those of
Columbine, but glaucous: the flowers in many pale-purple heads,
five-petalled and white. It is a native of North America, flowering
from May to July.
There j s a variety, which is smaller, with pale purple filaments.
The third has the stem about six or seven inches high: the leaves
downy, composed of a great number of small leaflets, which are
bluntly indented, and have a fetid scent: the flowers in loose
panicles, small, and of an herbaceous white colour: the leaves are
somewhat hairy on both sides, pulpy and soft: the petals themselves
are somewhat hairy, in the young plant reddish, but in the adult
whitish, almost a foot high, and not very leafy. It is a native of the
south of France, Switzerland, &c. flowering from May to July.
The fourth species has the stems from two to three feet high:
the flowers small, collected in terminating panicles, and of an herba-
ceous white colour. It is a native of German v and Switzerland,
flowering in June and July.
The fifth has the stems upright, channelled, five or six feet high,
having at each joint pinnate leaves, composed of many linear fleshy
leaflets, which are for the most part entire, and end in acute points:
the flowers are of a yellowish-while colour; they appear in July, and
478
are succeeded by small angular capsules, with one small oblong seed
in each, which ripens in August, il is a native of France, about
Paris, and of Spain.
The sixth species has a thick fibrous root; the stems taper, rising
three feet high : the leaves like those of Columbine: the flowers in
large terminating panicles. It is a nativ e of Scania, Switzerland, &c.
There are varieties with a green stalk and white stamens, and
with a purple stalk and stamens. There are other sorts that may be
cultivated for variety.
Culture . — All the sorts are readily increased by parting the roots,
and planting them out in the autumn when the stems decay, or in
the spring before the new ones are sent forth ; the strongest where
they are to remain, and the weaker ones in nursery-rows for further
growth: they may also be raised from seeds, which should be sown
in a bed or border in the spring; when the plants rise, they should
be kept clean, and be planted out where they are to remain, in the
following autumn. They afford variety in the borders, and other
parts of ornamented grounds.
■■■I
IS — .
J7.57
Painted by Syd £d wards
JLeitden Pit bti /tied Pet. lit Hi? fn\ irJCranr/ey J?7e*l Street
JCnyra red br F San Pin
j Tnt/h its JJ tt/e n ret tt/ts
American (r/ebe /fever
Trej>fn>h/ / tt n/n/7/j
( rf V et /rr Nets fa / /iff t/t
PLATE LVIL
T ROPiEOLUM MAJUS.
GREATER NASTURTIUM.
Inis genus furnishes plants of the herbaceous, annual, and
perennial, trailing and climbing kinds.
It belongs to the class and order Octajulria Monogyn ia , and ranks
in the natural order of Trihilatce .
The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed perianth, five-
cleft, from upright spreading, acute, coloured, deciduous; the two
lower segments narrower; horned at the back with an awl-shaped,
straight, longer nectary : the corolla has five petals, roundish, in-
serted into the divisions of the calyx; two upper sessile; the others
lower, with oblong ciliate claws: the stamina have eight awl-shaped
filaments, short, declining, unequal: anthers erect, oblong, rising:
the pislillum is a roundish germ, three-Iobed, striated: style simple,
erect, length of the stamens: stigma trifid, acute: the pericarpium
berries (or nuts) somewhat solid, three, on one side convex, grooved
and striated; on the other angular: the seeds three, gibbous on one
side, angular on the oilier, roundish, grooved and striated.
The species cultivated are: 1. T. minus. Small Indian Cress, or
Nasturtium; 2. T. majus, Great Indian Cress, or Nasturtium.
The first has an herbaceous, trailing stem: the leaves almost
circular, smooth, grayish: the flowers axillary, on very long pedun-
cles; composed of five acute-pointed petals, the two upper large and
rounded, the three under narrow, jointed together at bottom, and
lengthened out into a tail two inches long.
There are varieties with deep orange-coloured flowers inclining
to red, with pale yellow flowers, and with double flowers.
5—/
T..j>
■te
: ' >
k>
The second species is larger in all its parts; the boidcis ot the
leaves are indented alinost into lobes; and tlic petals are lounded at
the top. The fruit consists of three berries, becoming juiceless
when ripe, fungous, deeply grooved and wrinkled, gibbous on one
side, angular on the other, narrowing upwards. It begins to flower
in July, and continues till the approach ot winter.
There are varieties with pale yellow flowers, orange-coloured
flowers, and the double-flowered.
They are both natives of Peru, and commonly esteemed to be
annual plants, though they may be continued through the winter, if
they are kept in pots, and sheltered in a green-house or glass case,
in like manner as the variety with double flowers.
The stalks will climb six or eight feet high, when they are trained
up, and thus the flowers make a good appearance; but when they
trail upon the ground, they will spread over the neighbouring plants
and become unsightly: the flowers are frequently eaten in salads;
they have a warm taste like the garden cress, and hence the plant
has its common name of Nasturtium; they are likewise used for
garnishing dishes: the seeds are pickled, and by some are preferred
to most pickles for sauce, under the false name of capers.
Culture . — These plants in all the single varieties may be increased
by seeds, which should be sown in the spring in patches where they
are to flower in the borders, or in drills in the garden.
They afterwards only require to be kept free from weeds, and to
be well supported by sticks.
The double variety must be increased by planting cuttings of the
branches in pots of light mould in the early part of summer,
placing them in die shade, and giving frequent light waterings:
those planted early may be rendered more forward by being plunged
in a moderate hot-bed.
It requires to be protected in the green-house in the winter,
being well supported with sticks.
They all afford variety in the borders, clumps, &c. in the sum-
mer, and the double sorts among potted plants.
.
MM
vs,! OyfiSiinCm
L'a t ntt'<1 by %Jyd .CjtlwarJj
V/ifrn ft it ft
lie, 7 V„/rr,„„
L< <//,/>// .hi />/ / Any ./ lry (xK«trrhj ?7,rf Sbrrf
rubra )/,
' s/r/fir/f
W/fs///
Sl/f
i f /a
V/ rf r/f
v/b v 77
PLATE LVIII.
1. VALERIANA RUBRA.
RED VALERIAN.
I ms genus contains plants of the hardy herbaceous perennial
kind.
It belongs to the class and order Triandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Aggregates.
The characters are: that there is scarcely any catyx; a superior
margin: the corolla a nectariferous tube on the lower side, gibbous:
border five-cleft: segments obtuse: the stamina three, or fewer (in
. one species four): filaments awl-shaped, erect, length of the corolla:
anthers roundish: the pistillum is an inferior germ: style filiform,
length of the stamens : stigma thickish : the pericarpium a crust not
opening, deciduous, crowned: the seeds solitary, oblong.
The species cultivated are: 1 . V. rubra , Common or Broad-
leaved Red Valerian; 2. V. angustifolia, Narrow-leaved Red Valerian;
3. V. Calcitrapa, Cut-leaved Valerian; 4. V. Phu, Garden Valerian;
5. V. tripteris, Three-leaved Valerian ; 6. V. montana, Mountain Vale-
rian; 7- V. Ccltica, Celtic Valerian; 8. V. tuberosa. Tuberous-rooted
Valerian; 9- V. Pyrenaica , Pyrenean Valerian; 10 . V. olitoria, Com-
mon Corn-Salad, or Lamb’s Lettuce.
The first has woody perennial roots, as thick as a man’s finder,
spreading very wide: the stems about three feet high, round, smooth,
grayish, hollow: at each joint arc two (sometimes three) smooth,
spear-shaped leaves, near three inches long, and an inch broad; the
upper part sends out branches by pairs, which, with the principal
stem, are terminated by red flowers growing in corymbs. It is a
native of France, Switzerland, Italy, &c. flowering all the summer
and autumn.
The second species has the root not so large as in the first sort:
the stems two feet high or more, branching on each side from the
root to within six inches of the top: the leaves three or four inches
long, but as narrow as those of flax: the upper part of the stem
naked, and terminated by a compact corymb of bright red flowers,
smaller than those of the former. It is a native of the mountains of
France, Switzerland, &c.
The third is an annual plant: the lower leaves, which spread on
the ground, are cut into many obtuse segments: the stalks, when the
plants are in good ground, rise near a foot and half high, but upon
dry stony soils not half so high, and when they grow out of the joints
of old walls, not more than three inches in height; are hollow,
smooth, and round, sending out branches by pairs from the upper
joints: the segments of the pinnatifid leaves are very narrow: stem
and branches terminated by tufts (corymbs) of flowers shaped like
those of the fourth sort, but smaller and tinged with flesh-colour at
the top. It is a native of the South of France, &c. flowering early
in the spring.
It varies with the low'er leaves pinnatifid-
The fourth species has thick roots, fleshy, jointed, spreading near
the surface in a very irregular manner, crossing each other, and
matting together by their small fibres: many of the root-leaves
entire, others divided into three, five, or seven, obtuse lobes of a
pale green, and quite smooth: the stems three or four feet high,
hollow, sending out lateral branches by pairs: the stem-leaves oppo-
site at each joint, composed of four or five pairs of long narrow
leaflets, terminated by an odd one: the stem and branches termi-
nated by corymbs of small white flowers. It is a native of Silesia,
Barbary, &c. flowering from May to July, with the odour of the
flowers very pleasant.
The fifth has a perennial root, long, unequal, brownish, strong-
smelling: the root-leaves oblong-cordate, bluntish, smooth, obtusely
serrate-toothed, on long petioles; the two first of these that come out
483
are more inclined to roundish, and are only slightly crenate: the
stem upright, undivided, about a foot high: the stem-leaves two or
three pairs, smooth, termite, on short petioles: leaflets confluent at
the base, lanceolate, acute, unequally subserrate, the middle one
laiger than the others: they vary much, being gash-serrate, crenate,
or even quite entire; the uppermost are sometimes lanceolate-linear
and quite entire, sometimes pinnate with five leaflets: the flowers
numerous, white, in loose corymbs. It is a native of the Alps of
Switzerland, flowering here from March to May.
The sixth species agrees in stature and habit with the preceding;
but this is more tufted, and has the root commonly creeping hori-
zontally, more divided, and not smelling so strongly: all the leaves
are acute, unequally serrate or toothed and smooth; the root-leaves
are on long petioles, and more or less attenuated at the base towards
the petiole: the stem-leaves vary in number, are on short petioles,
and lathei oblong: the stem is upright, simple, a foot or eighteen
inches high: the flowers in a corymb, whitish or purplish. It is a
native of Switzerland, Austria, &c. flowering here in June and July.
The seventh species has a perennial root, black, oblique, with
long fibres, smelling very strong, aromatic, caulescent at top and
scaly with the remains of the deciduous leaves; it is often in tufts
with an upright stem, four or five inches high: all the leaves are
quite entire and obtuse; the root-leaves subovate, and attenuated
into the petiole at the base; stem-leaves two, opposite, linear and
sessile, about the middle of the stem, but there are sometimes none:
the stem slender, simple, terminated by a few small whitish flowers
in a corymb. It is found in Switzerland, flowering in June.
The eighth species has roots perennial, and tuberous, by which
it is easily distinguished. It is a native of the south of Europe,
flowering in May and June.
There is a variety with the roots in the form of an olive.
The ninth species has a perennial fibrous root, from which come
out many heart-shaped leaves, on petioles more than a foot in
length; they are four inches over each way, bluntly serrate, smooth,
and of a bright green on their upper surface, but pale and a little
uc v vr-**' v v rw-v t^rrr - •*, _ .
■rtft mm i -
484
hairy underneath: the stalks rise three feet high, are hollow, chan-
nelled, and send out opposite branches towards the top: the stem-
leaves opposite, shaped like the lower ones, but a little pointed;
and frequently at the top there are ternate leaves standing upon
short foot-stalks: the stem and branches are terminated by umbels
of pale flesh-coloured flowers, having very short spurs. It flowers in
June, and is a native of the Pyrenees.
The tenth has a small annual, fibrous, pale brown root: the
stem dichotomous, somewhat spreading, from four inches to a span,
and even a foot or more in height (in gardens); round, grooved, or
angular, lender, often tinged with purple on one side: the leaves
glaucous, pale, obovate-lanceolate or rather linear tongue-shaped:
the bottom leaves many, usually entire, but sometimes very slightly
toothed near the base, somewhat spreading, rather succulent, smooth,
veiny, and a little wrinkled, from three-quarters of an inch to two
inches in length : the stem-leaves opposite at each subdivision, sessile,
remote, usually more toothed than the bottom leaves: both these
and the stem are ciliate or fringed at the edge with fine white hairs:
the flowers are very small, of a pale blueish colour, and collected
into a close little corymb, protected by an involucre. It is a native
of Europe and Barbary, flowering in April and May. It is used in
salads in the early spring and winter, under the name of Corn Salad,
or Lamb’s Lettuce.
There is a variety, which is smaller, with jagged leaves.
Culture . — The two first sorts may be increased by parting the
roots, and planting them out in the autumn or spring season where
they are to grow.
They may also be raised from seed sown at the same time, in
the situations where the plants are to grow.
The third may likewise be raised from seeds, by sowing them as
above, without any trouble.
The fourth may be increased by parting the roots, and planting
them out in the autumn on fresh ground where they are to grow.
The fifth may be raised in the same way, being allowed good
room as it spreads.
/
485
The three following sorts are more difficult to preserve, requiring
The last sort, when cultivated for the purpose of salads, should
be sown in the latter end of summer, or beginning of autumn, in an
open place where it is to grow; the plants being afterwards thinned
out by hoeing, and kept clean from weeds; when they will be fit
for use very early in the spring while quite young.
All the sorts except the last may be introduced in the borders,
for the purpose of variety, and most of them continue many years.
The last is used as an early spring salad herb.
This genus comprises plants of the herbaceous perennial and
shrubby kinds.
It belongs to the class and order Diandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Personate.
The characters are: that the calyx is a four-parted perianth,
permanent: segments lanceolate, acute: the corolla one-petalled,
wheel-shaped: tube length almost of the calyx : border four-parted,
flat, with ovate segments; the lowest narrower, the segment opposite
to this wider: the stamina have two filaments, narrower at bottom,
ascending: anthers oblong: the pistillum is a compressed germ:
style filiform, length of the stamens, declined : stigma simple :
the pericarpium is an obcordate capsule, compressed at the top,
two-celled, four-valved : the seeds numerous, roundish.
a stony soil and cold exposure.
dhe ninth sort may be raised from seeds sown in a moist shady
border soon after they are ripe, managing the plants as in the first
sort.
2. VERONICA SIBIRICA.
SIBERIAN SPEEDWELL.
486
The species cultivated are: 1. V. Sibirica, Siberian Speedwell;
2. V. Virginica, Virginian Speedwell; 3. V. spuria , Bastard Speed-
well; 4. V. maritima , Sea Speedwell; 5. V. longifolia. Long-leaved
Speedwell; 6. V. hybrida, Welsh Speedwell; 7- V* incisa , Cut-leaved
Speedwell; 8. V. decussata, Cross-leaved Speedwell.
The first has a perennial root: the stem four feet high, rough-
haired : the leaves six or seven in whorls, twice as wide as those of
the second sort: peduncles terminating solitary; the lateral ones
with two opposite oval leaflets: the calyxes five-cleft: the corollets
blue, with an oblong tube, and small acute border: the stamens and
pistil twice as long as the corolla. It is a native of Siberia, flowering
in July and August.
The second species has the stems erect, four or five feet high,
having four or five lanceolate leaves in whorls at each joint, serrate,
and ending in acute points: the stems are terminated by long slender
spikes of white flowers, which appear late in July. It is a native of
Virginia and Japan.
It varies with blush-coloured flowers.
The third has a perennial root, sending out many offsets: the
lower leaves two inches long, and half an inch broad, pale green and
hairy: the stems a foot high, with very narrow lanceolate leaves,
placed opposite, and having a few slight serratures on their edges:
the stems terminated by long spikes of blue flowers, which appear
in June and July. It is a native of Siberia and Germany.
There is a variety of this also w ith a flesh-coloured flower.
The fourth species has the stalks not so long as those of the
preceding: the leaves by fours and threes round the stalk, on longer
footstalks; they are broader at the base, run out into long acute
points, are unequally serrate, and of a bright green colour: the
flowers are of a bright blue, and appear in July. It is a native of
the sea- coasts of Europe.
There are varieties with leaves opposite, in threes or in fours,
with blue, blueish, flesh-coloured, and with white flowers.
The fifth has the lower leaves two inches long, and an inch broad
in the middle, drawing to a point at each end, serrate, and of a lucid
green colour: the stems a foot and a half high, with leaves of the
same shape but smaller, and placed opposite; they are terminated
by long spikes of blue flowers, which appear in June. It is a native
of Germany, Austria, and Russia.
The sixth species has the stems very white and woolly, about a
foot high: the leaves oblong, hoary, two inches and a half long,
three quarters of an inch broad, sessile; the flowers deep blue in
terminating spikes, and from the upper axils: they appear in June
and July. It is a native of Russia, Ukrain Tartary, &c.
There is a variety with white flowers.
The seventh lias the spikes aggregate, the flowers large, the leaves
an inch long, lanceolate wedge-shaped at the base, with lanceolate
segments. It is a native of Siberia, flowering in July and August.
The eighth species is a bushy shrub about two feet high: stem
upright, round, very much branched; the branchlets alternate,
spreading, round or indistinctly quadrangular, closely leafed on every
side, having a pubescent line on each side running down from the
oppositions of the leaves, which spread very much, are scarce an
inch long, acute, coriaceous, smooth and even, one-nerved, paler
underneath, evergreen, border cartilaginous, on very short concave
smooth petioles, gibbous at the base on the outside: the racemes
single, short, few-flowered, towards the end of the branches, not ter-
minating, but just below the top: the pedicels alternate, short,
quadrangular, one-flowered. The regular growth of the leaves de-
cussated or crosswise, distinguishes this species immediately.
Culture . — These plants may be raised by seed and parting the
roots.
In the annual sorts the seeds should be sown in the autumn or
very early spring, in the borders or places where the plants are to
grow’, being lightly covered in: if the seeds be permitted to scatter,
Hood plants may be raised: sometimes they are sown on beds to be
afterwards removed.
In the perennial sorts the roots may be parted in the autumn or
early spring, and planted out where they are to grow, or in nursery-
rows to be afterwards removed.
483
U
They should not be parted too small, or oftener than every two
years: the large-growing sorts are proper for the borders, clumps,
&c. and the trailing kinds for banks and shady slopes, or other
similar places: they are hardy, and require only to be kept clean
afterwards.
The eighth sort is readily increased by cuttings in the spring and
summer, being managed as a hardy green-house plant in the same
way as the Myrtle.
In very mild winters it sometimes stands secure in the open air.
The annual and perennial sorts afford variety in the borders,
clumps, and other parts of pleasure-grounds, and the last among
plants of the hardy potted green-house kinds.
s'.
\
This genus comprehends plants of the shrubby, evergreen, up-
right, and trailing kinds.
It belongs to the class and order Pentandriu, Monogynia, and
ranks in the natural order of Contorta.
The characters are: that the calyx is a five- parted perianth,
erect, acute, permanent: the corolla one-petalled, salver-shaped:
tube longer than the calyx, cylindric below, wider above, marked
with five lines, the mouth a pentagon: border horizontal, five-parted:
segments fastened to the apex of the tube, wider outwards and
obliquely truncate: tire stamina have five filaments, very short,
indexed and retroflexed: anthers membranaceous, obtuse, erect,
curved in, fariniferous on both sides at the edge: the pistillum has
two roundish germs, with two roundish little bodies lying by their
sides: style one common to both, cylindric, length of the stamens:
stigma capitate, concave, placed on a flat ring: the pericarpium has
two follicles, round, long, acuminate, erect, one-valved, opening
longitudinally : the seeds numerous, oblong, cylindric, grooved,
naked.
The species cultivated are: 1 . V. minor , Small Periwinkle; 2. V.
major. Great Periwinkle; 3. V. rosea. Madagascar Periwinkle.
The first has a perennial creeping root, with branched fibres:
the Whole plant smooth and shining: the stems round, slender,
leafy, erect when in flower, from nine inches to a foot in height, and
much higher when supported by bushes, marked on each side with
a groove faintly impressed; after flowering, prostrate, elongated,
taking root at their joints. According to Woodward, the flowering-
stem is upright in the spring, but in autumn the flowers are borne
on the shoots of the year, which are trailing: the leaves opposite, on
footstalks about one-fourth the length of the leaves, which are quite
entire, evergreen, shining, somewhat like those of Privet, not having
the fringed edge observable in the second sort: the flowers axillary,
alternate, solitary, void of scent, on nearly upright peduncles, almost
twice the length of the leaves, round, smooth, and shining, pale blue.
It is a native of Germany.
It varies in the colour of the flowers; with pale blue, with purple
and w'hite, and with double flowers; and the foliage is sometimes
variegated either with white or yellow stripes.
The second species is larger in all its parts than the preceding:
the stems erect, finally rooting at the end : the leaves broad-ovate*
three inches long, and two broad, of a thick consistence, finely
fringed with short rigid hairs at the edge, on thick footstalks: the
flowers solitary, alternate, on peduncles half the length of the leaves*
of a purple-blueish colour. It is a native of France, Spain, &c
flowering in May.
The third has an upright branching stem, three or four feet
high, when young, succulent, jointed, purple; but as the plant ad-
vances the lower parts become woody: the branches have the joints
very close, are covered with a smooth purple bark, and have oblong,
ovate, entire leaves, two inches and a half long, and an inch and
half broad, smooth and succulent, setting pretty close to the
branches r the flowers axillary, solitary, on very short peduncles;
tube long and slender: brim spreading open, flat, divided into five
broad obtuse segments, which are reflexed at their points: the upper
surface of the petal is of a bl ight crimson or peach colour, and their
underside pale flesh-colour: there is a succession of flowers, from
February to the end of October. It is a native of Madagascar,
China, &c.
Culture . — These plants are all capable of being increased by
layers, cuttings, and suckers.
In the first method, when the layers of the trailing branches are
put down into the ground, they readily take root at almost any
season. This is very much the case with the first sort, as almost
every joint furnishes plants in the course of the summer ready to be
put out in the autumn.
The cuttings may be made from the stalks and branches, and be
planted in shady borders in the autumn or early spring, where they
will become well rooted by the following autumn.
All the sorts succeed in this way.
In the third sort the cuttings should be made from the young
shoots and planted in pots, plunging them in a hot-bed or the bark-
bed, where they will become perfectly well rooted in the same year,
and may be potted off separately, being placed in the stove, and
shifted as may be necessary into large pots.
This sort may likewise be raised from seed, which should be
sown in pots in the early spring filled with light rich earth, covering
them well in, and plunging the pots in the hot-bed, or the bark-bed
of the stove; and when the plants have a few inches growth, they
should be pricked out into separate pots, replunging them in a hot-
bed, giving proper shade and water, managing them afterwards as
the cuttings.
T. he suckers may be taken off with root-fibres in the autumn or
spring, and planted where they are to grow.
The two first sorts afford variety in the borders, clumps, &c.
while the last has a fine effect in stove collections.
492
2. VIBURNUM TINSU.
LAURUSTINUS.
Tuis genus contains plants of the deciduous and evergreen
flowering kind.
It belongs to the class and order Pentandria Trigynia , and ranks
m the natural order of Dumosce.
The characters are: that the calyx is a five-parted perianth,
superior, very small, permanent: the corolla one-petalled, bell-
shaped, five-cleft: segments blunt, reflexed: the stamina have five
awl-shaped filaments, length of the corolla: anthers roundish: the
pistillum is an inferior germ, roundish: style none, but in its stead a
turbinate gland: stigmas three: the pericarpium is a roundish berry,
one-celled ; the seeds bony, roundish.
The species cultivated are: 1 . V. Lantana, Wayfaring Tree
2. V Opulus , Water Elder; 3. V. Lentago, Pear-leaved Viburnum;
4. V. Cassinoides , Thick-leaved Viburnum; 5. V. nitidum , Shining-
leaved Viburnum; 6 . V. lavigatum , Cassioberry Bush; 7.V. nudum ,
Oval-leaved Viburnum; 8. V . pr unifolium. Plum-leaved Viburnum;
9- V. dentatum, Tooth-leaved Viburnum; 10. V. Tinus , Laurustinus
or Laurustine.
The first is a thickly-branched shrub or small tree, having round,
pliant, mealy twigs, with the same kind of tufted stellated pube-
scence as is found on the flower-stalks, backs, and even upper sur-
faces of the leaves: the leaves opposite, somewhat elliplical, cordate,
obtuse, serrate, strongly veined, turning dark red before they fall in
autumn: stipules none: the flowers whitish, in large terminating,
solitary, many-flowered cymes. It is a native of most parts of
Europe, flowering here in May. It is sometimes known by the
493
nunjc of Pliant Mealy Tree; and according to Withering, the bark
or the root is used to make birdlime.
J here is a variety in North America with larger leaves, of a bright
green; and with variegated leaves in nurseries.
Hie second species is a small bushy tree, smooth in all its parts,
and very much branched: branches opposite, round: the leaves
subcord ate, with three great unequally serrate lobes, veined, paler
beneath; their petioles bearing several cup-like glands towards the
top, and a pair or two of erect linear appendages, scarcely to be
called stipules, near the base: the cymes terminating, solitary, com-
posed of many white flowers, radiant; the inner perfect, small, re-
sembling those of Elder, those in the margin abortive, consisting
merely of a large irregular flat petal without any organs of fructifica-
tion: the stigmas nearly sessile, close together: the berries droopino-,
globular, crowned with five very small scales of the calyx, red, very
succulent. It is a native of Europe, flowering early in June; the
bright red berries ripen about September, and towards the middle of
October the leaves assume a beautiful pink colour.
There is an American variety, which is a shrub, that has the
twigs of a shining red colour, and which rises eight or ten feet high,
with many side branches, covered with a smooth purple bark: The
leaves cordate-ovate, ending in acute points, deeply serrate, having
many strong veins, and standing upon very long slender footstalks.
11k 10 is another beautiful variety common in plantations under
the name of Guelder Rose, bearing large round bunches of abortive
flowers only, which rises to the height of eighteen or twenty feet if
permitted to stand: the stem becomes large; the branches grow
irregular, and are covered with a gray bark: the leaves are divided
into three or four lobes, somewhat like those of the Maple; they are
about three inches long, and two and a half broad, jagged on their
edges, and of a light green colour: the flowers come out in a large
corymb, are very white, and, being all neuters, are barren; from
their extreme whiteness, and swelling out into a globular form] some
country people have given this shrub the name of Snow-ball Tree.
It is also sometimes called Elder Rose and Rose Elder.
4.94
O'
The third has the branches bent or hanging down : the petioles
waving on the edge: the leaves thick, like those of the tenth sort,
smooth, serrulate with very small teeth: the germ terminating, awl-
shaped, ventricose at the base. It is a native of North America,
flowering here in July.
The fourth species has the lowest leaves obovate; the next
ovate; the upper ones lanceolate. It is a native of North America.
It flowers in June.
The fifth is a native of North America. It flowers in May and
June.
The sixth species has the leaves petioled, broad-lanceolate,
sharpish, without any raised veins: the petioles decurrent along the
back, whence the twigs are ancipital: the corymb short: the stem
twelve or fourteen feet high, sending out branches from the bottom
to the top: the leaves about an inch long, and more than half an
inch broad, of a light green colour, opposite, on short footstalks: the
peduncles axillary, very short, supporting small umbels of white
flowers, which appear in July. It is a native of South Carolina.
The seventh has a strong stem, covered with a brown smooth
bark, and rising to the height of ten or twelve feet, sending out
woody branches on every side the whole length, which have a
smooth purplish bark: the leaves opposite, five inches long and two
and a half broad, smooth and of a lucid green above, veined and of
a light green beneath, entire at the edges, (indistinctly notched,) and
rounded at both ends; of the same thickness with those of the
Broad-leaved Laurustinus: the flowers are produced in large umbels
(cymes) at the end of the branches, are in shape and colour like
those of the common Laurustinus, but smaller; and the stamens are
much larger than the corolla: they appear in July, and are suc-
ceeded by roundish berries, which, when ripe, are black. It is a
native of America, flowering in May and June.
There are varieties with deciduous and evergreen leaves.
The eighth species rises with a woody stalk ten or twelve feet
high, covered with a brown bark, and branching its whole length:
the branches, when young, are covered with a smooth purple bark:
**. v ; nr v v. v r ; v *. v xulx. t:.' V v.
495
the leaves two inches long, and an inch and quarter broad, slightly
serrate, and on short slender footstalks, opposite or without order:
the flowers in small umbels (cymes) lateral and terminating; these
are white, and smaller than in the first sort, appearing in June, and
aie sometimes succeeded by berries. It grows naturally in most
parts of North America, where it is commonly called Black Ilaw.
I lie ninth has the stalks soft and pithy, branching out greatly
from the bottom upward, and covered with a gray bark: the leaves
three inches long, and nearly as broad, strongly veined, of a light
green colour, placed opposite upon pretty long footstalks: die
flowers in terminating corymbs, white, and almost as long as those
of the first sort, appearing in J une. It is a native of North America.
There are varieties with the leaves smooth on both sides, and
with the leaves downy underneath and drawn out to a point.
In the tenth species the leaves are seldom more than two inches
and a half long, and an inch and quarter broad; they are rounded
at their base, but end in acute points, are veined and hairy on their
under side, and not of so lucid a green colour as the following sort-
on their upper.
rheie aie several varieties, as the smaller hairy leaved, m which
the umbels (cymes) of flowers are smaller, and appear in autumn,
continuing all the winter. The plants are much hardier.
The shining-leaved, in. which the stalks rise higher, and the
branches are much stronger: the bark is smoother, and turns of a
purplish colour: the leaves are larger, of a thicker consistence, and
of a lucid green colour: the umbels (cymes) are much larger, and so
are the flowers ; these seldom appear till the spring, and when the
winters are sharp, the flowers are killed, and never open unless they
aie sheltered.
There is a sub-variety of this- with variegated leaves; with gold
and silver-striped; in which the branches are warted, the younger
ones four-cornered: the leaves opposite, ovate v on short petioles,
rigid, shining, perennial; the younger ones hirsute, with short ferru-
ginous villose hairs: flowers in crowded cymes, with little bractes.
between them: the corolla white; and the berries, when ripe, blue.
The common, with narrower leaves, hairy only on the edge and
veins underneath: the fruit smaller.
And the upright Laurustinus.
Culture . — These plants may some of them be increased by seeds,
most of them by layers, many by cuttings, and a few by suckers.
The seeds in the deciduous kinds should be sown in the autumn
or spring in beds of light fine mould, being well covered in. The
plants appear in the first or second year, and when they are of a
twelvemonth’s growth they should be planted out in nursery-rows,
to be continued till of proper growth to plant out in the shrubberies
or other parts of pleasure-grounds, as from two to five feet.
In the Laurustinus kinds, the seeds after being mixed with mould
in the autumn soon after they become ripe, and exposed to the ai r
and rain in the winter, should in the spring be sown on a gentle hot-
bed, or in pots plunged into it; the plants being continued in the
bed till the autumn, when they should be removed and managed as
in the layer method. The plants raised in this way are said to be
hardier than those raised from layers.
The first sort is tedious in being raised from seeds.
In the layer, which is the most expeditions mode of raising most
of these plants, the young lower branches should be laid down in
the autumn or spring, being pegged down in the usual manner in
the earth, when they mostly become well rooted in a twelvemonth,
and may then be taken off and planted out where they are to remain,
or in the nursery; and sometimes, in some of the kinds, a few are
put in pots.
The best season for removing the tenth sort is in the early autumn,
that they may be well rooted before the winter.
The first sort succeeds best by layers pul down in the autumn.
And the striped variety may be increased by budding it upon the
plain sort.
The cuttings may be made in the autumn from the strong young
shoots, being planted in a moist border in rows, when in the following
summer many of them will be well rooted, and form little plants.
Most of the deciduous sorts may be raised in this way.
497
The suckers should be taken up in the autumn or spring with
root-fibres, and be planted out in nursery-rows to have a proper
growth. The Guelder Rose may be readily increased in this way.
and sometimes the Laurustinus.
Hie fourth sort is rather tender in winter while in its young
growth, as well as the sixth, and should have protection in that sea-
’ T- , A Plant ° r tW ° should be const <™t1y laid in pots under shelter.
Ihis last is easily increased by layers.
These plants afford much variety and effect in shrubbery and
other parts of pleasure-ground, when planted out in a mixed order.
Ihe evergreen sort are often used to cover disagreeable objects.
The flowering evergreens are likewise often set out in pots.
*
7
3 S
i
i , •- v •••» v'A) y-c •
PLATE LX.
1. WACHENDORFIA PANICULATA.
PANICLED WACHENDORFIA.
This genus furnishes plants of the exotic flowering perennial
kind, for the green-house.
It belongs to the class and order Ti'iandria Monogynia, and ranks
in the natural order of Ensatce.
The characters are: that the calyx is a two-valved spathe: the
corolla six-petalled, unequal: petals oblong, the three upper ones
more erect, three lower spreading: nectary of two bristles at the
inner sides of the upper petal: the stamina has three filiform fila-
ments, declined, shorter than the corolla: anthers incumbent: the
pislillum is a superior germ, roundish, three-cornered : style filiform,
declined: stigma simple: the pericarpium is a subovate capsule,
three-sided, obtuse, three-celled, three-valved : seeds solitary, rough-
haired.
The species cultivated are: 1. IV. thyrsiflora , Simple-stalked
Wachendorfia; 2. IV. paniculata , Panicled Wachendorfia; 3. IV. hir-
suta, Hairy Wachendorfia.
The first has a thick tuberous root, reed-like, of a deep-red
colour, sending out many perpendicular fibres of the same colour,
and spreading into several offsets: the leaves, which rise immediately
from the root, are large, with five plaited folds; the biggest are two
feet long, and three inches broad, of a deep green colour: the
flower-stalk rises from the centre of the heads between the leaves to
the height of three or four feet, with leaves of the same form with
those below, but narrower, and ranged alternately, embracing the
stalk half round with their base: the flowers when young are enclosed
flow cis to come out; then they wither anti dry, but remain upon the
stalk like those of the yellow Asphodel: they form a loose spike,
and there are several upon one common peduncle, which open one
after the other: the upper flowers stand almost upright, but the
lower nod; they are hairy and of a saffron colour on the outside,
The second species, when in flower, is a foot high:- the root
perennial, a little creeping, furnished with oblong cylindrical and
neaily perpendicular tubercles: the leaves radical, two-ranked,
sessile, equitant, vertical, spreading, dilated on the inner side at the
base, channelled, linear-lanceolate, pointed, entire, nerved, bright
green, very like those of the first, but only one-third of the size,
dying soon after the plant has done flowering, and not appearing
again for some months: the stalk erect, cylindrical, bearing one or
two small leaves, branched, many-flowered: general flower-stalks
alternate, spreading, racemose, bearing from three to five flowers,
cylindrical, downy: partial ones short, downy, all directed upwards,
single-flowered. It is a native of the Cape.
The third seems chiefly to differ from the second in having hairy
leaves, a more slender and taller stem, reddish-brown, and not green
more contiguous, and its flowers when closed form a slenderer and
more compact column: the incumbent anthers seem also to be
shorter and rounder: the root-leaves oblong, lanceolate, three or
four, about three or four inches high: the stem about three times
their length: the segments traversed longitudinally on the outside by
a brown hairy fillet; outer upper one wholly brown and pubescent
outwards: the flowers scentless, opening in succession, closing to-
wards evening: they expand in the month of July. It is a native of
the Cape.
Culture . — These plants may be increased by offsets, taken from
the heads of the roots, in the beginning of autumn, planting them in
pots filled with soft loamy earth, mixed with a little sea sand, and
when the season proves dry, placing them so as to have only the
500
morning sun, until the offsets have taken new roots, when they must
he placed in a sheltered situation, so as to have the full sun. On
the approach of frosts, they should be placed in frames, and ma-
naged as plants of the tender kind.
The second sort is very impatient of cold, and seldom flowers in
this climate.
They produce variety among other potted plants of the green-
house kind.
2. VITEX NEGUND O.
FIVE-LEAVED CHASTE TREE.
This genus contains plants of the hardy and under-shrubby
kinds.
It belongs to the class and order Didynamia Angiospermia, and
ranks in the natural order of Personatce.
The characters are: that the calyx is a one-leafed perianth,
tubular, cylindric, very short, five-toothed; the corolla one-petalled,
ringent: tube cylindric, slender: border flat, two-lipped: upper lip
trifid, with the middle segment wider: lower lip trifid, with the
middle segment bigger: the stamina have four filaments, capillary,
a little longer than the tube, two of which aie shorter than the
others: anthers versatile: the pistillum is a roundish germ: style
filiform, length of the tube: stigmas two, awl-shaped, spreading:
the pericarpium is a globular berry or drupe, four-celled: the seeds
solitary, ovate.
The species cultivated are: 1 . V. Agnus castus , Officinal Chaste
Tree; 2. V. incisa, Cut-leaved Chaste Tree; 3. V. trifolia. Three-
leaved Chaste Tree; 4. V. Negundo , Five-leaved Chaste Tree.
The first has a shrubby stalk eight or ten feet high, sending out
their whole-length opposite branches, which are angular, pliable,
and have a grayish bark: the leaves for the most part opposite upon
pretty long footstalks; they are composed of five, six, or seven leaf-
lets, spreading out like the fingers of a hand; the lower ones small,
and the middle largest; they are smooth and entire; the largest are
about three inches long, and half an inch broad in the middle,
ending in blunt points, of a dark green on their upper side, but hoary
on their under: the flowers are produced in spikes at the extremity
of the branches, from seven to fifteen inches in length, composed of
distant whorls; in some plants they are white, in others blue. They
are generally late before they appear. They have an agreeable
odour when they open fair, and make a good appearance in autumn,
when the flowers of most other shrubs are gone. It is a native of
Sicily.
There are varieties with narrow leaves, with broad leaves, with
blue flowers, and with white flowers.
The second species lias the stature of the preceding, but smaller
in all its parts, with quinate acuminate pinnatifid leaves, pubescent
underneath. It is a shrub seldom rising more than three feet high,
sending out on every side spreading branches, which arc slender and
angular: the leaves opposite upon pretty long footstalks; some com-
posed of three, others of five leaflets, which are deeply and regularly
cut on their sides, like pinnatifid leaves, and end in acute points:
the largest of these leaflets is about an inch and half long, and three
quarters of an inch broad in the middle; they are of a dull green
colour on their upper side, and gray on their under: the branches
are terminated by spikes of flowers three or four inches long, dis-
posed in whorls; in some plants they are white, in others blue, and
some have bright red flowers: they are in beauty from the middle of
July to the beginning of September. It is a native of China.
The third has the leaflets ovate,' acute, quite entire, tomentose
underneath, the two nearest to the petiole smaller: the stem is
shrubby, branched, round, eight feet high, the thickness of a finger,
procumbent, sometimes creeping: the leaves ternale, seldom qui-
nate: leaflets waved, dusky, green above, cinereous-hoary beneath,
soft: common petioles long, opposite: the flowers violet in dichoto-
502
mous, terminating racemes: the fruit small, globular, hard, smooth,
black, like pepper, four-seeded. It is a native of the East Indies.
The fourth species has the stem arboreous, twisted, the thickness
of the human arm, with spreading branches: the leaflets lanceolate,
for the most part quite entire, but sometimes serrate, flat-veined, of
a dusky ash colour, on opposite petioles: the flowers purplish, in
loose, terminating, erect racemes. It is a native of the East Indies.
Culture . — The first sort may be increased by cuttings and layers:
the cuttings should be planted out in the early spring, in a fresh
light soil, being often refreshed with water till they have taken root;
afterwards the plants must be kept clear from weeds, and be pro-
tected during the following winter with mulch or mats; and about
the middle of the following March, when the season is fine, be re-
moved into the places where they are to grow, or into the nursery
for two or three years to become strong; being pruned up to form
regular stems.
The layers of the branches may be laid down in the spring, being
careful not to split them, watering them in dry weather; when in
about a year they may be taken off and planted out in the same
manner as the cuttings.
The second sort may likewise be increased by cuttings, which
should be planted in pots, plunged in a moderate hot-bed, covering
them with glasses; when well rooted they may be taken up, and be
planted in separate small pots filled with light earth, placing them
in the shade till fresh rooted, afterwards placing them in a sheltered
situation, with other green-house plants, until the autumn, when
they must have protection from frost, and have very little water.
They are late in putting out leaves in the spring, so as almost to
appear dead.
The third sort is raised from cuttings, which should be planted
in pots in the early spring, as April, plunging them in a moderate
hot-bed, covering them with hand-glasses, being slightly watered;
when they have taken root, they should have free air admitted in a
gradual manner; then they may be taken up and planted out in
separate pots filled with light earth, replunging them in the bed, and
503
giving due shade. They should afterwards have plenty of free air
when the weather is suitable, being treated as tender plants. It
must be constantly kept in the stove, having free air in the summer
season. It retains its leaves all the year. This may also be raised
from layers.
The fourth sort may also be raised from cuttings, in the same
manner as the second.
The first sorts may be introduced in the shrubberies, clumps,
&c. and the latter kinds afford variety in stove and green-house
collections.
THE END.
I
T. Beniley, Printer,
Bolt Court, Fleet Street, London,
.
mtmm
limm*
I - -
. : fi
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11